You are on page 1of 319

C OMPRESSED G AS 1

Awisco is a Full Service Industrial Gas Supplier


We have the resources to supply all of your compressed gas requirements; from a 1 lb. disposable cylinder to a 50,000 cu. foot
Tube Trailer. We also stock all of the cylinders carts and storage cages that are needed to store any type of cylinder. Awisco has
all of the components necessary and the expertise to manifold your gases whether it be in your shop or on your jobsite...
Give us a call for any of your Compressed Gas Requirements...

LOW PRESSURE GASES


COMPARISON OF FUEL GASES
Temperatures in Oxygen Burning Velocity in MAPP GAS (Methylacetylene-propadiene) Is an all purpose industrial
Gas Type
Degrees in Fahrenheit Oxygen, ft. / sec fuel having the high flame temperature of acetylene but has the han-
Acetylene 5875 22.7 dling characteristics of propane. Being a liquid, MAPP is sold by the
Mapp 5301 15.4 pound, rather than by the cubic foot as with acetylene. One cylinder
Propane 4579 12.2 containing 70 pounds of MAPP gas can accomplish the work of more
than six and one half 225 cubic foot acetylene cylinders; therefore 70
pounds of MAPP gas is equal to 1,500 cubic feet of acetylene. There is
Acetylene (C2H2) no cylinder packing or acetone to impair fuel withdrawal; therefore, the
entire contents of a MAPP cylinder can be used. Because of its superior
heat transfer characteristics, MAPP produces a flame temperature of
5300 degrees F when burned with oxygen. MAPP equals, or exceeds,
the performance of acetylene for cutting, heating and brazing.
MAPP is not sensitive to shock and is nonflammable in the absence of
oxygen. There is no chance of an explosion if a cylinder is bumped,
jarred or dropped. The characteristic odor, while harmless, give warn-
ings of fuel leaks in the equipment long before a dangerous condition
can occur. MAPP gas is not restricted to a maximum working pressure
of 15 psig as is acetylene. In jobs requiring higher pressure and gas
flows, MAPP can be used safely at the full cylinder pressure of 95 psig at
10 (MC) 40 (B)** 75 125 200 300 70 degrees F.
Acetylene is a flammable, colorless gas having a disagreeable odor Sizes (lbs.) 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 70 lbs. 115 lbs.
that is readily detected even when the gas is highly diluted with air. CGA Fitting 510 510 510 510
Acetylene is slightly lighter than air. When burned with Oxygen, Acety- Empty Weight 8 lbs. 21 lbs. 48 lbs. 72 lbs.
lene produces a hot flame, having a temperature between 5700 and Height 22” 35” 44” 48.5”
(excluding Cap)
6300 degrees Fahrenheit. In its free state, Acetylene may violently
Diameter 6” 9” 12” 14.75”
decompose if the pressure of the gas exceeds 15 psig. The maxi-
1 lb. disposable, no CGA Fitting, direct hook up to a turbo Torch.
mum free Acetylene pressure permitted by safety codes is 15 psig.
Be sure to only use regulators and fittings that are designed for
Acetylene Gas use. There are adaptors available which will allow
you to use various fuel gas regulators with different size cylinders. Propane Gas (C3H8)
These fittings are listed in our catalog under adaptors. The following
is a chart of the various size Acetylene cylinders that are available.
You must have proper DOT placards to transport Acetylene. Awisco
has these placards and they are listed in this section.
Sizes (cubic ft.) 10 (MC)* 40 (B)** 75 125 200 300
CGA Fitting CGA 200 CGA 520 CGA 300 CGA 300 CGA 300 CGA 300
Empty Weight 5 lbs. 17 lbs. 30 lbs. 55 lbs. 78 lbs. 96 lbs.
Height 13” 25” 33” 38” 38” 46”
(Excluding Cap)
Diameter 4” 6” 7” 8” 10” 12”
* This size is normally used with Porta-Torch... carry type Oxy/Acet outfits.
** This size is the size that most plumbers use when sweating or fitting 1 lb.* 20 lbs. 33 lbs. 40 lbs. 43 lbs. 100 lbs.
pipes with a turbo torch. Propane also known as liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas). Propane
is clean burning and efficient because of its molecular structure. It is
colorless, odorless and above all non toxic. It has a flame tempera-
Mapp Gas (C3H4) ture of approximately 4600 degrees F when burned with Oxygen.
Awisco carries Propane cylinders for use in Welding & Cutting appli-
cations, temporary heating, fuel propellant for fork lift trucks, roofing
applications and Barbecue size cylinders. All Propane cylinders with
the exception of the 1 lb. size have a 510 CGA fitting.
Sizes (lbs.) 20 lbs. 33 lbs. 40 lbs. 43 lbs. 100 lbs.
CGA Fitting 510 direct hook 510 510 510
to a fork lift
Empty Weight 7.7 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 72 lbs.
Height 17” 23” 29” 32.5” 42”
(excluding Cap)
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 12” 12”
1 lb.* 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 70 lbs. 115 lbs.
* 1 lb. disposable, no CGA Fitting, direct hook up to a turbo Torch.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


2 C OMPRESSED G AS

HIGH PRESSURE GASES


Oxygen (O2) Nitrogen N2 At room temperature and atmospheric pressure, nitrogen is a
colorless, odorless, non toxic, nonflammable gas. Used as an inert gas in
electrical systems, chemical and the food packaging industry. Nitrogen is
used in purging pipelines, treating tanks, ship and barge holds and furnaces.
It is also used as a drying gas in pipelines, chemical treating units, tankage,
plant piping and boilers. Nitrogen will not support combustion. It renders the
atmosphere inside lines and storage tanks inert, reducing the oxygen con-
tent to prevent oxidation. It will completely displace oxygen, flammable liquid
products and flammable gases from lines and storage tanks.
Liquid Cyl. Perma Cyl. Perma Cyl.
Sizes (cubic ft.) 20* 80 138 251 3640 cu ft. 450 Litre 1000 Litre
CGA Fitting 580 580 540 580 580 580 580
Empty Weight 7.7 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 280 lbs. 688 lbs. 1,750 lbs.
Liquid Mega Height 17” 23” 29” 32.5” 59.6” 68” 81”
20 80 138 277 Cylinder Liquid
(excluding Cap)
Oxygen is a colorless, tasteless, odor-less gas that is slightly heavier
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 12” 20” 30” 42”
than air. Oxygen is nonflammable, but it will support combustion when
combined with other gases. This means that it aids inburning, and
this burning gives off considerable heat and light. A typical Oxygen
cylinder is made of steel and the most common size has a capacity The Perma Cyl 450 and 1000 Litre are placed
at your facility and are refilled by the Awisco
of 270 cubic feet at a pressure of 2000 psi and a temperature of 70 Express Delivery Truck.
degrees F. Oxygen should never be brought in contact with oil or
grease. In the presence of pure Oxygen, these substances become
highly combustible. Oxygen hose and valve fittings should never be
oiled or greased or handled with oily or greasy hands. Oxygen cylin-
ders in storage must be separated from fuel-gas cylinders or com- Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
bustible materials, a minimum of 20 feet or by a noncombustible bar-
rier at least 5 feet high having a fire-resistance rating of at least one-
half hour. Awisco carries cylinder cages that have a fire wall in place.
Liquid Oxygen Cylinders….. A typical liquid Oxygen cylinder is about
the same height as a standard compressed Oxygen cylinder, but has
twice the diameter. Full, it weighs about three times as much as a
standard gas cylinder. However, it holds 12 times as much Oxygen.
The liquid cylinder is much more complex than the gas cylinder. It
has an inner container of stainless steel with an outer shell of carbon 20 lbs. 50 lbs. Liquid Cyl.
steel. Between the two is super-insulation under extremely high
Carbon Dioxide is a non-flammable, colorless gas which exhibits an
vacuum. Just inside the surface of the outer shell, and attached to it,
acidic taste. Although not truly inert, carbon dioxide is non-reactive with
is a vaporizing coil. In operation, gas pressure above the liquid inner many materials and is often used for inert purposes, such as blanketing
container drives liquid out into the vaporizing coil, where it picks up and purging of tanks and reactors. Mixed with argon at various levels,
heat from the atmosphere by conductivity through the outer shell and carbon dioxide is valuable as a shielding gas in the arc welding pro-
changes to gas. cess.. (See Awisco Shielding Gas Section). In the shielding gas applica-
4000 18,000 50,000 tion, carbon dioxide is the best shielding gas because of its high heat
Sizes (cubic ft.) Liquid** Mega*** Tube**** conductivity and its ability to oxidize ferrous metals. Argon mixed with
20* 80 138 277 Cylinder Liquid Trailer
Manifold carbon dioxide usually increases penetration of the weld in most metals.
CGA Fitting 540 542 540 540 540 540 Outlet
Carbon dioxide is also used as the source of bubbles in soft drinks and
Empty Weight 7.7 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 280 lbs. 2500 lbs. 72 lbs.
other carbonated beverages. Carbon dioxide is also used as the propel-
Height 17” 23” 29” 32.5” 59.6” 67” 42” lant in the Paint Ball canisters. Awisco can refill these CO2 canisters.
(excluding Cap) Awisco carries both the Siphon and Non- Siphon style cylinders. The
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 12” 20” 42” 12” siphon style has a siphon tube and is most commonly used in freezing
* This size is normally used with Porta-Torch... carry type Oxy/Acet outfits. applications.
** Description explained above. Sizes (lbs. / cu ft) 20 lbs. 50 lbs. Liquid Cyl. 3352 cu ft.
*** Same Principle as a Liquid Cylinder, except more capacity and it is skid CGA Fitting 320 320 320
mounted with a protective cage around it. Weight 280 lbs.
45 lbs. 160 lbs.
**** This is dropped off at jobsite.
Length 24 ft width 8 ft height 8-1/2 ft. Height 27” 56” 59.6”
(excluding Cap)
Diameter 8” 9” 20”

Nitrogen (N2) STORAGE AND SAFE HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GASES


Compressed Gas Cylinders must not be exposed to temperatures
above 125 degrees F. Temperatures in this range can be met by
exposing containers to direct heat, flame or temperatures extremes.
Temperatures above 125 degrees could result in excessive cylin-
der pressure and damage to the containers physical integrity re-
sulting in a serious accident. Storage areas must be well drained
with good ventilation and preferably constructed of fire resistive
material. Storage area temperatures must not allow container tem-
peratures to exceed 125 degrees F. Store cylinders in an area spe-
cifically designated for that purpose. This area must protect the
cylinders from being struck by another object. The area must be
well ventilated and away from sources of heat. It must be at least
Liquid Perma Cyl. Perma Cyl. 20 feet away from highly combustible materials. Oxidizers must
20 80 138 251 Cylinder 450 Litre 1000 Litre be stored at least 20 feet away from flammable gases.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C OMPRESSED G AS 3

Compressed Air Shielding Gas Mixtures


Name Composition Main Application
GTAW
Argon 100% Argon Steel, Stainless, Non-Ferrous
GMAW
Non-Ferrous Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
FCAW & MCAW
ARM 75% Argon Steel, Stainless Steel
125 cu ft. 251 cu ft. 7525-356 25% CO 2 GMAW
Steel / Short Circuit
Compressed Air, commonly called Industry’s fourth utility, is air that is GTAW
condensed and contained at a pressure that is greater than the atmo- Awisco 75% Argon Steel, Stainless, Non-Ferrous
sphere. The pressure that is generated when the cylinder is opened is AW1 25% Helium GMAW
Non-Ferrous / Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
created by the air trying to return to its original volume. Compressed Air
supplies power for many different manufacturing operations. It is used Awisco 90% Argon GMAW & MCAW
AW6 10% CO 2 Steel / Short Circuit,Spray, Pulse
to power air tools in both Plant Maintenance and also on Jobsites. Com- 90% Hellium GMAW
pressed Air can be used in the absence of shop air. Awisco
7.5% Argon Stainless Steel /
AW9 2.5% CO2 Short Circuit
Sizes (cu ft.) 125 251
CGA Fitting 346 346 Awisco 95% Argon GTAW
Stainless Steel
Weight 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. AW12 5% Hydrogen (300 Series only)
Height (excluding Cap) 29” 32.5”
Awisco 81% Argon GMAW
Diameter 12” 12” 18% Hellium Stainless Steel
AW20 1% CO2 Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
91% Argon GMAW
Awisco
Helium (He) AW23
5% CO2
4% Oxygen
Steel
Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse

Food Processing Gases


These gases meet standards for approved food packaging uses and
come in a range of specially blended atmospheres appropiate to spe-
cific foods and beverages. These gases are used in modified atmo-
sphere packaging (MAP) of food products and dispensing of beverages.
80 cu ft. 150 cu ft. 260 cu ft.
• Since chemicals and food cannot be processed in the same way, Awisco
Helium is the second lightest element (Hydrogen being the lightest)
with a gaseous specific gravity of 0.138. It is a colorless, odorless, taste- has an extensive line of food and beverage Gases to match the special
less inert gas at room temperature and atmospheric pressure. Helium is quality requirements of the food industry. Awisco will help you in making
widely used as an inert gas in the arc welding process (See Awisco the right choice for Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP).
Shielding Gases). Helium is also used as a carrier gas for gas chroma- • These gases comply with procedure controls and quality assurance
tography. Also, its low specific gravity and nonflammability allow its use throughout the production process.
in lighter-than-air applications such as the filling of balloons and blimps.
• There are many pure gases and mixtures available. Contact Awisco
Sizes (cubic ft.) 80 150 260
CGA Fitting
for additional information. The following is a brief description of the
540 540 540
Empty Weight 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs.
gases that are available for MAP (Modified Atmospheric Packaging)
Height (excluding Cap) 23” 29” 32.5” • Nitrogen (N2):
Diameter 12” 12” 12” Nitrogen is mainly used to “displace and replace oxygen” in the
package before it is closed. It prevents the oxidation of pigments,
flavorings and / or fatty acids. Nitrogen is inert, odorless, and
Shielding Gases sparingly soluble in water and fats. It has no direct bacteriostatic
or fungistatic properties.
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2):
Carbon Dioxide is a bacteriostatic and fungistatic agent - it slows
down and reduces the proliferation of aerobic bacteria and molds,
especially in the absence of oxygen. It is effective at concentra-
tions above 20% in atmosphere. It has no stimulating effect on
80 140 330 4310 Liquid Cyl. pathogenic organisms.
Awisco carries a full range of shielding gas mixes for GMAW, GTAW and CO2 is very soluble in water and fats. This property may develop a
FCAW. Awisco blended shielding gases have a consistent and homogeneous slightly acidic taste if CO2 use is not properly controlled. It can
mix. This custom mixing process will give you low fume and emissions, low also cause film on packaged products to collapse. This may be
spattering and excellent arc control as well as easy parameter set up. either a drawback or a targeted effect.
The use of gas shielding is to prevent contact of the surrounding atmosphere • Oxygen (O2):
and the molten metal during welding. Awisco carries shielding gases in various
mixes to meet your needs. All of the shielding gases have a 580 CGA fitting. In most cases, oxygen is not a desirable gas to have in contact
These cylinders are available in 140 cu. ft and 330 cu. ft.. Pure Argon and 75% with food. In some situations, however, it is used as a constituent
Argon/25% CO2 are also available in 80 cu. ft size cylinders. The following is a in a gaseous mixture, for example, for maintaining the color of
chart describing the applications for Awisco Shielding Gases. packaged fresh red meat.
80 140 330 4310 Liquid Cylinder
Sizes (cubic ft.)
CGA Fitting
Argon / Ar. Mix Argon / Ar. Mix All Shielding Gases
580 580 580
Argon
580
Laser Gas Mixtures
Empty Weight 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 280 lbs. Awisco can supply a broad line of lasing gases - nitrogen, helium,
Height 23” 29” 32.5” 59.6” oxygen, carbon dioxide, argon, carbon monoxide - in any grade needed
(excluding Cap) to meet your requirements, including high-purity. Cylinder gas mix-
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 20”

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


4 C OMPRESSED G AS

tures can be preblended in any composition desired, eliminating the Defining The Process - Ensuring The Solution
need to mix gases in - house. Medium to high power gas lasers today recirculate the laser blend
Awisco offers gas mixtures and mixing components for use in both gases through the resonator cavity. In a typical CO2 laser, Carbon
flow-through and sealed cavity lasers. Dioxide gas is used to generate the laser beam, Nitrogen gas is used
to excite Carbon Dioxide molecules, and Helium gas absorbs the
heat created in the laser cavity.
Flow through Carbon Dioxide Lasershield mixtures • Cooling gas is required to remove the heat generated in the high
Flow-through carbon dioxide lasers use three or four component mix- speed discharge area. Normally an air or closed loop liquid Nitrogen
tures with varying concentrations of carbon dioxide, nitrogen, helium system is used to cool the optical mirrors.
and sometimes, carbon monoxide and hydrogen. These lasers are • Assist gases such as Oxygen, Argon, Helium and Nitrogen are used
used in such diverse applications as laser surgery, welding, cutting, as shielding or cutting gases, just as with other forms of welding and
drilling, bar code generation, and filter perforation. cutting. Combining assist gases with today’s multikilowatt CO2 laser
allows you to gain increased cutting speeds of thicker materials and
Maximizing Laser Performance allow faster, deeper penetration welds.
In today’s competitive environment, where laser processing is a rapid • Awisco supplies a complete range of laser gases and mixtures cov-
ering virtually every type of industrial laser cutting and welding op-
growth facet of manufacturing, keeping costs under control is critical.
eration. Gases are available in high pressure cylinders, tube trailers,
Laser production operations must maintain high efficiency, precision
high pressure liquid cylinders, and bulk liquid vessels.
and consistency.
If you need any assistance please call Awisco and we will assist you in your Laser Gas Applications.

CYLINDER PRESSURE TESTING


GAUGES 2” BRASS
Stock No. Description PSIG Scale
WES G-304H Commercial Acetylene with Hand-Tight Nut 400
WES G-544H Oxygen with Hand-Tight Nut 3000
WES G584H Nitrogen, Argon, Helium, Hand-Tight Nut 4000
WES G-304H WES G-544H WES G-584H

CYLINDER ADAPTORS
Commonly Asked for Cylinder Adaptors

CGA - 200 to CGA - 300 CGA - 520 TO CGA - 510


Stock No. WEE 322 Stock No. WEE 318
“MC” acetylene Cylinder to “B” tank cylinder to POL acetylene
commercial acetylene regulator. regulator at 90°.

CGA - 200 to CGA - 510 CGA - 520 to CGA - 200


Stock No. WEE 324 Stock No. WEE 306
“MC” acetylene cylinder to POL “B” tank cylinder to “MC” acetylene regulator.
acetylene regulator.

CGA - 200 to CGA - 520 CGA - 300 to CGA - 200


Stock No. WEE 305 Stock No. WEE 304
Adapts “MC” acetylene cylinder to Commercial acetylene cylinder to
“B” tank regulator at 90°. “MC” acetylene regulator.

CGA - 200 to CGA - 520 CGA - 300 to CGA - 520


Stock No. WEE 314 Stock No. WEE 316
“MC” acetylene cylinder to “B” tank regulator. Commercial acetylene cylinder to
“B” tank regulator.

CGA - 520 to CGA - 300 CGA - 510 to CGA - 200


Stock No. WEE 319 Stock No. WEE 320
“B” tank regulator to commercial POL acetylene cylinder to “MC”
acetylene regulator. acetylene regulator.

CGA - 520 to CGA - 510 CGA - 510 to CGA - 520


Stock No. WEE 317 Stock No. WEE 315
“B” tank cylinder to POL POL acetylene cylinder to
acetylene regulator. “B” tank regulator.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C OMPRESSED G AS 5

CGA - 300 to CGA - 510 CGA - 346 to CGA - 540


Stock No. WEE 16 This is a Swivel type Stock No. WEE 827
Commercial acetylene cylinder
CGA-346
to POL acetylene regulator.
Air cylinder to oxygen regulator.

CGA - 300 to CGA - 510


Stock No. WEE 61
CGA - 540 to CGA - 346
This is a One Piece non swivel Type Stock No. WEE 832
Commercial acetylene cylinder
to POL acetylene regulator. Oxygen cylinder to air regulator.

CGA - 300 to CGA - 510 CGA - 540 to CGA - 580


stock No. WEE 1690
Stock No. WEE 416
Commercial acetylene cylinder to Oxygen cylinder to nitrogen,
POL acetylene regulator at 90°. argon, W.P. regulator.

CGA - 510 to CGA - 300 CGA - 580 to CGA - 320


Stock No. WEE 15 Stock No. WEE 810
This is a swivel Type

POL acetylene cylinder to Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to


commercial acetylene regulator. carbon dioxide regulator.

CGA - 510 to CGA - 300 CGA - 580 to CGA - 346


Stock No. WEE 51 Stock No. WEE 830
This is a One Piece Non Swivel type
Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to
POL acetylene cylinder to commercial air regulator.
acetylene regulator (1piece).
CGA - 580 to CGA - 540
CGA - 510 to CGA - 510 Stock No. WEE 415
Stock No. WEE 820
Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to
POL acetylene cylinder to “POL” oxygen regulator.
acetylene regulator at 90 degrees.
CGA - 580 to CGA - 590
CGA - 320 to CGA - 580 Stock No. WEE 813
Stock No. WEE 806
Carbon dioxide cylinder to Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to
nitrogen, W.P. regulator. industrial air regulator.

Awisco Has a Complete Delivery Package to Service All of Your Needs


FF

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


6 C OMPRESSED G AS

STORAGE AND HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS


Here’s what OSHA says about Welding Cylinder Storage… Oxygen – Fuel gas welding and cutting cylinders shall be stored in a well protected,
well ventilated, dry location, where containers will not be knocked over or damaged by passing or falling objects, or subject to tampering by
unauthorized persons. “ Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials a minimum of 20 feet or
by a non combustible barrier at least 5 feet high having a fire resistance rating of at least 1/2 hour.”

All of the Cylinder Carts and Storage Cabinets that Awisco carries meet both OSHA and NFPA requirements for both cylinder
handling and cylinder storage.

CYLINDER WALL BRACKET & BENCH / TRUCK MOUNTS


ANT WB-100 ANT WB-200C
NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
Holds: Holds:
7” to 9-1/2” diameter cylinders 7” to 9-1/2” diameter cylinders
Width: 11” Width: 22”
Depth: 6” Depth: 7”

ANT WB-100-15 ANT WB-200-15 ANT WB-200-15C


NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM Comes complete with Rubber Comes complete with a
Strap to secure cylinders Chain to secure cylinders
Rubber Strap Model Pictured
Holds: 10” to 16”
diameter cylinders
Holds: 10” to 16”
Width: 31”
diameter cylinders
Depth: 12”
Width: 16”
Depth: 12”
NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

10 CU. FT. *MC* ACETYLENE 75 CU FT. SMALL


& 20 CU. FT. OXYGEN ACETYLENE & 80 TO
ANT PHC-10-20 138 CU FT. OXYGEN CART
NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM SAF 900-55-10
Height: 42” Width: 22” (O.D.)
Height: 25” Weight: 34 lbs.
Width: 12” Depth: 9”
This model will accept a 80 to 138 cu ft. Oxygen
Weight: 4 lbs. and a #2 small Acetylene or a 30 lb. Mapp.
Carries: a 10 cu. ft. *MC* Acetylene Features include “user friendly” heavy gauge wrap
and a 20 cu. ft. Oxygen. around handle, high side rail design providing
Designed for hand carrying applications. more positive cylinder containment, large tool tray
Features include an ergonomically designed and our exclusive fast action cylinder placement
carry handle, double hose reel hooks, band with large tightening knob.
bottom pan and a continuous ring design for
Cylinders not included
positive cylinder containment.

200 TO 300 CU. FT.


40 CU FT. (B) ACETYLENE & LARGE ACETYLENE &
80 CU FT. OXYGEN CART 277 CU. FT. OXYGEN LARGE CART
SAF - E20-6ST SAF E70-14PC
Height: 47” Width: 29”
Equipped
with a handy Weight: 53 lbs.
This very popular model is designed to tool tray. Wheel Type: 14” x 1.75” Solid Rubber (BB)
handle 50 to 80 cubic ft. Oxygen and 40 This model is designed for 1 large
cubic ft. Acetylene or (1 cylinder up to 8” Oxygen and 1 Acetylene Cylinder. Fea-
in dia.) and (1 cylinder up to 7” in dia.) This tures include “user friendly” heavy gauge
truck is ideal for use in repair shops, garages wrap around handle, high side rail design
or where casual welding requirements may ap- providing more positive cylinder contain-
ply. Features include a reinforced frame, weld- ment, large tool tray and an exclusive fast
ing rod holders, zinc plated safety chain and action Cylinder placement band with large
large 7” solid rubber wheels. tightening knob. High Rail Design

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C OMPRESSED G AS 7

SAF E70-14 Low Rail Design LARGE LIQUID


CYLINDER CARTS
Height: 47”
Width: 31” (O.D.)
Weight: 53 lbs.
Wheel Type:
SAF LCT-12-6
14” x 1.75” Solid Rubber (BB)
Designed for (1) large Oxygen and Height: 46”
(1) large Acetylene or (1) large Pro- Width: 26” (O.D.)
pane Cylinder side by side. Features Weight: 85 lbs.
include “user Friendly” heavy gauge Wheel Type: 10” x 2.75” Solid
wrap around handle, large tool tray and Rubber (BB) 6” x 2” Swivel
zinc plated safety chain. Casters w / locks.
This unique modern design pro-
vides for safe and easy handling of
SAF E70-16 large liquid Cylinders. This truck has
a fast adjusting lifting hook designed to fit a
Low Rail Design
large variety of liquid Cylinders on the market
Steel Wheel Model
today. Features include a 3 point tilt design, heavy-duty reinforced
Height: 47”
light weight tubing frame, top ring safety chain, fast adjusting nylon
Width: 36” (O.D.)
bellyband and large 6” heavy duty rear locking casters that can be
Weight: 56 lbs.
easily removed and replaced for repair and maintenance.
Wheel Type:
16” x 4.00 PNEU. (BB)
Designed for (1) large Oxygen and
(1) large Acetylene or (1) large Pro- LARGE HIGH PRESSURE
pane Cylinder side by side. Features
include “user Friendly” heavy gauge
SINGLE CYLINDER CART
wrap around handle, large tool tray and
zinc plated safety chain. SAF 250-0
Height: 50”
SAF E70-24 Width: 17-1/2”” (O.D.)
Depth: 15” (O.D.)
Height: 47” Weight: 23 lbs.
Width: 34” (O.D.) Wheel Type: 8” x 1.75”
Weight: 63 lbs. Semi PNEU
Wheel Type:
24” x 2.00 Steel (BB) This car is designed to transport 1 each large
277 cu. ft. or 330 cu. ft High Pressure Cylinder.
Designed for (1) large Oxygen and
(1) large Acetylene or (1) large Pro-
pane Cylinder side by side. Features
include “user Friendly” heavy gauge PAINT BALL SUPPLIES
wrap around handle, large tool tray and
zinc plated safety chain.
CO2 CYLINDER
Stock No. NPS-17-1-TNK12OZ

200 TO 300 CU. FT. LARGE 12 oz Aluminum Cylinder

ACETYLENE AND 277 CU. FT. SINGLE LEVER DELUXE


LARGE OXYGEN CYLINDER FILL STATION
CARTS WITH LIFTING EYE Stock No. NPS 38-1-AFMS/SS

Fill Station Single CO2 for Paint Ball Tanks.

SAF 552-16
Height: 64”
Width: 37” (O.D.)
DUAL VALVE FILL STATION
Weight: 79 lbs. Stock No. NPS FLLSTDXD
Wheel Type: 16” x 4.00” PNEU. (BB)
This model is engineered and de-
• 32 Degree Dual Valve Fill Station
signed for the transporting and lift-
ing of Cylinders. Features include a for 12 oz Aluminum Cylinder.
5 to 1 lifting safety ratio, heavy-duty • Meets AISI Specs.
steel frame construction, large slotted
locking tool box, the exclusive fast Awisco can also supply many other Paint Ball Supplies.
action cylinder placement bands and Give us a Call for any of your needs.
a heavy gauge reinforced toeplate.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


8 C OMPRESSED G AS

ASM CP4FL6HP ASM HP16222SFW


Double Door designed to hold 16
Cylinders with a combined dimension of
Holds 6 each 9” diameter High Pres-
62” x 29” Dimensions of Cage 62” width x
sure Cylinders. This can be used with
or without a forklift to reduce the risk of 29” depth x 82” height.
costly back injuries. safely handle
heavy cylinders with this super-low pro- This Model comes complete with the Fire Wall.
file cylinder transport pallet. This Stock No. is for knocked down model, if you
want it assembled please advise Awisco.

ASM CPHRKIT ASM HP23403D

Double Door American Standard Magnum


Series. Double Door designed to hold 23
cylinders with a combined dimension of 58”
width x 38” depth. Dimensions of Cage 58”
Caster Kit for Model CP4FL6HP Transport width x 38” depth x 82” height.
Pallet, Includes Handle Assembly.
The Above Cages Come With Flammable Gas and No Smoking Signs

ASM FH08202LS ASM FIREWALL


This is used on the Standard
Series Double Compartment
Designed to Hold 8 each 33-1/3 lb. Motor Oxy/Fuel Gas Cages. Size of
this Firewall is 60” x 29”.
Fuel Propane Fork Lift Cylinders.
Dimensions 30” width x 30” Depth x 68”
height. This is shipped un-assembled.
Assembly is available. Check with Awisco. ASM FIREWALLXD
This is used on the Magnum
Series Double Compartment
Oxy/Fuel Gas Cages. Size of
this Firewall is 60” x 38”.

ASM HP08202S
ASM HP23403D
Single Door designed to hold 8 Cylin-
ders with a combined dimension of Double Door American Standard Magnum
30” x 29” Dimensions of cage 30” width Series. Double Door designed to hold 23
x 29” depth x 82” height. This cage is cylinders with a combined dimension of
not designed to store both Oxygen 58” width x 38” depth. Dimensions of Cage
and Fuel Gas together. 58” width x 38” depth x 82” height.

The above Stock No. is for the cage un-as-


sembled. If you want Awisco to assemble it
please order; ASM HP08202SAW.
American Standard
The Above Cages Come With Propane, No Smoking Signs
offers many other models...
ASM HP12302D For additional information please contact
Awisco or visit American Standard Website at
www.amrstd.com
‹
Double Door designed to hold 12 The Firewall divider manufactured by American
Cylinders with a combined dimension Standard meets OSHA 1910.253 standard.
of 44” x 29” Dimensions of cage 44”
width x 29” depth x 82” height. Constructed of 5/8” Fire rated sheet rock which is
than encapsulated in galvanized Sheet Steel.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C OMPRESSED G AS 9

Designed For The Construction Trade SAFETY RULES FOR HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
To open and close acetylene cylinder valves not provided with hand
THE “HIGH RISER” wheels, always use the special wrench or key …Do not use an ad-
justable wrench…. Leave the wrench or key in position, ready for
Is the perfect choice for your on-site cylinder transport and storage immediate use should it be necessary to close the valve promptly.
needs. Designed to be handled by either fork truck or crane, the When several cylinders are manifolded together, a wrench on every
“High Riser” secures and protects the Cylinders while in transit, and cylinder is not required… Never use the top of any fuel gas as a place
acts as an OSHA spec. cabinet on the job site. for tools. It is best to keep acetylene cylinders upright at all times. Do
not store them in the horizontal position. Never use any cylinder, full
Stock No. ASM HRCT30X30 Stock No. ASM HRCT30x48 or empty as a roller or support. Never use Oxygen as though it were
compressed air. Oxygen must never be used in pneumatic tools or to
blow out pipelines or to dust clothing or work, or for any kind of pres-
sure testing. Unless they are secured on a suitable cylinder truck, do
Dimensions Dimensions not move cylinders without first removing regulators and replacing
width: 34” Width: 30” protective caps. Never use slings or electromagnets for lifting cylin-
depth: 34” Depth: 52” ders. Do not lift cylinders by the protective cap alone.
height: 84” Height: 84”
Certified payload Certified payload
COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDER ACCESSORIES
capacity 2480 lbs. capacity 2340 lbs.
CYLINDER VALVE PROTECTION CAPS
The Standard features on both the above... Stock No. AMC 2FRMP
z Completely Welded. Cylinder Cap for Low Pressure Cylin-
z Hot Dipped Galvanized for Corrosion resistance. ders. This cap will fit Acetylene Cylin-
z Large Sign Board for duty to Warn Notices. ders, Mapp Cylinders and Large Pro-
z Rachet Strap to Secure Cylinders. pane Cylinders that accept a cap.
z Dual Lockable Latches for Security.
z Drop Down Ramp for easy Cylinder Loading. Stock No. AMC 8FRMP
Cylinder Cap for High Pressure Cylinders.

12 CYLINDER
This cap will fit all High Pressure Cylinders.
These Caps Meet or Exceed all Pertinent DOT Regulations
OXYGEN CRADLE Osha Standards re Cylinder Caps. All cylinders with a capacity of
over 30 pounds shall be equipped with means of connecting a valve
Stock No. OX CRADLE protection cap or with a collar or recess to protect the valve. Valve
The Most Durable and versatile cylinder cart in the industry! protection caps, where cylinder is designed to accept a cap, shall
The safe transportation of cylinders is a serious matter. The Low always be in place, hand-tight, except when cylinders are in use or
Pro. Weldcoa’s Low Pro is by far the strongest, most durable connected for use. Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting
cylinder cart in the industry. cylinder from one vertical position to another. Bars shall not be used
under valves or valve protection caps to pry cylinders loose when
• 8” C-Channel floor and tubular frozen to the ground or otherwise fixed; the use of warm (not boiling)
steel uprights water is recommended. Valve protection caps are designed to pro-
• 1,400 lbs. capacity cast iron tect cylinder valves from damage. Unless cylinders are secured on a
casters are standard approved cylinder cart, regulators shall be removed and valve pro-
• Adjustable manifolds brackets tection caps, when provided for, shall be put in place before cylinders
and cover are moved.
• Can be unassembled for ease of
storage and transportation
• Bolt-together design facilities
SAFETY SNAP CAPS
replacement of parts Stock No. Stock No.
• Can be moved with a forklift or AMC SC8FNNP-12 AMC SC2FNNP-12
crane
• Manifolds available in brass,
stainless steel or Monel 400 with
rigid or flexible leads
For use with For use with
High Pressure Low Pressure

BOAGRIP™ Stock No. SST BG400 Cylinders


The Standard features on both the above...
Cylinders

BOAGRIP™ The safest, fastest and easiest way to • Fully Enclosed or With Regulator Slot.
lift, carry and suspend compressed gas cylinders. • Meets DOT Requirements.
• Tested and Proven. • Surpasses Drop Test Standards.
• Enables Easy Lifting. • Anti-theft for maximum Cap Security - Lock included.
• Locking Feature Provides Controlled Access.
• Holds securely for hoisting.
• Cap and Mounting are designed for strength and rough, in field usage.
• Adjusts to Cylinders 4 to 15 Inches Diameter. • Standard Color is Safety Yellow.
Easy Steps to Lift, Carry and Suspend Compressed Gas Cylinders
These caps have the regulator slot which allows you to have the added
valve protection while still using the cylinder. Anti-theft. Security lock
included.. Cap and mounting are designed for strength and rough, in
field usage... These caps meet DOT Requirements.
Awisco does not recommend transporting cylinders with
the Regulators in place.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


10 C OMPRESSED G AS

WRENCHES VISIBILITY AND DISPLAY OF PLACARDS.


Each placard on a motor vehicle must be clearly visible from the
direction it faces. Each placard must be securely attached or affixed
or placed in a holder. These placards cannot be located near any
advertising that could substantially reduce its effectiveness, and in
any case at least 3 inches away from such marking.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACARDS.


WES WT3/8 A placard may be made of any plastic, metal or other material ca-
WES WB-MC WES W 10 pable of withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial reduction
in effectiveness, a 30 day exposure to open weather conditions. Each
Stock No. Description placard must measure at least 10.8 inches on each side. The hazard
WES W10 10 Way Combination Wrench class or division number, as appropriate, must be shown in numerals
WES WB-MC ‘B’ and ‘MC’ Acetylene Tank Wrench measuring at least 1.6 inches in height.
WES WT3/8 3/8” T Handle Wrench for Commercial Acetylene Cylinders
WES WT9/32 9/32” T Handle Wrench for Linde Style Acetylene Cylinders. LABELS
ALT 1027 Used to remove cylinder caps and install regulators. Made of
hard aluminum for flammable gases.

WELDING SIGNS
E-Z REMOVABLE
VINYL SIGNS
Special adhesive backing adheres quickly
MAPP GAS to most clean, smooth surfaces; leaves
EMPTY FULL FLAMMABLE little or no residue when removed.
CYLINDERS CYLINDERS NO SMOKING
NO OPEN FLAME Stock No. Description
AML Z-EZ-3 Non-Flammable
LEG X176 A LEG X233A LEG D778
AML Z-EZ-8 Flammable

ACETYLENE DANGER PROPANE


FLAMMABLE

PERMANENT
FLAMMABLE GAS CYLINDERS MUST NO SMOKING
NO SMOKING BE SECURED
NO OPEN FLAME

VINYL SIGNS
NO OPEN FLAME

LEG X230 LEG N390 A LEG X779

DANGER NO SMOKING DANGER


NITROGEN Tough, exterior grade vinyl placards
OXYGEN STORAGE IN THIS STORAGE
NO SMOKING
have permanent adhesive backing
NO SMOKING for use on dedicated equipment.
NO OPEN FLAME AREA OR OPEN FLAME
LEG D777 Stock No. Description
LEG D217 A LEG 108 AML Z-PSR9 Combustible
DANGER DANGER DANGER AML Z-PVN Non-Flammable
ARGON
AML Z-PVS Flammable
NO SMOKING EXPLOSIVE GAS AML Z-RVW3 Non-Flammable
STORAGE
OR OPEN FLAME AML
NO SMOKING NO SMOKING Flammable
OR OPEN FLAME IN THIS AREA
LEG D776 LEG 292 LEG D256 PLACARDS
COMPRESSED DANGER DANGER
GAS DO NOT WATCH ARC EYE PROTECTION
OF WELDER WITHOUT
MUST BE WORN
SPACEMASTER®
NO SMOKING PROPER EYE
NO OPEN FLAME PROTECTION IN THIS AREA
LEG X228 LEG D119 LEG MPPEC70PTH
Stock No. AML 81-CGOXY
DANGER Note: All Stock No.’s are under each sign. The AML 81-CGOXY includes D.O.T. placards
HARD HAT All of these welding signs are 10” x 12”. for Flammable Gas 2, Oxygen 2, Non
AREA Other types of signs are available. Call for
Flammable Gas 2 and a blank placard. This
additional information on any of these items.
makes changing to a different commodity as
LEG MPPED37PTH
easy as flipping a panel.
• Frames are constructed of corrosion-
THE FOLLOWING IS FROM THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS resistant, fully formed rigid aluminum, and are available in bright mil or
REGARDING PLACARDING REQUIREMENTS. baked white polyester finish
All transport vehicles containing any quantity of hazardous material must be • Legends are silkscreened with UV inks to retard fading, chipping or peeling
placarded on each side and each end with the type of placards as listed • Placard panels are constructed of aluminum alloy and mill rollercoated
below Compressed Gases. Flammable Gas and Non-Flammable Gas. A with white acrylic paint baked at 400°F. Panels lock in place with 4 double-
Non-Flammable Gas Placard is not required on a transport vehicle which riveted pressure fasteners.
contains non-flammable gas if the transport vehicle also contains flammable • These easy to use placards holders are available in many other
gas or oxygen and it Is placarded with Flammable Gas or Oxygen placards. commodities. Contact us if you need additional information.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C OMPRESSED G AS 11

Gas Manifold System and Accessories


Awisco has the expertise to help you select the correct manifold for any of your needs. We can customize any
configuration that you might need. All of the manifolds that we are showing conform to OSHA standards.
THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME OF THE OSHA STANDARDS REGARDING MANIFOLDS
All manifolds and parts used in methods of manifolding shall be used only for the gas or gases for which they are approved. High pressure
oxygen manifolds shall be provided with approved pressure regulating devices. Manifolds shall be of substantial construction suitable for
use with oxygen at a pressure of 250 psig.

STATION DROPS STAINLESS STEEL


SINGLE, DOUBLE & QUAD
FLEXIBLE PIGTAILS
Pressures to 3000 PSIG
(20,700 kPa)
For heavy-duty applications to resist
flexing and kinking. Special length
available. All models date-stamped
to monitor length of service.
• Brass end connections stamped • Coil grooves secure optional
for gas identification. spring guard.
• Galvanized Carbon Steel optional • Optional 360° swivel adaptor
spring-guard, factory installed. resists kinking.
Complete assemblies, 100% tested and Oxygen cleaned. Pressure
to 500 PSI (3400KPA), 3000 PSI (20,700KPA)
Single Double Quadruple
Some of the more popular models are:
SINGLE STATION DROPS Stock No. Description
Stock No. Description PF 63-24 CGA 540 Oxygen RH Female No Check Valve 24” Length.
VIC 1126-0018 Oxygen Service Single Station Drop with 9/16” 18 RH outlet. PF 63CV-24 CGA 540 Oxygen, RH Female with Check Valve Inlet Side 24” Length.
VIC 1126-0019 Mapp Service Single Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet. PF-15CV-24 CGA 510 POL Acetylene, LH Male with Check Valve Inlet Side 24” Length.
CGA 300 Commercial Acetylene, RH Female with Check Valve Inlet
VIC 1126-0004 Acetylene Service Single Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet. PF-16CV-24
Side 24” Length.
These models are designed for 1 operator. CGA 580 Nitrogen, Argon, RH Male with Check Valve Inlet Side 24”
PF 92-CV-24 Length.
DOUBLE STATION DROPS

CUSTOMIZED PIGTAILS
Stock No. Description
VIC 1126-0020 Oxygen Service Double Station Drop with 9/16” 18 RH outlet.

& STATION DROPS


VIC 1126-0021 Mapp Service Double Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
VIC 1126-0008 Acetylene Service Double Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
These models are designed for two operators.

QUADRUPLE STATION DROPS


Stock No. Description
VIC 1126-0015 Oxygen Service Quadruple Station Drop with 9/16” 18 RH outlet.
VIC 1126-0017 Mapp Service Quadruple Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
VIC 1126-0016 Acetylene Service Quadruple Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
These models are designed for four operators.
The Most Popular of the Station Drops are the Quadruple Style.

MANIFOLDS FOR USE


ON TUBE TRAILERS
Awisco has the resources to assemble Pigtails and Station Drops for
ANY MANIFOLD any gas service that you would require. We can customize for 2, 3 and 4
This is a complete manifold assembly person use. We are showing some of the common components used in
that is connected to an Oxygen Tube this assembly process.
Trailer. It comes complete with two
CGA 540 Oxygen Valves to allow two
operators to work at the same time.
We are only Showing the most popular models.
Shown: There are many different types and configurations.
ANY MANIFOLD3 Two Operators Model. For additional info contact Awisco or visit
This is a complete manifold assembly that is connected to an Oxygen Tube the Western Enterprise Website at
Trailer. It comes complete with three CGA 540 Oxygen Valves to allow three www. westernenterprise.com
operators to work at the same time.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


12 W ELDING & C UTTING

REGULATORS Awisco has every brand of Oxy / Acetylene


The Most Popular Are The Following Cutting Equipment that is on the market. We are
only showing our most popular brands and styles.
APPLICATIONS & USES If you do not see what you want give us a call
• Extra heavy duty. and we will be able to help you.
• High flow rate - Up to 11,800
SCFH. LITTLE TORCH
PRECISION WELDING INSTRUMENT
DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION Stock No. SMI 23-1001C
• Sintered inlet filter. Includes Torch, 5 Tips, sizes 2 thru 6, 6’
• 2-1/2” Gauges Brass. hoses and instruction manual. This Kit is
• Stem type seat mechanism designed for Jewelry Repair, Hobby & Crafts,
• 3-1/4” diaphragm (Stainless Steel) Metal Sculpture and Electronics Style Work.
• Forged brass body and housing cap.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth adjustments
• External self reseating relief valve not designed to protect
downstream apparatus (No relief valve is needed on SR 710 and
PORTABLE TORCH
Stock No. VIC MK-3
SR 711 series regulators)
• CSR 150 Series Regulators
MODEL SPECIFICATIONS • 100FC Torch Handle
• Maximum Inlet 3000 PSIG • CA 1350 Cutting Attachment
• 1-W-1 Welding Nozzles
• Delivery Range See Chart
• 0-3-101 Cutting Tip
• Dimensions 6-1/2” W x 7-7/8” H x 7” D • Portable torch kitys include 10’ (3m) x
(16.5 cm) x 20.3cm x 18 cm) 3/16” (5mm) hose, goggles and lighter.
• Weight 7 lb. 10 oz. For Repair and Maintenance. The Portable Torch contains all the equip-
ment needed for welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. The outfit is
(3.79 kg)
equipped with compact rear entry regulators, 100C torch handle, CA
1350 cutting attachment, hose, goggles and lighter, all in a rugged,
Stock No. Description Delivery Range (PSIG)
molded plastic carrying case. Portable Torch components are de-
VIC SR700D-540 5-125
signed to weld up to 3/32” and cut up to 1¼” and cut up to 6”.
Air, Oxygen, Inert Gas
VIC SR700E-540 10-200
Acetylene The Portable Torch case is designed to carry one MC acetylene
VIC SR710A-510 2-15
VIC SR711D-510 L.P. Gas 5-125 cylinder, one 20 cu. ft. oxygen cylinder and accessories. Cylinders
are not included in the outfit but may be ordered separately.20 Cu.
Ft. Oxygen OXY 20CF/MC 10 cu. ft. Acetylene AC-MC
Torch Welding Cutting Cutting Heating Oxy. Acet.
APPLICATIONS & USES Handle Nozzles Attachment Tip Nozzle Regltr. Regltr.
• Ideally suited for full range of control of Portable 100C W-1(1) CA 1350 0-3-101 None SR 150CR SR 160AR
Torch
vaporized gas.
• Vapor side of liquid vessel.
• Ideally suited to replace cylinder regulator PERFORMER DELUXE
often used on liquid vessel. Stock No. VIC 0384 0867
• High flow rates with proper sizing of supply. • CSR 250 Series Regulators
• 100FC Torch Handle
• CA 1350 Cutting Attachment
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION
• 0-W-1 Welding Nozzle
• Stem type seat mechanism.
• 0-3-101 Cutting Tip
• 2-3/4” stainless steel diaphragm.
• Forged brass body and housing cap. This Outfit Comes Complete with 10-1/2 ft
3/16” Twin Hose, Goggles & Ligthter.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth adjustment.

TOUGHCUT™
• 2-1/2” diameter brass gauge for easy readability.
• Designed for vapor side application on liquid vessel.
• External pressure relief valve on High pressure side (500 PSI) Stock No. SMI MB-51-300
Stock No. SMI MB-54-300L
MODEL SPECIFICATIONS
Versatile, economical Toughcut™ cutting
• Maximum Inlet 500 PSIG
and welding outfits include many features
• Delivery Range 5-352 PSIG found on more expensive outfits. With a
wide range of outfit configurations avail-
Stock No. Description Delivery Range (PSIG) able, the Toughcut™ series is perfect for a
VIC LC350DR-540 Oxygen multitude of applications. Torch Handle and
5-125
VIC LC350DR-580 Nitrogen cutting attachment feature corrosion resis-
Delivery Range Key: D 5-125 PSIG tant nickel finish.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING & C UTTING 13

Stock No. SMI MB-51-300


Includes the following: Model CW5A Torch Handle, Model CC509P CONTRACTOR PLUS
Cutting Attachment, MC12 #0 Cutting Tip, MW205 Welding Tip, Stock No. VIC 0384-2021
H1910F540 Oxygen Regulator & H1945E-300 Acetylene Regulator.
Customers who require maximum perfor-
Stock No. SMI MB-54-300L mance with a minimum of accessories will
Includes the same as above, except it has the Model H1710C-540
find the contractor Plus™ an ideal package.
Oxygen Regulator and the H1721C-300 Acetylene Regulator plus. It
includes 20 ft. of 3/16” twin hose, Goggles & Lighter. • Welds up to 1/8” / 4mm and to 3” / 76mm
with larger nozzles.

SUPER RANGE DELUXE


• Cuts up to 3/4” / 19mm and to 8” / 202mm
with larger tips.
Stock No. VIC 0384-0836 Torch Welding Cutting Cutting Oxygen Fuel Gas
Accessories
handle Nozzle Attach. Tip Regulator Regulator
Features a full selection of medium-duty
“T” Grade 25’ x 1/4”
apparatus, performance matched to cover 315FC (W) 2 CA2460 1-1-101 CSR450D-540 CSR460A-300 Hose Goggles &
a full range of uses. Lighter
• Welds up to 1/4” / 6mm; and up to
1 1/4” / 31mm with optional nozzles.
• Cuts up to 1/2” / 12mm; and up to
6” / 150mm with optional tips. MEDIUM DUTY
Stock No. MD 300A
Torch Welding Cutting Cutting Oxygen Fuel Gas
Accessories
handle Nozzle Attach. Tip Regulator Regulator
“T” Grade 25’ x 1/4”
100FC (W-1) 2 CA1350 0-3-101 CSR350D-540 CSR360A-300 Hose Goggles &
Lighter

These premium outfits feature quality construction throughout and


are built to provide reliability and extended service. Outfits feature

COMPLETE VICTOR WELDING AND Smith’s revolutionary Dual Guard system which combines a flash-
back arrestor built into the torch head with our proven in-tips gas
CUTTING OUTFIT mixing technology .This combination greatly improves operator safety
and increases torch life. Dual Guard Torches are covered by Smith’s
Stock No. VIC OUTFIT “Lifetime” warranty, the longest and strongest in the industry. The
Includes: outfits feature rugged, highly accurate brass regulators with polished
• Victor Welding Torch brass gauges for corrosion resistance and are backed by a 3 year
• Victor Welding Tip limited warranty. Outfits are complete with safety and operations
• Victor Cutting Attachment Ansco l manual. Includes 2 cutting tips, welding tip, heating tip and reverse
i a
A peci
w
• Victor Cutting Tip flow check valves.
• Victor Acetylene Regulator S Torch Cutting Cutting Welding Heating
Regulator Accessories
• Victor Oxygen Regulator handle Attach. Tip Tip Tip
• Striker MC12-0 1700 Series, 25 ft. hose,
WH100 DG109 SC12-1 MW205 MT603
• Cutting Goggles MD Striker, Goggles
• 25ft., ¼” Twin Hose
• 75 cu. ft. Acetylene Cylinder
• 80 cu. ft. Oxygen Cylinder
• Cylinder Cart
HEAVY DUTY
Stock No. HD-H300

HEAVY DUTY CUTTING OUTFIT


Stock No. SMI HTM300

These premium heavy duty outfits feature Smith’s revolutionary Dual


Guard™ system which combines a flashback arrestor built into the
torch head with our proven in-tip gas mixing technology. This combi-
nation greatly improves operator safety and increases torch life. Dual
Guard torches are covered by Smith’s “Lifetime” warranty, the long-
est and strongest in the industry. Smith regulators are covered by a 3
year limited warranty. The outfits feature rugged, highly accurate brass
regulators with polished brass gauges for corrosion resistance and
shatter resistance polycarbonate lenses. Outfits are complete with
This Heavy duty Cutting Outfit is built for tough jobs. It features the safety and operations manual. All outfits include 3 cutting tips, weld-
SC229 Cutting Torch, SC12-1 Cutting Tip, Model HB1510A-540S ing tip, heating tip, tip cleaner.
Oxygen Regulator With hard Hat, Model HB1521B-300S Acetylene
Regulator With hard Hat, Complete Instruction manual included. Each Torch Cutting Cutting Welding Heating
Regulator
handle Attach. Tip Tip Tip
kit comes with Reverse Flow Check Valves for added safety. Capac-
SC12-00 1500 Series,
ity with tips supplied: Cuts up to 5/8”. Capable of cutting up to 12” with WH200 DG209 SC12-1 SW205 ST603
Optional larger tips. SC12-2 HD

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


14 W ELDING & C UTTING

Victor Welding Torches and Components


Awisco is showing the most popular of the Victor Welding Torches and components. If you do not see what you want, give
us a call and we will send you a complete Victor Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com and link on
to the Victor website or visit the Victor website directly at www.thermadyne.com/vec

Light Duty Apparatus User Guide


Torch Handle Welding Nozzles Fuel Gas Cutting Attachment Head Angle Fuel Gas Tip Series Special Attachments
DFE-J
UN-J
J-28 W-J ALL CA1260 90° ALL 3 UNN-J
UM-J
FE-J

Medium Duty Apparatus User Guide


Torch Welding Fuel Heating Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
DFE-1
MFA-1 Acetylene UN-1
WH26FC W-1 ALL CA25 90° ALL 3
MFN-1 Propane FE-1
UM-1

Torch Welding Fuel Heating Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
CA1350 90° 3 DFE-1
MFA-1 Acetylene UN-1
100FC W-1 ALL CA1351 75° ALL 3
FE-1
MFN-1 Propane
CA1352 180° 3 UM-1

Heavy Duty Apparatus User Guide


Torch Welding Fuel Multi-Flame Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Heating Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
MFA Acetylene DFE
UN
WH36FC W ALL MFN Propane CA35 90° ALL 1
FE
Type 55** Propane UM

Torch Welding Fuel Multi-Flame Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Heating Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
MFA Acetylene CA2460 90° DFE
UN
315FC W ALL MFN Propane CA2461 75° ALL 1
FE
Type 55** Propane CA2462 180° UM

Torch Welding Fuel Multi-Flame Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Heating Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
MFA Acetylene CA2460 90° DFE
UN
HD310C W ALL MFN Propane CA2461 75° ALL 1
FE
Type 55** Propane CA2462 180° UM
** Type 55 Heating Nozzle - All Fuel Gases Except Acetylene. Type W is the most common style welding nozzle. Style RTE (Acetylene use) and style
RTEN (Propane Use) are available. Both of these styles have replaceable tip ends, but most users prefer to use the ‘FE’ flexible extension for this
application. Flexible extensions and tip ends are shown later in this section.

LIGHT DUTY J SERIES TORCH HANDLES MEDIUM DUTY


FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES WH SERIES TORCH HANDLES
Stock No. J-28 Stock No. WH26FC
• Medium duty apparatus.
This is the Lightest Victor Torch
• 9/16” - 18 connection.
for use with all fuel gases. This
• Tube within a tube design.
Torch has ‘A’ size fittings. It
• Made in the U.S.A.
uses W-J Series Welding Tips
• Two year warranty.
and has a 1/4” Welding capacity
• Cutting Attachment CA35.
with the correct size tip.Cutting
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors.
Attachment CA1260. • Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded connections.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length • Capacity: welds to 1-1/4” with proper Size Style W-1 Tip.
Standard Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length
J-28 Light Duty A-Size 3/8” - 24 UNF ALL 8 1/2 oz. 6”
WH26FC Medium Duty 9/16” - 18 ALL 1 LB. 1 oz. 9”
J-28 Torch includes accessory reverse flow check valves for regulator use.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING & C UTTING 15

Stock No. 100FC


• Medium duty apparatus. WELDING TIPS
• 9/16” - 18 connection. WELDING NOZZLE
• Tube within a tube design.
• Made in the U.S.A.
OPERATIONAL DATA / ACETYLENE COVERS SERIES W
• Two year warranty. Light Duty Style W-J
• Cutting Attachment CA1350. Medium Duty Style W-1
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors. Heavy Duty Style W
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded connections.
• Capacity: welds to 1-1/4” with proper Size Style W-1 Tip.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length
“VanGuard”™
100FC Medium Duty 9/16” - 18 ALL 14 oz. 8 1/2”

Metal Thickness Tip Drill Oxygen Acetylene Acetylene


IN MM Size Size (PSIG) (PSIG) (SCFH)
HEAVY DUTY WH SERIES TORCH HANDLES 1/32”
3/64”
.8
1.2
000
00
75 (.022)
70 (.028)
3/5
3/5
3/5
3/5
1/2
1 - 1/2 / 3
Stock No. WH36FC 5/64” 1.9 0 65 (.035) 3/5 3/5 2/4
3/32” 2.4 1 60 (.040) 3/5 3/5 3/6
1/8” 3.2 2 56 (.046) 3/5 3/5 5/10
• Heavy duty apparatus.
3/16” 4.8 3 53 (.060) 4/7 3/6 8/18
• 9/16” - 18 connection. 1/4” 6.4 4 49 (.073) 5/10 4/7 10/25
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors. 1/2” 12.7 5 43 (.089) 6/12 5/8 15/35
• Tube within a tube design. 3/4” 19.0 6 36 (.106) 7/14 6/9 25/45
1 1/4” 32.0 7 30 (.128) 8/16 8/10 30/60
• Made in the U.S.A.
2” 51.0 8 29 (.136) 10/19 9/12 35/75
• Two year warranty. 3” 76.2 10 27 (.144) 12/24 12/15 50/100
• Cutting Attachment CA35. 4” 102.0 12 25 (.149) 18/28 12/15 80/160
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded connections.
• Capacity: welds to 3” with proper Size Style W Welding Tip.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length LIGHT DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
WH36FC Heavy Duty 9/16” - 18 ALL 1 LB. 9 oz. 9 - 1/2” For use with Model J28 Torch Handle

Stock No. 315FC


• Heavy duty apparatus.
• General purpose welding & pre-heating.
• 9/16” - 18 connection.
• One piece copper elbow tip long cone flame.
• Built-in check valves & flash
arrestors. • 65° angle.
• Tube within a tube design. • Sizes 000 - 4 (Length 14 - 1/2”)
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with • Fuel gas usage - Acetylene.
threaded connections.
• Capacity: welds to 3” with proper
Size Style W Welding Tip.
• Made in the U.S.A. MEDIUM DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
• Two year warranty.
• Cutting Attachment CA2460. For use with Model WH26FC &
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length
J100FC Torch Handle
“VanGuard”™
315FC 9/16” - 18 ALL 18 oz. 9”
Heavy Duty

• General purpose welding & pre-heating.


• One piece copper elbow tip long cone flame.
Stock No. HD310C • 65° angle.
• Sizes 000 - 7 (Length 4 - 1/2”)
• Heavy duty apparatus.
• Fuel gas usage - Acetylene.
• 9/16” - 18 connection.
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors.
• Tube within a tube design.
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded
connections. HEAVY DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
• Capacity: welds to 3” with proper Size Style W For use with Model WH36FC ,
Welding Tip. 315FC & HD310C Torch Handle
• Made in the U.S.A.
• Two year warranty.
• Cutting Attachment CA2460.
• Extra Volume Capacity When Using 3/8” hose. • 65° angle.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length • General purpose welding & pre-heating.
“VanGuard”™ • One piece copper elbow tip long cone flame.
HD310C 9/16” - 18 ALL 28 oz. 11”
Heavy Duty • Fuel gas usage - Acetylene.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


16 W ELDING & C UTTING

MULTI-FLAME Style MFN-1 Propane


HEATING NOZZLES
MFA-1 & MFN-1 are for use with Medium Duty Victor Weld-
ing Torches. MFA & MFN are for use with Heavy Duty
Victor Welding Torches.
There are no recommended heating nozzles for use with the Vic-
tor Light Duty Welding Torches.
Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFN-1
TYPE MFA, MFA-1, For Use with Acetylene Size Fuel Gas Usage Description
Tip Oxygen Acetylene Oxygen Acetylene 6 Propane Multi-flame heating head pre-heating,
Size Pressure Pressure Consumption Consumption priming, straightening, etc.
(PSIG) (PSIG) (SCFH) (SCFH)
2 4/8 4/8 3/10 3/9
4 8/12 6/10 7/22 6/20
6 10/15 8/12 15/44 14/40 HEAVY DUTY
8 20/30 10/15 33/88 30/80
10 30/40 12/15 44/110 40/100 MULTI-FLAME HEATING NOZZLES
12* 50/60 12/15 66/165 60/150
15* 50/60 12/15 99/244 90/220 For Use with WH36FC, VIC 315FC
and HD310C Torch Handles
TYPE MFN, MFN-1, For Use with Propane
& Natural Gas Style MFA Acetylene
Tip Oxygen Fuel Oxygen Fuel
Size Pressure Pressure Consumption Consumption
(PSIG) (PSIG) (SCFH) (SCFH)
6 8/20 2/10 20/80 5.5/20
8 10/20 10/15 10/140 10/35 Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFA
10 10/30 12/20 80/320 20/80 Size Fuel Gas Usage Description
12* 30/125 15/25 120/640 30/160
4 Multi-flame heating head for
15* 30/125 15/25 200/800 50/200
8 Acetylene heat treating, straightening
20* 40/135 15/25 300/1000 75/250
10 and priming.
TYPE T-55, For use with Propylene Based Fuel Gases, 15
Methane, Propane, Butane, Mapp®, Liquid Air Fuel
Gases, Pressurized Natural Gas
Tip Oxygen Fuel Oxygen Fuel Style MFN Propane
Size Pressure Pressure Consumption Consumption
(PSIG) (PSIG) (SCFH) (SCFH)
6 70/80 15/20 160 65
8 70/85 15/25 220 85
10 70/100 15/25 350/460 150/200
15* 90/120 20/35 600/800 250/350
20* 100/150 30/50 900/1150 400/500
* Use with Model HD310C Torch Handle and 3/8” Hose.
Approximate Gross BTU Content Per Cubic Foot.
Gas Type Acetylene Propane Methane Natural Butane Mapp® Propylene
Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFN
Gas
BTU Content Size Fuel Gas Usage Description
per Cubic 1470 2498 1000 1000 3374 2406 2371 8
Foot 10
Multi-flame heating head for heat
12 Propane
treating, priming and straightening.
Type 55 nozzles NOT for use with ACETYLENE 15
20
Warning: At no time should the withdrawal rate of an individual Acetylene
cylinder exceed 1/7 of the cylinder contents per hour. If additional flow
capacity is required use an Acetylene manifold system of sufficient size to Special Application Accessories
supply the necessary volume.

Light Duty
MEDIUM DUTY Model J-28 Welding Torch
MULTI-FLAME HEATING NOZZLES
For Use with WH26FC and 100FC Torch Handles

Style MFA-1 Acetylene

The MFA uses heat resistant, replaceable Dual flexible elbows 5/16” - 27” Thread.
swaged copper tip. For use with Acetylene. MFA Multi-Gas Nozzle
12 and 15 works with MAPP® and Propylene. Type Fuel Gas Usage Description
Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFA-1 DFE-J
Dual flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special weld-
ing, heating, brazing needs, uses replaceable tip ends.
Size Fuel Gas Usage Description Standard bend nozzle for welding, brazing & heating.
2 UN-J Multi-Gas Fuel Service uses replaceable tip ends.
Multi-flame heating head for
4 heat treating, straightening For silver brazing, soldering, heating with low pres-
Acetylene UNN-J
6 and priming. sure natural gas (2PSIG and under). Uses replace-
8 able tip ends.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING AND C UTTING 17

Medium Duty FLEXIBLE ELBOW


Model WH26FC & J100FC
Welding Torch
FOR SPECIAL WELDING,
BRAZING & HEATING NEEDS
• Multi Fuel Gas Service.
Dual flexible elbows 5/16” - 27” Thread. • Uses replaceable Tip Ends.
Multi-Gas Nozzle • 11 - 1/2” Length 5/16” - 27” Thread Size.
Fuel Gas • Flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special welding, heating,
Type Description
Usage brazing needs.
Dual flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special welding, Stock No. Model Type
DFE-1 Multi-Gas heating, brazing needs, uses replaceable tip ends. FE-J J-28 Light Duty
Fuel Service Standard bend nozzle for welding, brazing & heating. uses FE-1 WH26FC & J100FC Medium Duty
UN-1 FE WH36FC, 315FC & HD310C Heavy Duty
replaceable tip ends.

Use with WH26FC & J100FC Torch Handles.

REPLACEABLE TIP ENDS


Heavy Duty
Model WH36FC & 315FC These Tip Ends will fit any of the
HD310C Welding Torch Above Flexible elbows. Type TE
sizes 6, 8 & 10 will only fit the RTE
style Welding Nozzle.
Type Application / Description Fuel Gas Size Length
000 1-1/2”
Welding, Brazing & Silver Brazing. 00 1-1/2”
Flame characteristic - Long Cone. 0 1-1/2”
TE 1 1-1/2”
2 1-1/2”
Acetylene 3 1-5/8”
4 1-7/8”
Brazing & Silver Brazing 5 2”
TEN 6 2-1/4”
8 2-3/4”
10 3”
Type Application / Description Fuel Gas Size Length
Dual flexible elbows 5/16” - 27” Thread. 1 1-1/2”
** 2 1-1/2”
Multi-Gas Nozzle TEMFA Brazing, Soldering, Heating Flame Acetylene 3 1-1/2”
characteristic - Multi-flame 4 1-1/2”
Fuel Gas 5 1-1/2”
Type Description
Usage
** This is the most popular Multiflame Brazing Tip End.
Dual flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special welding,
DFE Type Application / Description Fuel Gas Size Length
Multi-Gas heating, brazing needs, uses replaceable tip ends. 6 1-1/2”
UN Fuel Service Standard bend nozzle for welding, brazing & heating. uses Brazing, Soldering, Heating All Fuel Gases 7 1-1/2”
replaceable tip ends. TEMF 8 1-1/2”
Flame characteristic - Multi-flame Except Acetylene 9 1-1/2”
Use with WH36FC, 315FC & HD310C Torch Handles. 10 1-1/2”

Smith Welding Torches and Components


Awisco is showing the most popular of the Smith Welding Torches and components. If you do not see what you want, give us
a call and we will send you a complete Smith Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com and link on to the
Smith website or visit the Smith website directly at www.smithequipment.com

Light Duty Apparatus User Guide


Stock No. Welding Nozzles Fuel Gas Cutting Attachment Head Angle Fuel Gas Tip Series Length Weight
SMI AW1A AW200 Series ALL AC309 90° ALL MC-12 5 3/4” 6 1/8 oz.

Medium Duty Apparatus User Guide


Stock No. Welding Nozzles Fuel Gas Cutting Attachment Head Angle Fuel Gas Tip Series Length Weight
DG209 90°
SMI WH100 MW200 Series ALL ALL MC-12 7” 14 oz.
DG205 75°

Heavy Duty Apparatus User Guide


Stock No. Welding Nozzles Fuel Gas Cutting Attachment Head Angle Fuel Gas Tip Series Length Weight
DG209 90°
SMI WH200 SW200 Series ALL DG205 75° ALL SC Series 7 1/2” 17 3/8 oz.
DG200 180°

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


18 W ELDING AND C UTTING

WELDING TIPS
SMITH “SOFT FLAME”
“Soft Flame” Makes Welding Easier
Smith “Soft Flame” welding tips provide concentrated heat for better 100% Testing - Assured Performance
“puddle” control - the turbulent-free flame eliminates puddle chasing. Each tip is individually tested on Smith designed automatic testing
Soft flame provides deep, even penetration without burning through machines and must pass stringent requirements for flame character-
base metal for strong, dependable welds. Molten metal is protected istics, gas flow and resistance to flashback.
from atmospheric oxidation by smooth, even flame envelope.
Manifold Cylinders
Slip-In Tips - permit 360° Turn For Convenient Positioning. When required flows (cubic feet per hour - SCFH) exceed the recom-
“Slip-In” Tips can be changed in just seconds. Hand tighten... no
mended withdrawal rate from one cylinder then additional cylinders
wrench needed. Extra thick tip nut threads hold tip securely in torch.
must be manifolded to provide safe and efficient operation. Acety-
“O” Ring Seals - Highly Reliable Sealing lene must not be withdrawn at more than 1/7 of the cylinder capacity
“O” rings provide gas tight seals with no metal seating surface to (47 SCFH for a 330 cu. ft. cylinder). Consult Awisco for any assis-
damage if dropped. “O” rings keep gases separate until they enter tance that you might need in setting up a manifold system.
the mixing chamber.
SW Heavy Duty Welding & Brazing Tips
Heavy Wall Copper - Provides longer life MW Medium Duty Welding & Brazing Tips
The heavy wall copper gives greater resistance to reflected heat, AW Light Duty Welding & Brazing Tips
permits cooler operation, dissipates more heat than thin wall copper. ST Heavy Duty Heating Tips
Heat absorbing tips provide longer life, and the long straight-away MT Medium Duty Heating Tips
design permits tip refacing after excessive wear or abuse. Original
AT Light Duty Heating Tips
copper can be replaced.

WELDING NOZZLES Consumption (SCFH: cubic feet per hour) figures shown, represent the aver-
age volumes of gases consumed when the sooty smoke just disappears from
the acetylene flame prior to opening the Oxygen valve and adjusting to a
LIGHT DUTY WELDING NOZZLES neutral flame.
AW200 Series Oxy-Acetylene
MW400 Series Propane
General purpose light duty welding tips. Shorter, lighter and easier to handle.
USE IN: Torch Handles - AW1A
FUEL GASES: These tips may also be used for brazing with MAPP®, Liquid Air General Purpose medium duty brazing tips designed specially for
Fuel-Gas or brazing with propylene base fuel gases. When using these gases, use with Propane or Propane base mixture fuel gases with Oxygen.
select a tip two sizes larger than recommended for the same work as Acetylene. Tips bent to 63 1/2° angle.
Welding Drill Pressure Comsumption USE IN: Torch Handle - WH100
Tip Number Range Size Each Gas Each Gas
(PSIG) at reg. (SCFH)
SMI AW200 Light Metal 76 10 1.3 Tip Number Welding Pressure (PSIG) Consumption Each Gas (SCFH)
SMI AW201 up to 1/32” 71 10 2.3 Range Oxygen Propane Oxygen Propane
SMI AW202 1/16” 69 10 3.0 SMI SW403 Up to 1/16” 10 10 3.1 .5
SMI AW203 5/64” 67 10 3.2 SMI SW405 3/32” - 1/8” 10 10 8.4 2.1
SMI AW204 3/32” 63 10 4.3
SMI AW205 1/8” 57 10 6 SMI SW407 5/32” - 3/16” 10 10 16.0 4.1
SMI AW206 5/32” 56 10 9 SMI SW409 1/4” - 3/8” 10 10 30.0 7.8
SMI AW207 3/16” 54 10 12 SMI SW411 1/2” - 5/8” 11 11 51.9 13
SMI AW208 1/4” 52 10 17
SMI AW209 3/8” 49 10 23
SMI AW210 1/2” 44 11 36
Consumption (SCFH: cubic feet per hour) figures shown, represent the average HEAVY DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
volumes of gases consumed when the sooty smoke just disappears from the acety-
lene flame prior to opening the Oxygen valve and adjusting to a neutral flame. SW 200 Series Acetylene / Mapp
The SW 200 Series is for general and heavy welding and brazing. Swaged
construction provides greater heat concentration for improved “puddle”
MEDIUM DUTY WELDING NOZZLES control. Tips bent to 63 1/2 ° angle.
MW200 Series Acetylene / Mapp USE IN: Torch Handles - WH200
MW200 Series si for general purpose medium duty welding whch features Smith FUEL GASES: These tips may also be used for brazing with MAPP®,
“soft-flame” for easier puddle control and better penetration. Tips are bent to 63 1/ Liquid Air Fuel-Gas or brazing with propylene base fuel gases. When
2° angle. using these gases, select a tip two sizes larger than recommended for
USE IN: Torch Handles -WH100
FUEL GASES: These tips may also be used for brazing with MAPP®, Liquid Air the same work as Acetylene.
Fuel-Gas or brazing with propylene base fuel gases. When using these gases, Welding Drill Pressure Comsumption
select a tip two sizes larger than recommended for the same work as Acetylene. Tip Number Each Gas Each Gas
Range Size (PSIG) at reg. (SCFH)
Welding Drill Pressure Comsumption SMI AW201 1/32” 71 10 2.3
Tip Number Range Size Each Gas Each Gas SMI AW202 1/16” 69 10 3.0
(PSIG) at reg. (SCFH) SMI AW203 5/64” 67 10 3.2
SMI AW200 Light Metal 76 10 1.3 SMI AW204 3/32” 63 10 4.3
SMI AW201 up to 1/32” 71 10 2.3 SMI AW205 1/8” 57 10 6
SMI AW202 1/16” 69 10 3.0 SMI AW206 5/32” 56 10 9
SMI AW203 5/64” 67 10 3.2 SMI AW207 3/16” 54 10 12
SMI AW204 3/32” 63 10 4.3 SMI AW208 1/4” 52 10 17
SMI AW205 1/8” 57 10 6 SMI AW209 3/8” 49 10 23
SMI AW206 5/32” 56 10 9 SMI AW210 1/2” 44 11 36
SMI AW207 3/16” 54 10 12 SMI AW211 5/8” 40 11 49*
SMI AW208 1/4” 52 10 17 SMI AW212 7/8” 34 11 66*
SMI AW209 3/8” 49 10 23 SMI AW213 1” and 30 11 90**
SMI AW210 1/2” 44 11 36 SMI AW214 over 26 11 121**

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING AND C UTTING 19

SW 400 Series Propane MT603, MT605A & MT610 Styles are used with Acetylene Gas.
MT615 Style is used with Propane Gas.
The SW 400 Series is for general heavy welding and brazing. Tips are MT603, MT810 & MT815 Styles are used with Mapp Gas.
designed for use with Propane and Propane base fuel gases with Oxygen. Stock No. SMI SMI SMI SMI SMI SMI
USE IN: Torch Handles - WH200 MT603 MT605A MT610 MT615 MT810 MT815
No. of Flames 6 6 12 Fluted 12 Fluted
Tip Number Welding Pressure (PSIG) Consumption Each Gas (SCFH)
Range Oxygen Propane Oxygen Propane Drill Size # 64 # 56 #57
Pressures Oxygen 10 10 10 14 40-70 40-70
SMI SW403 Up to 1/16” 10 10 3.1 .5
(PSIG) Fuel Gas 10 10 10 10 10-17 15-35
SMI SW405 3/32” - 1/8” 10 10 8.4 2.1
SMI SW409 1/4” - 3/8” 10 10 30.0 7.8 Consumption Oxygen 31 57 100 78 125-155 395-650
SCFH Fuel Gas 28 51 90 16 46-55 125-230
Consumption (SCFH: cubic feet per hour) figures shown, represent the average Average BTU 40,125 73,085 128,970 37,100 21,500 421,000
volumes of gases consumed when the sooty smoke just disappears from the Fuel Cylinders required 1 2 2 2 1 1-2
acetylene flame prior to opening the Oxygen valve and adjusting to a Overall Length 10” 16” 18” 10 1/2” 18” 19”
neutral flame.

HEATING TIPS HEAVY DUTY HEATING TIPS


Torch Handle WH200
Acetylene multi-flame heating tips are designed to provide large
volumes of concentrated heat for bending, straightening, shrinking,
forming and many other applications. Smaller sizes are often used
for bronze welding or for applying hard facing metal to large areas.
Smith multi-flame and single flame heating tips are designed to pro-
vide large volumes of heat for applications such as: bending, straight- Styles are used with Acetylene Gas.
ening, pre-heating, brazing, shrinking, forming and many others. Stock No. SMI ST602 SMI ST603 SMI ST605 SMI ST610
Heating tips provide significant cost saving in many applications. By No. of Flames 6 6 12 Fluted
providing great amounts of quick, concentrated heat, heating tips do Drill Size # 64 # 56 #57
the job faster and cut labor time to a minimum. Pre. 10 10 10 14
(PSIG) Oxygen 10 10 10 10
For proper performance, use the recommended pressures for each
Cons. Fuel Gas 31 57 100 78
tip and with an adequate gas supply. Manifolding of cylinders is es- SCFH Oxygen 28 51 90 16
sential for safe and efficient operation of large size heating tips. Average BTU Fuel Gas 40,125 73,085 128,970 37,100
Acetylene multi-flame heating tips are designed to provide large vol- Fuel Cylinders required 1 2 2 2
umes of concentrated heat for bending, straightening, shrinking, form- Overall Length 10” 16” 18” 10 1/2”
ing and many other applications. Smaller sizes are often used for
bronzed welding or for applying hard facing metal to large areas. Medium pressure Oxy-Propane or propane based heating tips
Warning! provide high heating performance with low cost fuel gases
Manifolding Cylinders: When required flows (cubic feet per hour - SCFH) including natural gas and Propane base gases.
exceed the recommended withdrawal rate from one cylinder then addi- ST615 & ST625 Styles are used with Propane Gas.
tional cylinders must be manifolded to provide safe and efficient opera- ST635 Style is used with Propane Gas / Requires a 3/8” I.D. Hose.
tion. Acetylene must not be withdrawn at more than 1/7 of the cylinder
Stock No. SMI ST615 SMI ST625 SMI ST635
capacity (47 SCFH for a 330 cu. ft. cylinder). Consult Awisco for any No. of Flames 12 Fluted Fluted
assistance that you might need in setting up a manifold system. Drill Size
Pre. 40-70 40-70 40-70
(PSIG) Oxygen 10-17 15-35 15-35
Cons. Fuel Gas 125-155 395-650 395-650
LIGHT DUTY HEATING TIPS SCFH Oxygen 46-55 125-230 125-230
Average BTU Fuel Gas 21,500 421,000 421,000
Torch Handle AW1A Fuel Cylinders required 1 1-2 1-2
Handy light duty multi-flame tip for heating, brazing and applying hard facing Overall Length 18” 19” 19”
metals. Uses medium pressure Acetylene and Oxygen.
USE IN: Torch Handle - AW1A. Warning!
AT603 & AT605 Styles are used with Acetylene Gas. Manifolding cylinders for continuous operation: recommend the
AT615 Style is used with Propane Gas. manifolding of 4 LP-Gas cylinders for the ST625 and 7 for the
Stock No. SMI AT603 SMI AT605 SMI AT615 ST635 tip or one 500 lb. cylinder; also, 2 xygen cylinders. Recom-
No. of Flames 4 6 Fluted mendation is based on maximum withdrawal rate of 46 CFH from
Drill Size # 65 # 64 a 100 lb. Propane tank (1/3 full) at 60° F. If you need assistance
Pressures Oxygen 14 10 14 with any manifold questions, call Awisco.
(PSIG) Fuel Gas 6 10 10
Consumption Oxygen 17 32 78
SCFH Fuel Gas 17 29 16 ST815 Style is used with Mapp Gas.
Average BTU 24,500 41,550 37,100 ST825 Style is used with Mapp Gas / Requires a 3/8” I.D. Hose.
Fuel Cylinders required 1 1 2
Overall Length 10” 10” 10 1/2” Stock No. SMI ST815 SMI ST825
No. of Flames Fluted Fluted
Drill Size
Pre.
MEDIUM DUTY HEATING TIPS
40-70 60-110
(PSIG) Oxygen 15-35 22-35
Torch Handle WH100 Cons. Fuel Gas 395-650 590-1500
SCFH Oxygen 125-230 200-528
Versatile multi-flame heating tips for the popular medium duty Pipeliner torch Average BTU Fuel Gas 421,000 865,000
bodies. Used for general heating of metals, brazing, hard surfacing, etc.
Fuel Cylinders required 1-2 2-5
Heads are manufactured from solid copper.
USE IN: Torch Handle - WH100 Overall Length 20 1/2” 31”

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


20 W ELDING AND C UTTING

Victor Cutting Attachments and Cutting Torches


Awisco is showing the most popular of the Victor Cutting attachments and Cutting Torches. If you do not see what you want,
give us a call and we will send you a complete Victor Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com and link
on to the Victor website or visit the Victor website directly at www.thermadyne.com/vec
Light Duty Apparatus User Guide
Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
CA1260 3 3” 90° All 13 oz. 8” J-28

Medium Duty Apparatus User Guide


Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
CA25 3 5” 90° All 14.1 oz. 10” WH-26FC
CA1350 3 6” 90° All 13 oz. 8” 100FC
CA1351 3 6” 75° All 13 oz. 8” 100FC
CA1352 3 6” 180° All 13 oz. 8” 100FC

Heavy Duty Apparatus User Guide


Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
CA35 1 6” 90° All 1 lb. 14 oz. 13-1/2” WH-36FC
CA2460 1 6” 90° All 2 lbs. 10-1/2” 315FC & HD310C
CA2461 1 6” 75° All 2 lbs. 10-1/2” 315FC & HD310C
CA2462 1 6” 180° All 2 lbs. 10-1/2” 315FC & HD310C

LIGHT DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENTS HEAVY DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENTS


FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES
For Use with J Series Torch Handles
• Die-forged brass head For Use with WH36FC Torch Handle
• Spiral mixer blends Oxygen & Fuel Heavy and medium duty cutting attachments
• Smooth cutting valve (pull type) for use with Acetylene, Propane, Butane, Liq-
• Stainless Steel tubes uid Air fuel gases, Mapp®, Natural gas (2 PSIG
• Brass coupling nut & Double “O”
Ring seal gives quick gas-tight seal or more), Propylene & Hydrogen.
tight seal tightrning without wrench
• Length 8” - Weight 13 oz. • Cut to 6” with proper tip,
Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
CA1260 3” 3 90°
series 1.
• 90° Head
MEDIUM DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENTS • Universal mixer

FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES • Easy on cutting Oxygen

For Use with WH26FC Torch Handle • Made in the USA

Medium duty cutting attachments for use with Acety- • Two year warranty
lene, Propane, Butane, Liquid Air fuel gases, Mapp®, Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
Natural gas (2 PSIG or more), Propylene & Hydrogen. CA35 6” 1 90°

• Cut to 6” with proper tip, series 3


• Universal mixer For Use with
• Easy on cutting Oxygen 300 Series Torch Handles
• Made in the USA
• Two year warranty
Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
CA25 6” 3 90° • Cuts 8” with proper tip series 1
• Die-forged brass head
For Use with • Spiral mixer blends Oxygen & Fuel
100FC Series Torch Handles • Smooth cutting valve (push type)
• Die-forged brass head • Stainless Steel tubes
• Spiral mixer blends Oxygen & Fuel Brass coupling nut & Double “O” Ring seal
• Smooth cutting valve (pull type) •
• Stainless Steel tubes gives quick gas-tight seal tight seal tighten-
• Length 8” - Weight 13 oz. ing wrench
• Brass coupling nut & Double “O” Ring seal gives quick • Length 10-1/2” - Weight 32 oz.
gas-tight seal tight seal tightrning without wrench.
• These 3 models use the 3 series Cutting Tip
Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
CA1350 6” 3 90° CA2460 8” 1 90°
CA1351 6” 3 75° CA2461 8” 1 75°
CA1352 6” 3 180° CA2462 8” 1 180°

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING AND C UTTING 21

Victor Cutting Torches


HAND CUTTING TORCHES
Victor® “Universal Torches”
Combine the Spiral and injector principles. The result is a high perfor-
mance torch that Operates on any fuel gas. Universal Torch cutting
capacity from 1/8” to 12”.
• Stainless Steel Tubes for greater strength and durability.
• Stainless Steel Cutting Oxygen Lever for extra durability and opera-
tor comfort.
• Built-in FlashBack Arrestors for added safety (U.S. Patent # 5407348).
• Die-Forged Brass Head for maximum durability.
• Universal Gas Mixer Gives top performance with any fuel gas.
• Ribbed Brass Handle for sure grip and operator comfort.
• Built-in Reverse Flow Check Valve for added operator safety
(U.S. Patent # 4286620).
• Smooth Cutting Oxygen Valve Provides precise low-to-full flow All Victor® Hand Cutting Torches are equipped with built-in
oxygen control. reverse flow check valves.

ST900FC “VANGUARD™” SERIES ST2600FC “VANGUARD™” SERIES


STRAIGHT CUTTING TORCHES STRAIGHT CUTTING TORCHES
• For use with any fuel gas.
• For use with any fuel gas, 5 PSIG and above. • Uses Series 1 Cutting Tips.
• Use with Series 1 Cutting Tips. • Cutting capacity 1/8” to 12”.
• Cutting capacity 1/8” to 6”. • Hose connections are 9/16”-18 unless noted.
• Hose connections are 9/16”-18 unless noted. • Includes built-in patented flashback arrestors and reverse flow check
• Includes built-in patented flashback arrestors and reverse flow check valves for added safety.
valves for added safety. Stock No. Lever Position Tip Series Head Angle Length
Stock Lever Tip Head ST2600FC 90° 21”
Length ST2601FC Top Rear 1 75° 21”
No. Posi- Series Angle
ST2602FC 180° 21”
ST900FC tion 21”
Top Rear 1 90°
ST930FC 36” Stock No. Lever Position Tip Series Head Angle Length
3 Foot Standard Demolition Torch ST2630FC Top Rear 1 90° 36”
Stock Lever Tip Head 3 Foot Standard Demolition Torch
Length
No. Position Series Angle Stock No. Lever Position Tip Series Head Angle Length
ST972FC Top Rear 1 90° 72” ST2650FC Top Rear 1 90° 48”
6 Foot Demolition Torch. 4 Foot Demolition Torch
Awisco is only showing the most popular of the Victor Torches. If you have a special application give us a call... We can help you..

MACHINE CUTTING TORCHES


Victor® Machine Torches are available in two and three hose versions.
Two hose torches are available in 4 1/2”, 10” and 18” models, and
three hose torches are available in 10” and 18” models.

MT200 Series MT300 Series


Two Hose Model Three Hose Model
• Pre-Drilled 1-3/8” Diameter Barrels for
three position mounting flexibility.
• Straight Through Design Minimizes
turbulence, improves cutting performance.
• High Performance Mixer Design Provide
optimum performance.
• Rugged Brass Torch Head and Body for
maximum strength.
• Accessory Reverse Flow Check Valves
Supplied with all machine torches for added
operator safety.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


22 W ELDING AND C UTTING

Victor® Machine Cutting Torches are available in two and three hose Three Hose Models
models. Three hose torches are high performance “straight through” Stock Total Barrel Racking Cutting
Gas
design that minimizes turbulence and improves cut quality. Acces- No. Length Length Length Capacity
sory reverse flow check valves are supplied for use at the torches MT310A* 14” 10” 7” ACET* 12”

inlet connection. All machine torches use Series 1 cutting tips. * May also be used on other pressurized fuel gases.
Two Hose Models These are the most popular of the Machine Cutting
Stock Total Barrel Racking Cutting Torches. Call Awisco for additional information.
Gas
No. Length Length Length Capacity On Models that require a geared rack these must be ordered
MT204A* 8 1/2” 4 1/2” N/A ACET* 7” separately. the following is the information.
MT210A 4” 10” 7” ACET* 7” Gear Racks
* This Torch does not use a rack. It is designed to fit into a torch Stock No. Length Pitch Cutting Machine
barrel holder. 0319-0054 10” Rack Kit 32 Pitch MT210 & MT310

TORCHES USING SERIES 1 CUTTING TIPS TORCHES USING SERIES 3 CUTTING TIPS
Cutting Attachment
Cutting Attachment VIC CA1260
VIC CA36 VIC CA25
VIC CA2460 VIC CA1350
VIC CA2461 VIC CA1351
VIC CA2462 VIC CA1352

Operational and Performance Data


Cutting Cutting Pre-Heat Pre-Heat
Metal Tip Acetylene Acetylene Kerf
Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Speed I.P.M.
Thickness Size (PSIG) (SCFH) Width
(PSIG)*** (SCFH) (PSIG)* (SCFH)
****
1/8” 000 20 / 25 20 / 25 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 28/32 .04
1/4” 00 20 / 25 20 / 35 3/5 4/6 3/5 4/6 27/30 .05
3/8” 0 25 / 30 55 / 60 3/5 5/9 3/5 5/8 24/28 .06
1/2” 0 30 / 35 60 / 65 3/6 7/11 3/5 6/10 20/24 .06
3/4” 1 30 / 35 80 / 85 4/7 9/14 3/5 8/13 17/21 .07
1” 2 35 / 40 140 / 150 4/9 11/18 3/6 10/16 15/19 .09
1 1/2” 2 40 / 45 150 / 160 4/12 13/20 3/7 12/18 13/17 .09
2” 3 40 / 45 210 / 225 5/14 15/24 4/9 14/22 12/15 .11
2 1/2” 3 45 / 50 225 / 240 5/16 18/29 4/10 16/26 10/13 .11
3” 4 40 / 50 270 / 320 6/17 20/33 5/10 18/30 9/12 .12
4” 5 45 / 55 390 / 425 7/18 24/37 5/12 22/34 8/11 .15
5” 5 50 / 55 425 / 450 7/20 29/41 5/13 26/38 7/9 .15
6” 6** 45 / 55 500 / 600 10/22 33/48 7/13 30/44 6/8 .18
8” 6** 45 / 55 500 / 600 10/25 37/55 7/14 34/50 5/6 .19
10” 7** 45 / 55 700 / 850 15/30 44/62 10/15 40/56 4/5 .34
12” 8** 45 / 55 900 / 100 20/35 53/68 10/15 48/62 3/5 .41
Data compiled using mid steel as test material.

HEATING TIPS
MFTA SERIES 1 MFTN SERIES 1
Acetylene Gas Propane Gas
For preheating before welding,
descaling paint burning, etc.
For preheating before welding,
* These size tips must be used with 3/8” hose. Sizes 10 & 12 can descaling paint burning, etc.
only be used with Cutting Torches.
Stock No. Model Tip Series Size
Size 12 must be used with with 3/8” hose.
0330-0527 6
0330-0528 8 Stock No. Model Tip Series Size
MFTA 1
0330-0523 10* 0330-0521 10
MFTN 1
0330-0524 12* 0330-0522 12
The above can only be used with Cutting Attachments and Cutting Torches that accept a Series 1 Style Tip.

The Following are For Acetylene Gas Use

1 - 101 Series 1 3 - 101 Series 3

General Purpose hand and


machine torch cutting. Available in
sizes 000 thru 8.

Sizes 0, 1, 2 & 3 are available with a 30 degree bend. Check


with Awisco Sizes 4 & 6 are available in extra length. 10” General Purpose hand and machine torch cutting. Available in sizes
overall. Check with Awisco 000 thru 6.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING AND C UTTING 23

1 - 108 Series 1 The Following are all For Mapp Gas Use
3 - 108 Series 3 1 - 303 Series 1

General Purpose hand and machine cutting. Available in sizes 0 thru


6.
Boiler tube removal. Tip is short to insert head & tip inside tube. Se-
ries 1 available in sizes 0 thru 4. Series 3 available in size 2. GPM Series 1

1 - 112 Series 1
General Purpose hand and machine cutting torches. Available in sizes
000 thru 4.

GPP Series 1

Cutting close to bulkheads, hand cutting of river heads. Machine cut- 3-GPP Series 3
ting 45° with torch perpendicular. Available in size 2.

1 - 116 Series 1
General Purpose hand and machine cutting torches. Series 1 avail-
able in sizes 000 thru 6. Series 3 available in sizes 000 and 0.

The Following are all For Propane Gas Use

GPN Series 1

Deseaming, gouging, removing defective welds, seams or excess


metal, rivet washing and scarfing. Available in sizes 2 and 4.

General Purpose hand and machine cutting torch. Available in sizes


1 - 118 Series 1 000 thru 8.

1 - 118 Series 3
3-GPN Series 3

Deseaming, scarfing, gouging, weld preparation, removing defective


welds, washing rivets. Series 1 available in sizes 0 thru 12. Series 3 General Purpose hand and machine cutting torches. Available in sizes
available in size 2. 00 thru 3.

Smith Cutting Attachments and Cutting Torches


Awisco is showing the most popular of the Smith Cutting attachments and Cutting Torches. If you do not see what you
want, give us a call and we will send you a complete Smith Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com
and link on to the Smith website or visit the Smith website directly at www.smithequipment.com
Light Duty Apparatus User Guide
Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
SMI AC309 MC12 3” 90° Oxygen / Acetylene 1 lb. 8 1/2” AW1A

Medium Duty Apparatus User Guide


Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
SMI MC509 90° 1 lb. 2 oz. 11 1/4”
MC12 6” Oxygen / Acetylene MW5A
SMI MC505 75° 1 lb. 2 oz. 11 1/2”

Heavy Duty Apparatus User Guide


Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
SMI SC209 90°
SMI SC205 SC 8” 75° Oxygen / Acetylene 1 lb. 14 oz. 12-1/2” SW1B
SMI SC200 180°

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


24 W ELDING AND C UTTING

HEAVY DUTY CUTTING TORCHES EXTRA HEAVY DUTY


Silver star cutting torches feature solid construction and top handling CUTTING TORCHES
ease for hundreds of jobs in metal working, fabricating, shipyards, • Integral “Dual Guard” flashback arrestor system provides un-
salvage and other related industries. Silver brazed joints throughout. paralleled flashback protection at the head of the torch
(away from the operator)
Head and butt are machined from dense brass forgings. Ball style • In-Tip Mix Design provides added resistance to flashback,
control valves provide positive gas shut-off. Covered by the helps to isolate the torch and operator from volatile mixed
LIFETIME warranty and service agreement. gases.
• Rugged, Heavy Wall Manganese Bronze Head.
• Slip-In Tip design requires no tools for tip changes.
• 3 tube “in-tip” mix design keeps gases separated • Ergonomic Handle provides comfort, durability, improved grip
until reaching the tip / control
• Convenient, side valve configuration for easy access and im-
• 12” cutting capacity proved clearance.
• Reversible lever, “over” or “under” position • Reversible “Ease On” Cutting Lever can be easily repositioned
• Uses “Soft Seat” Graf-Tite™ cutting tips for optional lower lever configuration.
• Extra Heavy Duty, triple (Stainless Steel) tube construction.
• Replaceable hose connections • Stainless Steel Ball valves with adjustable drag provide posi-
• Wide array of cutting, gouging and specialty tips tive shutoff and long life
• Versatile - for use with Acetylene, Propane, • Filtered Check valves at torch inlet guard against debris and
reverse flow of gases.
Propylene, Mapp® and many other gases • Rugged Brass Construction.
• Easy on cutting jet action reduces tip-clogging • High Polish Nickel plate finish.
slag blow-back in piercing operations • Maximum Cutting Capacity (24”)
• 100% tested and inspected • O.A. Length - (21”) (optional lengths, 17”, 36”.
Stock No. Tip Series Head Angle Weight Torch Length
SC949 90° 8 lb. 48”
DG929 90° 3 lb. 21”
Stock No. Tip Series Head Angle Weight Length DG925 75° 3 lb. 21”
SC225 75° 2 1/2 lb. 20 1/2” DG930 SC12 180° 3 lb. 36”
SC229S* SC12 90° 2 1/2 lb. 20 1/2” SC369 90° 3 lb. 36”
SC369** 90° 5 lb. 36” SC940 180° 9 lb. 48”
* This Torch has the Tuf-Tony manganese Bronze head. DG960 180° 9 lb. 60”
** These are 3 ft. demolition Torches. SC960 180° 9 lb. 72”

CUTTING TIPS LIGHT AND MEDIUM DUTY


MC12 Series MC40 Series
Oxygen - Acetylene Oxygen - Propane

Slip-in cutting tips for general medium duty hand cutting. Use with
medium pressure Acetylene and Oxygen.
Use In: Cutting Attachments - Pipeliner MC505, MC509 (all sizes);
Airline AC309 (maximum tip size MC12-4). Two-piece medium preheat cutting tips for hand cutting with Propane
and Propane base fuel gases.
Stock No. Range Used in: Cutting Attachments - Pipeliner MC505, MC509 and AC309.
MC12-00 Up to 3/16”
MC12-0 1/4” - 3/8” Stock No. Range
MC12-1 1/2” - 5/8” MC40-0 Up to 3/8”
MC12-2 3/4” - 1” MC40-1 1/2” - 5/8”
MC12-3 1 1/2” - 2” MC40-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
MC12-4 2 1/2” - 4” MC40-3 1 1/2” - 2”
MC12-5 5” - 6” MC40-4 2 1/2” - 4”

HEAVY DUTY CUTTING TIPS


SC110 Heating Tip For Use with Cutting Torches SC12 Series Oxygen - Acetylene
Oxygen - Acetylene Six preheat cutting tips for general hand
Delivers large volume of heat quickly and machine cutting. Provides excellent
for bending, straightening, shrinking, preheat characteristics required for ma-
forming and other heating applica- chine cutting. (For use with cutting torches only, not recommended
tions. it allows heating with a one piece cutting torch. (For use with for use with combination torch / cutting attachments).
cutting torches only, not recommended for use with combination torch Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting
/ cutting attachments). Torches.
Stock No. Range Stock No. Cutting Range
SC83 123,000 BTU’s SC12-000 1/8”
SC12-00 3/16”
SC12-0 1/4” - 3/8”
SC112 Heating Tip For Use with Cutting Torches SC12-1 1/2” - 5/8”
Oxygen - LP Gases SC12-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
SC12-3 1 1/2” - 2”
Provides lots of heat fast with economi SC12-4 2 1/2” - 4”
cal LP Gas and Oxygen. Not recom SC12-5 5” - 8”
mended for use in cutting assemblies. SC12-6 10” - 12”
SC12-7 12” 14”
Stock No. Range
This Series is also available in extra length sizes 6”, 9”, 12” & 18”
SC112 140,000 BTU’s Contact Awisco for additional info.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING AND C UTTING 25

SC56 SC50 For General and Heavy Cutting


Oxygen - Acetylene Oxygen - Propane
A heavy preheat (size #1 - #9) two piece
cutting tip series for hand and machine cut-
ting up to 20” thick steel.
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting
Attachments and all Cutting Torches.
Heavy preheat cutting tips designed for heavy duty cutting and thick Stock No. Cutting Range
steel sections up to 24”. SC50-00 1/8” - 3/16”
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting Torches. SC50-0 1/4” - 3/8”
Stock No. Cutting Range SC50-1 1/2” - 5/8”
SC50-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
SC56-00 3/16” SC50-3 1 1/2” - 2”
SC56-0 1/4” - 3/8” SC50-4 2 1/2” - 4”
SC56-1 1/2” - 5/8” SC50-5 5” - 8”
SC56-2 3/4” - 1 1/4” SC50-6 10” - 12”
SC56-3 1 1/2” - 2” SC50-7 13” - 14”
SC56-4 2 1/2” - 4” SC50-8 15” - 18”
SC56-5 5” - 8” SC50-9 19” - 20”
SC56-6 9” - 12”
SC56-7 13” - 14”
SC56 For General Hand Cutting
SC56-8 16” - 18”
SC56-9 19” - 24”
Oxygen - Mapp
Rivet / RiserCutting SC14 One -piece design provides excellent perfor-
mance under rough cutting conditions.
Oxygen - Acetylene Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting At-
tachments and all Cutting Torches.
Stock No. Cutting Range
SC56-00 3/16”
SC56-0 1/4” - 3/8”
SC56-1 1/2” - 5/8”
SC56-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
SC56-3 1 1/2” - 2”
SC56-4 2 1/2” - 4”
Cuts heads of bolts and rivets. It can also be used in 180° head cutting torch SC56-5 5” - 8”
to cut out boiler tubes. Works equally for cutting risers and bulk heads. SC56-6 9” - 12”
SC56-7 13” - 14”
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting Torches. SC56-8 15” - 18”
Stock No. Range SC56-9 19” - 24”
SC14-3 1 1/2” Rivets
SC90 For Hand and Machine Cutting
Oxygen - Mapp
Plate Cutting SC17
Oxygen - Acetylene Two-piece medium preheat cutting
tips designed to provide optimum
performance with Mapp®.
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting
Attachments and all Cutting Torches.
Stock No. Cutting Range
SC90-00 3/16”
“Drag” style step tip cuts thin sheet metal with absolute minimum burn over SC90-0 Up to 3/8”
SC90-1 1/2” - 5/8”
and plate warpage. SC90-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting Torches. SC90-3 1 1/2” - 2”
SC90-4 2 1/2” - 4”
Stock No. Range SC90-5 5” - 8”
SC17-0 3/8” SC90-6 10” - 12”

CUTTING TORCHES CUTTING TIPS


9700 SERIES 144 SERIES
Airco cutting torches are made of die-forged brass Acetylene - Oxygen
or stainless steel. These materials reduce heat
distortion and increase durability. The triangular
tube arrangement gives added strength to the • One piece
torches, while the tip mix system assures safe • Four preheat flames
mixing with any fuel gas. The non-slip handle
• Medium preheat
design provides a sure grip.
• Hand cutting applications
• Tip mix • Wide range of plate surface
• Cuts 12” steel conditions
• Bronze head
Stock No. Thickness Tip Size Drill Size
• All fuel gases
AIR 144-00 1/8” 00 69
• 90°, 180° head angle AIR 144-0 1/4” 0 64
• Triangular tube AIR 144-1 3/8” 1 57
AIR 144-2 3/4” 2 55
Stock No. Angle Length Weight AIR 144-3 1 1/2” 3 53
AIR 9706 21” 3.1 lbs. AIR 144-4 2 1/2” 4 50
AIR 9756 90° 36” 3.8 lbs. AIR 144-5 3” 5 47
AIR 9796 6 ft. 5 lbs. AIR 144-6 5 - 7” 6 42

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


26 W ELDING AND C UTTING

164 SERIES 263 STYLE


Acetylene - Oxygen Propane or Natural Gas -
Oxygen
• One piece
• Six preheat flames
• Heavy preheat
• Suitable for rusted or
heavily painted plate
Stock No. Thickness Tip Size Drill Size
AIR 164-2 1” 2 55 • Two piece tip for hand cutting. Medium preheat. Available in sizes:
AIR 164-3 1 3/4” 3 53
AIR 164-4 2 1/2” 4 50
00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8,10.
AIR 164-5 4” 5 47
AIR 164-6 6” 6 42 Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
AIR 164-7 8” 7 36
AIR 164-8 10” 8 18

A-SP STYLE
A-FS STYLE Mapp - Oxygen
Mapp - Oxygen

• Two piece tip standard speed. • Standard speed one piece cutting tip.
• Available in sizes: 72, 68, 65, 60, 56, 54, 52, 49, 44, 38, 31, 28. • Available in the following sizes: 72, 68, 65, 60, 56, 54, 52, 49, 44, 38, 31.
Please specify style No. and size when ordering. Please specify style No. and size when ordering.

Awisco is only showing the most popular Airco items. If you have a specific need please contact us... We can help you..

CUTTING TORCHES STYLE 6290-NFF


Propane - Oxygen
Low Pressure “F” Injector Torches
For Maximum Performance with Alternate Fuels

• Solid forged head • General Cutting


• Triangular tube design
• Heavy preheat for general cutting
• Brazed connections
• Equipped with Flashgaurd® • Two piece
check valves • Available in sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
• U.L. listed

Stock No. Angle Length Weight


62-4FL36 36” 3.8 lbs. Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
90°
62-4FL21 21” 3.1 lbs.

STYLE 6290-NX
Propane - Oxygen
CUTTING TIPS
STYLE 6290
Oxygen - Acetylene
• General Cutting
• Medium preheat for general cutting
• Available in sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

HCC 6290-4 HCC 6290-000


Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
Stock Tip Oxygen Acetylene Cutting Orifice
No. Size P.S.I.G. P.S.I.G. Drill Size
HCC 6290-0
HCC 6290-1
0
1
15-30
20-30
5-15
5-15
68
64 If you Need Mapp Tips, Please Call
HCC 6290-2 2 30-40 5-15 60
HCC 6290-3
HCC 6290-4
HCC 6290-5
3
4
5
35-50
40-55
45-60
5-15
5-15
5-15
56
52
48
Awisco
HCC 6290-6 6 50-75 5-15 42

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING AND C UTTING 27

CUTTING TIPS OXWELD / LINDE CUTTING TIPS AIR PRODUCTS


PRODUCTS
STYLE 1502 STYLE 121
Acetylene - Oxygen Acetylene - Oxygen
• Medium preheat for hand or machine
• General cutting cutting.
• Medium preheat • Fits Air Products 1100, 5200 and 5300
• Available in sizes: 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12. torches. Available in sizes: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

If you have a need for any other Oxweld / Linde / If you have a need for any other Air Products Give us
Esab Products Give us a call and we can help you. a call and we can help...

VCM 200 SERIES Portable Cutting Machine


Stock No. VCM 200
Features
• Large thumb screws for hand tight • Counter-balanced design allows torch
adjustments. racking distance up to 18” from the
• Dual drive controls & direct speed machine.
readout. • Speed constant over wide range of
• Cone disc drive. temperatures.
• Constant speed AC induction motor • Torch holder designed for 1-3/8”/35mm
located on the side opposite the torch barrel diameter torches.
Comes complete with: Cutting Ma- for cooler, more efficient operation.
chine, MT 210A Torch & Torch Rack,
Hoses & Fittings (For 2 hose operation), Cutting Capacities Speed Range Dimensions Weight
32 Pitch pinion Torch Holder and 3 Hose Length: 14.25”/359mm
Length increments of
manifold Block. 72”/1.83m (Track Length) 1”/25.2mm to
Width: 11”/277mm (Machine only)
28.5”/718mm (Machine & Torch Holder) 47.0 lbs. / 21kg
The versatile VCM-200 is a precision, Circle diameters 4”/100 mm 60”/1.52m/Minute
Height: 11.5”/289mm (Top of Torch Holder)
to 96”/2.44m
tractor-type machine that can be used 5.5”/138mm (Top of Machine)
on its own track for straight line cutting
Accessories
and a variety of welding operations.
Stock No. Description
Off track and with a radius rod
0212-0005 6 foot track section for line cutting.
assembly, the VCM-200 can be used 0253-0042 100 inch radius rod for circle cutting.
for circle cutting.

MHT 100 Motorized Hand Torch


Stock No. MHT 100

Features Specifications
• Cuts straight lines, bevels, contours and circles on • Operates on 12 volt DC current.
material from 1/16” / 16cm to 2-1/2” / 6.4cm thick. • Power may be provided through standard
• The drive wheel assembly rotates 360°. 110V outlets, a 12 volt auto battery or
MHT 100: Drive wheel Victors optional MHT battery pack.
• “Universal” gas mixer provides optimum gas mixing.
assembly, small circle • Variable speed control permitting travel
cutting attachment, battery
• Unique cam-lock brake lever permits quick drive
wheel positioning. speeds from 4”/11cm to 36”/91cm/
clip assembly, transformer.
• 3-Position control switch with forward, reverse and minute.
off positions. • Regulated power supply will operate on
Precision cutting simplified, the MHT 50/60 hertz single phase from 105 to 130
100 is an advanced motor-driven, • Built-in check valves for added safety.
• Cutting Oxygen lever has lock-open feature. volts AC, without affecting speed.
hand held cutting torch that is ideal • Two circle cutting attachments range from
for cutting operations where a • Patented drive mechanism is closed and protected.
1” /2.54cm to 5”/13cm and optional
machine-quality cut is desired or • TEFLON® coated wiring harness for higher
5”/13cm to 24”/64cm diameter.
essential. Precision accuracy and temperature tolerances.
• 1 Single cutting attachment 1/2” to 5”
results are possible each time the • Optional 12 volt portable battery pack for up to 20 Larger Optional circle cutting attachment
MHT 100 is used, even if the operator hours per charge. 5” to 20” is available.
has limited experience. The MHT 100 Accessories
can be used with any fuel gas and all Stock No. Description
attachments are stainless steel. 0200-0010 Large circle cutting attachment

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


28 A CCESSORY I TEMS

Accessories

REPLACEMENT TIPS NUTS CIRCLE CUTTING


ATTACHMENT
VIC D496

Stock No. Description


ANY TNAIRCO For use with Airco style torches.
ANY TNAIRPROD For use with Air Products style Torches.
ANY TNSMITH For use with Smith style torches. The Circle Cutting attachment is easily attached to a cutting torch or
GOS TNHARRIS For use with Harris style torches. cutting attachment. The roller guide is adjustable to various heights
VIC 0309-0018 For use with Victor style torches that use a series 1 Tip. and is designed to hiold the cutting tip at exact pre-set distance from
VIC 0309-0003 For use with Victor style torches that use a series 3 Tip. the work. Cutting range 1 1/2” - 28’ circle.

FLAMEBUSTER™ 497 ROLLER GUIDE


FLASHBACK Stock No. 0383-0009
ARRESTORS VIC 497

The Model 497 roller is adaptable to


most styles of cutting tips. Fits over the
Stock No. Description cutting tip shank and is fully adjustable
VIC FB-1 Flamebuster Torch Flashback Arrestor. for close, accurate work.
VIC FBR-1 Flamebuster Regulator Flashback Arrestor.
Stock No’s are for a set of Oxy and Fuel Gas... Awisco can supply
individual units... Please contact us.
PRE-HEATING
CHECK VALVES ATTACHMENT
VIC BHA2
Stock No. 0304-0060

The Model BHA 2 adjustable head


adds flexibility to machine cutting
torches by allowing bevel cuts with
Stock No. Description out changing the position of the
WEE CV-A9 Check valve for ‘A’ size torch Oxygen use. torch. It can be set at any angle
WEE CV-A10 Check valve for ‘A’ size torch fuel gas use. from 0 to 90° on either side of ver-
WEE CV-7-R* Check valve for ‘B’ size torch Oxygen use.
WEE CV-8L* Check valve for ‘B’ size torch fuel gas use. tical. Uses series 1 cutting tips.
WEE CV-30R Check valve for ‘B’ size Regulator Oxygen use.
WEE CV-31L Check valve for ‘B’ size Regulator Fuel Gas use.
* These mount on the torch.
UNIVERSAL
CIRCLE BURNER
QUICK CONNECT SETS

• Cut circles or straight lines with any Oxy/Fuel cutting Torch.


• Equipped with two wheels and centering pin.
Maximum Minimum
Stock No. Description
Diameter Diameter
Stock No. Description LENCO CB20 LENCO Circle Burner. 18” (457mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
WEE QDB-10 Torch to Hose with check Valves. LENCO CB30 LENCO Circle Burner. 30” (762mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
WEE QDB-20 Hose to Hose with check Valves. LENCO CB20M LENCO Circle Burner 18” (457mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
WEE QDB-30 Regulator to Hose with check Valves. w/Magnetic Base.
Stock No’s are for a set of Oxy and Fuel Gas... Awisco can supply individual units... LENCO CB30M LENCO Circle Burner 30” (762mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
Please contact us. w/Magnetic Base.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


A CCESSORY I TEMS 29

TIPS CLEANERS Stock No. 5012X


Triple Flint Renewals. 4 pcs per pack.

• Precision manufactured with controlled accurate pressure form high


quality stainless steel.
Stock No. 732X
• Uniform ridges wipe and polish the critical orifice wall. Single Flint Renewal for Shoot-A-Lite. 10 per pack.
• Tapered ends allow smooth easy entry without scratching.
• Smooth leader pilot guides the cleaner into the tip, preventing
damage to the tip port.
• Tangle-free closed loops.
• Four sets to choose from (Standard, Master, Jumbo, King) each
TIP DRILL KIT
guaranteed to be a complete set.
Stock No. ATL 191
• Attractive aluminum case with a contained spool assembly that snaps
out for easy addition of cleaners or spline brush.

STANDARD All aluminum handle... Non contaminating aluminum collet highest quality
Stock No. ORS 326-TCS carbon steel drills which properly clean cutting and welding tips and true
up damaged holes and enable you to put the tip in new condition furnished
Standard Tip Cleaner Kit complete with clip and 12 assorted drills... Sizes 52 thru 74 in even
Set of 13 Cleaners. Sizes 6 thru 26+ file. numbers.

MASTER TIP CLEANER


Stock No. ORS 326-TCM TIP TOPPER
Tip Refacer
Master Tip Cleaner Kit
Set of 22 Cleaners. Sizes 6 thru 45+ file. Stock No. ATL TT
TT Tip Topper
KING TIP CLEANER KIT
With just a few simple turns this exclusive patented tool quickly yet effective
Stock No. ORS 326-TCK eliminates mill scale, slag and orifice distortion from hundreds of tip faces.
King Tip Cleaner Kit The nylon shell construction firmly holds the tip in proper refacing position.
The Precision ground and strategically angled cutting blades, when turned
Set of 13 x-long cleaners. just a few times, reface the tip to a clean, crisp and flat condition (unlike the
Sizes 6 thru 26+ file scalloped and jagged condition that is the result of using the file found in
most concentional tip cleaner kits).

LIGHTER AND FLINTS


• Round-file lighters feature the largest hood and round file in the
industry with a patented assembly. CHIPPING HAMMERS
• Triple-flint lighter is a quality lighter made for the demands of the
welding industry. It has a strong frame and with three large flints for
dependable ignition under all working conditions.
• Enduring popularity is merited by dependable performance, ease-
of-operation, lightweight and low cost.
Spark Lighters
Stock No. GCF 3001 ATL 11
Round File Single Flint
Lighter 10 Box.
ATL-A OLY61-618 ATL-J
Stock No. GCF 4501
Triple Flint Lighter 10 Box.

Stock No. GCF 710


Shoot-A-Lite lighter

Lightnin’ Bug® Torch Lighter WH-10 WH-20 WH-30

Stock No. OKI PEA08-100 Stock No. Description


• Tested to 30,000 strikes. Wire Bristle Brush ATL 11 For Use on Dual Tool (Model A)
• Lightnin’ Bug is the hottest little torch lighter on the market. its electric multi- Chisel & Brush, Coil Handle, Welded
Dual Tool ATL-A
spark discharge ignites all fuel gases quickly and easily. brush box and replaceable brush
• The amazing new energy generator used in lightnin’ Bug® never needs Spring Handle Chisel x Cone OLY 61-618
Cone and Chisel, Steel Shaft and
flints, batteries or charging. Wooden Handle Tomahawk ATL-J pinned Head
• Easy and accurate ignition insured by multi-spark discharge: 5 times or
LONG NECK TOMAHAWKS AND SUPER MARKERS
more per squeeze.
• Durable: made of high quality materials, the lightnin’ Bug® withstands severe
working conditions. Its Zinc plated body resists rust and corrosion. Head design offers 50% greater handle support and protection from
• Versatile: Lightnin’ Bug® ignites almost all industrial fuel gases, such as handle splinter caused by working over the edge. Select hickory
oxy-acetylene, natural gas, propane, methane, MAPP®, propylene, etc. handles are hand fitted and secured in the head by our unique process
• Lightnin’ Bug® is registered trademark of Worlwide Welding, Inc. which virtually eliminates handle loosening.
Renewal Flints Stock No. Description
Stock No. 3001X WH-10 Chisel and Cross Chisel
WH-20 Cone and Chisel
Single Flint Renewals. 5 pcs per pack. WH-30 Cone and Cross Chisel

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


30 A CCESSORY I TEMS

WELDING BRUSHES WELDING HOSES


All of the hose that Awisco carries is Grade RM, unless the part No.
has a suffix “T”, which would indicate Grade “T”. Awisco only carries
a top quality hose produced to stringent specifications. It provides
safe and reliable use with most welding gases in tough welding envi-
ronments. All of our welding hoses are constructed with a multi spiral
reinforcement for added flexibility. All Hoses meet or exceeds the
RMA-CGA specifications.
Grade ‘RM’ Hose is high quality hose for use with Acetylene Fuel
Gas only. All grade ‘RM’ hose has a flame and oil resistant cover.
Welding hose cover is red for acetylene and green for Oxygen.
Grade ‘T’ Hose is a premium quality welding hose for use with all fuel
gases including Acetylene. Grade ‘T’ hose has a flame and oil resis-
tant tube and cover. Grade ‘T’ twin line hose has a smooth cover.
Welding hose cover is red for fuel gas and green for Oxygen.

SINGLE LINE WELDING HOSES


Inside dia. Outside dia. Plys Working
OLY 52-011 OLY 52-010 UAB 05755 (ID) (OD) Pressure (PSI)
3/16” 7/16” 1 200
1/4” 19/32 1 200
Stock No. Description
OKI HS3/16R12 3/16” x 12 ft. red Acetylene hose complete with “A” size fittings.
OKI HS3/16R25 3/16” x 25 ft. red Acetylene hose complete with “A” size fittings.
OKI HS1/4R12 1/4” x 12 ft. red Single Line Acetylene hose complete with “B” size
fittings.
OKI HS 1/4R25 1/4” x 25 ft. red Single Line Acetylene hose complete with “B” size
fittings.
OKI HS1/4R 1/4” red Single Line Acetylene hose “no fittings” order by the foot.
OKI HS1/4G 1/4” green Single Line Oxygen hose “no fittings” order by the foot.
ATC TB1WSS OLY 52-020 UAB 05763 OLY 52-021 OKI HSHIPRE25 This is a high pressure hose 500 PSI. 1/4” 25 ft. length high pressure
Nitrogen Hose with Male x Female high pressure fittings.
OKI HSLOWPRESS12 1/4” 12-1/2 ft. length low pressure Nitrogen Hose with Male x Female
SMALL HAND WIRE SCRATCH BRUSHES high pressure fittings 250 PSI.
OKI HB50B 1/2” Oxygen bull hose 50 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
No. of Trim Hose Tail 10 ft. 3/8 Male Pipe x Universal.
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length HOS AIRTAIL 3/8
HOS AIRTAIL 1/2 Hose Tail 10 ft. 1/2 Male Pipe x Universal.
ATC TB1WSS 7-1/2” x 1/2” .006 stainless steel 1-3/8” 3x7 1/2” HOS HB100B 1/2” Oxygen bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
HOS HB50R 1/2” Acetylene bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
HAND WIRE SCRATCH BRUSHES HOS HB100R
HOS HB100RT
1/2” Acetylene bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
1/2” Grade “T” bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
Curved Handle HOS HA50UU 3/4” X 50 ft. lengths air hose with universal (crowsfoot) fittings.
For removing rust, scale, paint, solder, etc. Cleaning threads, files, HOS HBR 1/2” bull hose “no fittings” order by the foot.
metal parts and castings. HOS HW50 5/8” x 50 ft. water hose complete with fittings.
HOS HW100 5/8” x 100 ft. water hose complete with fittings.
No. of Trim
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length
OLY 52-010 14” x 7/8” Carbon Steel 5 1/2” 3 x 19 1-3/16” TWIN LINE WELDING HOSES
UAB 05755 14” x 7/8” Stainless Steel 5” 3 x 14 1-3/16”
Inside dia. Outside dia. Plys Working
(ID) (OD) Pressure (PSI)
HAND WIRE SCRATCH BRUSHES 3/16” 7/16” 1 200
Shoe Handle 1/4” 17/32 1 200
For removing rust, scale, paint, solder, etc. Cleaning threads, files, Stock No. Description
metal parts and castings.
OKI HT3/1612 3/16” x 12-1/2” ft. lengths twin Oxygen/Acetylene hose com-
No. of Trim plete with “A” size fittings.
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length OKI HT3/1625A 3/16” x 25 ft. lengths twin Oxygen/Acetylene hose complete
OLY 52-020 10” x 1-1/8” Carbon. Steel 5” 4 x 16 1-3/16” with “A” size fittings.
UAB 05763 10” x 1-1/8” Stainless Steel 5” 4 x 16 13/16” OKI HT3/1612 3/16” x 12-1/2 ft. lengths twin Oxygen/Acetylene hose com-
plete with “B” size fittings.
SCRAPER TYPE BRUSH OKI HT1/412 1/4 x 12-1/2 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
with “B” size fittings.
Straight Handle 1/4” x 25 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
OKI HT1/425
For extra heavy-duty, flat work. with “B” size fittings.
No. of Trim 1/4” x 25 ft. lengths Grade “T” twin hose complete with “B”
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush OKI HT1/425T
Rows Length size fittings.
1/4” x 50 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
OLY 52-011 11-1/2” x 1-1/2 . Steel
Carbon 5” 4 x 11 1-1/2” OKI HT1/450
with “B” size fittings.
1/4” x 50 ft. lengths Grade “T” twin hose complete with “B”
CARBON STEEL BRUSH WITH SCRAPPER OKI HT1/450T size fittings.
Shoe Handle OKI HT1/4100
1/4” x 100 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
with “B” size fittings.
Long Handle Wire Brush w/ Scrapper 1/4” x 100 ft. lengths Grade “T” twin hose complete with “B”
No. of Trim OKI HT1/4100T size fittings.
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length 1/4” twin hose Oxygen / Acetylene “no fittings”
OLY 52-021 11-1/2” x 1-1/2 Carbon
. Steel 5” 4 x 11 1-1/2” OKI HT1/4 Order by the foot.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


A CCESSORY I TEMS 31

HOSE NUTS HOSE SPLICERS


PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa) PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa)

Barb no stop Barb with round center stop

Barb with hex center stop


WEE 7 WEE 8 WEE C-7 Stock No. Style Description
WEE 38 Barb Hex 3/16 to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE 37 Barb Hex 1/4 to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 45 Barb Round 3/16 to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE 44 Barb Round 1/4 to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 53 Barb No Stop 1/8 to 1/8 ID Hose.
WEE 55 Barb No Stop 3/16 to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE 54 Barb No Stop 1/4 to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 56 Barb No Stop 5/16 to 5/16 ID Hose.
WEE 57 Barb No Stop 3/8 to 3/8 ID Hose.
WEE 9 WEE 10 WEE C-8
WEE C-37 Barb No Stop 1/2 to 1/2 ID Hose.
Stock No. Size Description Material WEE C-38 Barb Hex 1/2 to 1/2 ID Hose.
WEE 9 A-Size Oxygen RH Brass Ferrules required
WEE 10 A-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH Brass
WEE 7 B-Size Oxygen RH Brass

HOSE ADAPTORS
WEE 8 B-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH Brass
WEE C-7 Oxygen Rh
WEE C-8 Acetylene / Fuel Gases
A- Size (3/8-24” Thread) • B-Size (9/16-18” Thread)
PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa)

HOSE NIPPLES
PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa)
90° Male B-Size Female NPT to Male NPT to Female
to Female B-Size Male B-Size B-Size Swivel Nut
WEE 19

WEE C-17
Male A-Size to Female NPT to Barb Female NPT to
Stock No. Size Description Material Female B-Size Swivel Nut B-Size
WEE 19 A-Size 3/16” ID Hose Brass
WEE 18 B-Size 3/16” ID Hose Brass
WEE 17 B-Size 1/4” ID Hose Brass
WEE 20 B-Size 3/8” ID Hose Brass
WEE C-18 2-1/4” long for 1/2” ID Hose
WEE C-17 3-3/4” long for 1/2” ID Hose Male B-Size to barbed
A- Size (Use 9 or 10 Nut) • B-Size (Use 7 or 8 Nut)

HOSE COUPLERS
Male NPT to barb Male B-Size to
Female A-Size
Male B-Size to Spiral

PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa)


Stock No. Description
WEE 108 90° Male B-Size to Female B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 244 1/4 Female NPT to Male B-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 245 1/4 Female NPT to Male B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 123 1/4 Male NPT to Female Swivel B-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 124 1/4 Male NPT to Female Swivel B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 153 Female Swivel B-Size to 1/4 Male NPT, Oxygen RH.
WEE 154 Female Swivel B-Size to 1/4 Male NPT, Acetylene / Fuel Gases.
WEE 130 WEE 30 WEE 103 Male A-Size to Female B-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 104 Male A-Size to Female B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 105 Male B-Size to Female A-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 106 Male B-Size to Female A-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 541 Male 1/4 NPT to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE C-30 WEE 542 Male 1/4 NPT to 5/16 ID Hose.
WEE 543 Male 1/4 NPT to 3/8 ID Hose.
Stock No. Size Description Material WEE 537 Male 3/8 NPT to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 130 A-Size Oxygen RH, A-Size to A-Size Brass WEE 539 Male 3/8 NPT to 3/8 ID Hose.
WEE 131 A-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH, A-Size to A-Size Brass WEE 556 Female 1/4 NPT to 5/16 ID Hose.
WEE 30 B-Size Oxygen RH, B-Size to B-Size Brass WEE 40-B Male B-Size, Oxygen RH to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 31 B-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH, B-Size to B-Size Brass WEE 41-B Male B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH to 1/4 ID Hose.
WE C-30 C-Size C-Size to C-Size RH WEE 42 Male B-Size, Oxygen RH to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE C-31 C-Size C-Size to C-Size LH WEE 42-B Male B-Size, Oxygen RH to 1/4 ID Hose.
A- Size: CGA-020 and 021 • B-Size: CGA-022 RH and 023 LH Ferrules required

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


32 A CCESSORY I TEMS

HOSE FERRULES CRIMPING TOOLS

Listed smallest to largest inside diameter.


Stock No. Inside Diameter Length
WEE 6231 .330” 1/2” WEE C-1 WEE C-5
WEE 620 .410” 1/2” For Crimping ferrules on twin or single hose.
WEE 624 .500” 1/2”
Stock No. Description
WEE 625 .525” 1/2”
WEE 626 .548” 31/64” WEE C-1 2 Hole jaw 5/8” wide, use on 3/16”, 1/4” hose.
WEE 7325 .562” 1” WEE C-5 2 Hole jaw 1/2” wide, use on 3/16” hose.
WEE 3588 .564” 3/4”
WEE K-K .575” 31/64”
WEE 7326 .593” 1”
WEE G-G
WEE 7329
WEE E-E
.675”
.687”
33/64”
1” “Y” CONNECTIONS,
BRASS
.725” 17/32”
WEE 7331 .750” 1”

HOSE CLAMPS
Stock No. Description
WEE 102 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: B-Size F inlet to B-Size M outlets.
WEE 111-7 Oxygen RH: B-Size F inlet to 1/4 NPT F outlets.
WEE 114 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: A-Size F inlet to A-Size M outlets.

Stock No.
WEE 500
WEE 502
For Hose ID
3/16”
1/4”
Clamp ID
7/16”
9/16”
VALVED “Y”
CONNECTIONS,
WEE 504 3/8” 11/16”

BAND STYLE CLAMPS


F Series Center Punch Clamps BRASS
PRESSURES TO 200 PSI
(1400kPa)

One piece connections with brass body valves.


Stock No. Description
F3 F4 F5 F38
WEE 116 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: A-Size F inlet to A-Size M outlets.
For use with center punch tools F1, F38. Other Manufacturer’s punch style WEE 111 Oxygen RH: B-Size F inlet to B-Size M outlets.
tools may be used. Pre-formed. WEE 112 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: B-Size F inlet to B-Size M outlets.
Stock No. Size Package Quantity
DIX F3 13/16” 100

BRASS BODY
DIX F4 1” 100
DIX F5 1-1/4” 100
Portable hand tool used to apply punch type 3/8” and 5/8” band

VALVES FOR NON-CORROSIVE GASES


DIX F38 clamps. For use with F Series only.

HOSE REPAIR KIT


1/4” HOSE REPAIR KIT
WITH CRIMPING TOOL
This kit includes replacement Nuts,
WEE 203 WEE 205
Nipples, Splicers, Couplers, Ferrules
and Braces. Fittings repair 1/4” Hose. Machined from top quality forged bodies. Stainless steel stems for positive
Special Sizing template speeds re- shut-off. Teflon® packing. Flow direction stamped on valve body.
pair. Sturdy polyethylene case pro- Stock No. Description
tects fittings, includes handy chart WEE 203 Oxygen CGA-022: Inlet: B-Size Female Swivel Nut RH.
Outlet: B-Size Male RH.
that identifies and describes fittings WEE 205 Oxygen: Inlet: 1/4 NPT Male Outlet: B-Size Male RH CGA-022.
in each compartment. WEE 206 Acetylene / Fuel Gases: Inlet: 1/4 NPT Male.
Outlet: B-Size Male LH CGA-023.
Stock No. Description WEE 212 Acetylene / Fuel Gases: Inlet: B-Size Male LH CGA-023.
WEE CK-26 Kit with C-5 Crimp Tool for 1/4” ID Hose. Outlet: 1/8 NPT Female.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


R EGULATORS 33

TEFLON RIBBON Stock No.


Gas Serice
HCC 25-100C-540
Oxygen
HCC 25-15C-300
Acetylene

DOPE THREAD SEALANT


Max. Inlet PSIG 3000 400
Del. Press. Range PSIG 0-100 0-15
Del. Press. Gauge PSIG 150 30
Supp. Press. Gauge PSIG 4000 400
Provides a highly resistant seal Inlet Connection CGA 540 CGA 300
on pipe threads for all type of Outlet Connection 9/16” - 18 LH 9/16” - 18 LH
service. It is very easy to apply,
simply wrap around the threads,
stretching slightly so that it will MEDIUM DUTY
conform. Sealing temperature
range 450 F to 550 F. Can with- SINGLE STAGE PRESSURE REGULATOR
stand pressures to 2000 PSI. 250 SERIES “T” HANDLE
Stock No. Size
ATL T1/2 1/2” x 520”
ATL T3/4 3/4” x 520”
• 2” Gauges
• Single stage design.

GAS LEAK DETECTOR


• Medium duty models.
• Forged brass body & housing cap.
• Stem type seat mechanism.
Stock No. MAR 32851 • Neoprene diaphragm.
32 Fluid Ounce Spray Bottle Gas Leak Detector • 9/16” - 18 outlet connection.
Laco Sure Check All temperature fluorescent • Internal relief valve.
gas leak detector. • Maximum inlet pressure: 3000 PSIG/204 BAR.
• Safe for Oxygen use.
• Ultra sensitive. • Delivery pressures up to 500 PSIG/34 BAR.
• Long lasting Bubbles. • Dimensions:
• Fluorescent for improved visibility. 6-3/8” W x 5-1/8” H x 4-1/4” D (16.5 cm x 13 cm x 11 cm)
• Temperature range 55° to 200° F. • Weight: 2 lb. 15 oz. (1.4 kg)
• Non corrosive to metals. Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Pressure (PSIG)
• Safe for Polyethylene pipe.
VIC 250-15-300 Acetylene 2-15
• Non toxic. VIC 250-40-540 LPG 2-15
• For use with Air, Refrigerants, VIC 250-80-540 Oxygen 4-80
Natural Gas, and propane.

HEAVY DUTY
REGULATORS SINGLE STAGE SR 450 SERIES
LIGHT DUTY SINGLE STAGE Heavy Duty Oxygen Regulator
SR 150R REAR ENTRY REGULATORS For PortaTorch
Stock No. VIC SR450D-540
Heavy Duty Acetylene Regulator
Stock No. VIC SR150CR-540
Stock No. VIC SR460A-300
• Light duty flow rates. Heavy Duty LP Regulator
• Rear entry inlet, ideal for plant Stock No. VIC SR461B-510LP
maintenance. • Medium to high capacity gas service.
• Single stage design. • Wide variety of industrial and
• Sintered inlet filter. commercial applications.
• Construction
Body Machined Brass • Petro-Chemical
Diaphragm Neoprene Design & Construction
Housing Cap Machined Brass
• Forged brass body and housing cap.
Inlet Filter Bronze • 2-1/2” gauges brass.
Delivery Range Key: AR 215PSIG CR 4-80 PSIG • Stem type seat mechanism.
Outlet Connections: 9/16” - 18 (M) • 3-1/4” diaphragm stainless steel.
Stock No. Gas Service Flow Range CGA Inlet Connection • External self reseating relief valve.
VIC SR150CR-540 Oxygen 4-80 150 • Delrin® cap bushing for smooth adjustments.
VIC SR160AR-200 Acetylene 2-15 150 Delivery Range Key Body Forged Brass
A 2-15 PSIG D 5-125 PSIG Diaphragm Stainles Steel
B 2-40 PSIG E 10-200 PSIG Housing Cap Forged Brass
SINGLE STAGE REGULATOR C 4-80 PSIG
Inlet Filter Bronze
Outlet Connections: Cylinder Type
Model 25 9/16” - 18 (M) Unless noted Note: Regulators will deliver at least the stated
02 = 9/16” -18 (F) RH upper range and in some cases may
• One-piece encapsulated seat design 03 = 9/16” - 18 (F) LH exceed the stated upper range.
with an internal filter and a PTFE
teflon seat Delivery
Stock No. Gas Service Maximum Inlet
• Chrome-plated bonnet with Forget Range (PSIG)
brass body VIC SR450D-540 Oxygen 5-125 3000 PSIG
• 2” dual scale gauges VIC SR460A-300 Acetylene 2-15 3000 PSIG
VIC SR461B-510LP L.P. Gas 2-40 3000 PSIG
• U.L. listed

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


34 R EGULATORS

HEAVY/MEDIUM DUTY LIQUID CYLINDER REGULATORS


OXYGEN & ACETYLENE
Oxygen Liquid Regulator
GAUGELESS REGULATORS
Stock No. VIC LC350DR-540

• Severe duty applications where Nitrogen Gas Liquid Regulator


standard gauges are impractical. Stock No. VIC LC350DR-580
• Increases durability and reduces
down time Application & Uses
• Heavy & medium duty applications
• Single stage construction • Ideally suited for full range of control
• Dimensions: 6-1/8” W x 5-1/4” H x of vaporized gas.
6-3/8” D (15.7 cm x 13.46 cm x • Vapor side of liquid vessel.
16.34 cm) • Ideally suited to replace cylinder regu-
• Weight: 4 lb. 14 oz (2.42 kg) lator often used on liquid vessel.
• High flow rates with proper sizing of
Delivery CGA Inlet
supply.
Stock No. Gas Service
Range (PSIG) Connection
Design & Construction
VGS 450-540 Oxygen 5-80 540
VGS 460-300 Acetylene 2-15 540 • Designed for vapor side appli-
cation on liquid vessel.
• External pressure relief valve
SINGLE STAGE on high pressure side (500 PSI) • Stem type seat mechanism.
GAUGELESS REGULATOR • Delrin® cap bushing for smooth • 2-1/2” diameter brass gauge for
adjustment. easy readability.
Model 29
• Forged brass body and hous- • 2-3/4” stainless steel dia-
Gaugeless regulators are specifically
ing cap. phragm.
designed for use in installations where
rough handling and abuse of gas ap- Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG)
paratus is commonplace. The color VIC LC350DR-540 Oxigen 5-125
VIC LC350DR-580 Nitrogen 5-125
coded cylinder contents indicator and
the delivery pressure calibration on the
bonnet are easily read.
• 2-3/4” diaphragm HEAVY DUTY SINGLE STAGE
• U.L. Listed SR 450 SERIES
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Pressure Range PSIG
HCC 29-100-540 Oxygen 0-100 Inert Gas High Pressure 50-750 PSI DEL
HCC 29-15-300 Acetylene 0-15
HCC 29-50-510 Propane 0-50 Stock No. VIC SR4F-580
Inert Gas High Pressure 200-3000 PSI DEL
Stock No. VIC SR4J-580
HEAVY DUTY Application & Uses
TWO STAGE VTS 450 SERIES • High Pressure.
• Ideally suited for pressure
vessel testing.
Application & Uses
• May be panel mounted.
• Medium to high capacity gas service. • Single Stage design.
• Precise and constant outlet pressure.
• Two stage design. Design & Construction
• Piston type actuation.
Design & Construction
• Machined body and cap.
• Forged brass body and housing cap. • 2-1/2” gauges brass. All SR 4 Series regulators have
• 2-1/2” gauges brass.
• Cartridge type seat assembly 1/4” swaged lock type stainless
• Stem type seat mechanism. steel outlet fittings.
with PCTFE seat.
• Diaphragms 2-3/4” (stainless steel)
• Delrin® cap bushing for ventable relief valves.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth ad-
smooth adjustments. • Sintered inlet filter.
justments.
• External self reseating relief valve. • External adjustable relief • Dimensions: 6” W x 6-1/2” H x
valves on F and G range 6-1/4” D (15 cm x 16 cm x 15.5
Note: Regulators will deliver at least the stated upper range and in models. cm)
some cases may exceed the stated upper range. • Hydrogen models have • Weight: 4 lb. (1.8 kg)
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG) Maximum Inlet Note: Regulators will deliver at least the stated upper range and in some cases may exceed
VIC VTS450B-540 2-40 3000 PSIG the stated upper range.
Oxygen Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG)
VIC VTS450D-540 5-125 3000 PSIG
VIC VTS460A-300 Acetylene 2-15 3000 PSIG VIC SR4F-580 50-750
Inert Gas
VIC VTS460A-510 LPG 2-15 3000 PSIG VIC SR4J-580 200-3000

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


R EGULATORS 35

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY ARGON FLOWMETER/REGULATORS


SINGLE STAGE SR 700 SERIES Precise Control of MIG & TIG Welding
Shield Gases
High Flow
Application & Uses Argon Flowmeter/Regulator CGA 580
• Extra heavy duty. Stock No. SMI H2051-580
• High flow rate - Up to 11,800 SCFH.
• Heavy duty cutting application. Flowmeter w 10 ft. Hose
• Single stage construction. Stock No. SMI H2051-580H
(includes 10 ft. Heavy Duty Braided H2051-580
Design & Construction
Rubber Hose Assembly)
.• 2-1/2” gauges brass.
• Stem type seat mechanism. • High visibility red flow meter ball
• 3-1/4” Diaphragms (stainless steel) • Shatter-resistance polycarbonate flow tube
• Forged brass body and housing cap • Precision flow adjustment valve locks at desired setting
®
• Delrin cap bushing for smooth adjustments. • Packless “O” ring flow tube seal reduces maintenance
• External self resetting relief valve not designed to protect • Protective inlet filter guards against impurities
downstream apparatus (No relief valve is needed on VTS 710 and • Triple Scale measures Argon, Helium, CO2 and Argon/CO2
SR 711 Series Regulators ). Connection Max. Inlet Delivery
Gas Service Flow Range Inlet Outlet Pressure Range
• Sintered inlet filter.
Argon/CO2, 5/8”-18RH
Regulators will deliver at least the stated upper range and in some 0-50 SCFH CGA 580 3000 PSIG 30 PSIG
Argon, Helium Internal
cases may exceed the stated upper range.
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG)
VIC SR700D-540 Oxygen, 5-125
VIC SR700E-540 Oxygen 10-200 ARGON & CO2
VIC SR710A-510 Propane 2-15
VIC SR711D-510 Propane 5-125 REGULATOR / FLOWMETERS
Argon Regulator/Flowmeter
Stock No. VIC HRF1425-580
HEAVY DUTY BRASS CO2 Regulator/Flowmeter CGA 320
SINGLE STAGE REGULATORS Stock No. VIC HRF1480-320
HB 1500 Series • Single stage piston design
The HB1500 Series regulators for • Argon, Argon/CO2 mix & CO2 models.
welding, cutting & heating are designed • Maximum inlet pressure: 3000 PSIG/204 BAR.
for tough applications. Forged brass • 25 PSIG/1.7BAR or 80 PSIG/5.4BAR pre-set
body and bonnet are designed for years pressure.
of on the job service and provide • Up to 50 CFH/24 LPM for Argon and up to 38
durability for service in corrosive atmo- CFH/18 LPM for CO2 delivery.
• Made in the U.S.A.
spheres. They have color coded labels
• Two year warranty.
for easy gas service identification.
Design & Construction
These Regulators are complete with
• Machined brass body.
the H190 Hard Hat Gauge Guard.
Inlet Outlet
• Teflon seat.
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range • 5/8” - 18 RH(F) outlet connection except when noted
Connection Connection
SMI HB1510A-540S Oxygen CGA 540 9/16”-18RH “B” 0-150 PSIG • 1 - 1/2” / 38 cm PSIG/KPA gauges except when noted.
SMI HB1520B-300S Acetylene CGA 300 9/16”-18LH “B” 0-15 PSIG
SMI HB1521B-510S Pol/Acet CGA 510 9/16”-18LH “B” 0-15 PSIG
REGULATOR / FLOWMETER
ARGON REGULATOR WITH 10 FT HOSE SINGLE STAGE
Inert Gas Regulator / Flowmeter Ar/Nit/He
Stock No. VIC AF150-580WH Stock No. VIC HRF2425-580
• Ideal for MIG / TIG applications where a flowmeter is not necessary
or impractical. • Regulator / Flowmeter combination in one
compact unit.
• Designed for small to medium diameter MIG applications • MIG / TIG applications.
(.025 wire to .045 wire). • Ideal for all applications where dependability
Design & Construction is needed.
• Calibrated tube at 25 PSIG (Not on HRF 2480)
• Forged brass body and housing cap
2” Gauges. Design & Construction
• Stem type seat mechanism. • Machined brass body and housing cap.
• 1-3/4” diaphragm. • Back pressure compensated.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth • Sintered inlet filter.
adjustments. • Internal self reseating relief (not designed
• Internal self resetting relief valve not to protect downstream apparatus)
designed to protect downstream apparatus. Flow Meter Specify CGA
Stock No. Gas Service
• Sintered inlet filter. Range (SCFH) inlet connection
Argon
Stock No. Gas Service Flow Range CGA Inlet Connection Argon/CO2 Mix 10-50 (Argon)
VIC HRF2425-580 580
VIC AF150-580WH Argon 10-40 SCFH 580 Helium 20-150 (Helium)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


36 R EGULATORS & A CCESSORIES

SINGLE STAGE NITROGEN PURGING REGULATORS


REGULATOR / FLOWMETER
CO2 Regulator / Flowmeter TPR250 Purging Regulators
Stock No. VIC HRF2480-320 & 150 Series Pressure Regulators
Single Stage / Light Duty.
• Regulator / Flowmeter combination in
one compact unit. • 6-3/8” W x 5-1/8” H x 4-1/4” D
(16.5 cm x 13 cm x 11 cm)
• MIG / TIG applications.
• Weight: 2 lb. 15 oz. (1.4 kg)
• Ideal for all applications where
• 2” Gauges
dependability is needed.
Stock No. Delivery Pressure (PSIG) PSI
• Calibrated tube at 25 PSIG
VIC TPR250-125-5 5-125 125
(Not on HRF 2480) VIC TPR250-200-5 10-250 250
VIC TPR250-500-5 10-500 500
Design & Construction
• Machined brass body and housing cap.
• Back pressure compensated.
• Sintered inlet filter.
NITROGEN HOSES
• Internal self resetting relief (not designed Low Pressure (250 PSI)
to protect downstream apparatus) Stock No. OKI HSLOWPRESS12
Flow Meter Specify CGA .25 x 12.5GPY 1/4 MPT X 1/4 FLR
Stock No. Gas Service
Range (SCFH) inlet connection
Carbon Dioxide
High Pressure (5800 PSI)
10-38 (CO2)
VIC HRF2480-320 CO2 Mixes
7.5-37.5 (Argon)
320, 580 Stock No. OKI HSHIPRE25
25 ft. 1/4 MPT x 1/4 Flare

CO2 HEATER BALLOON REGULATORS


120V AC 50/60hz 100 Watt
Stock No. PRO MWM-10-601 Balloon regulator Balloon regulator
Stock No. WES 230H with Hand Tight
Stock No. WES 230HG

Also Available with 240V AC 50/60hz.

The most economical thermostatic controlled CO2 heater, designed WES WES
to prevent CO2 regulator Freeze-Up. Extends life of regulator/flow-
meter and prevents porosity in welds from loss of shield gas in frozen Balloon inflator provide for quick filling of latex balloons. Both models feature
regulator. Easily installed between CO2 cylinder valve and flowmeter. a large, easy to use handtight cylinder connection to make installation simple
and quick. The model WES 230HG also includes a cylinder contents gauge.

REPLACEMENT GAUGES
Designed for long and reliable service under rugged threaded brass case (chrome plated medical gauges
conditions. come with steel cases)
• Watch-type precision movement. • High visibility single PSI scale has black and red
• All brass models with rear safety blowout design. markings on white painted cupped steel face.
• One-piece polycarbonate ring and crystal is shatter- • High polished solid brass case for added safety, du-
proof and has protective lip to reduce damage to face. rability and corrosion resistance.
• Preferred design with threaded ring / crystal and
Pressure Calibration 2” Stock No. 2 1/2” Stock No. Stock No. Description
30 PSI Red Zone ORS G20B-030RL ORS G25B-030RL WES G20B-200GCP 2” Plastic Gauge Cover
60 PSI ORS G20B-060 ORS G25B-060 WES G20B-250GCP 2 1/2” Plastic Gauge Cover
100 PSI ORS G20B-100 ORS G25B-100 2” and 2 1/2” gauges are standard with 1/4” NPT bottom
200 PSI ORS G20B-200 ORS G25B-200 stem mount. Other pressure ranges, dual scale, metric
scales and special faces are available. Side mount, 1/8”
400 PSI ORS G20B-400 ORS G25B-400 NPT bottom mount gauges and other non-standard mod-
4000 PSI ORS G20B-4000 ORS G25B-4000 els can be made to order.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


A CCESSORIES / T URBO T ORCH 37

GAUGE GUARDS TURBO PRODUCTS


Series 250 LP-2 KIT
will fit 250 Victor & Harris Regulators Stock No. VIC LP-2
Series 450
Components:
will fit 450 Victor Regulators
• R-LP Adjustable
Protect your Gauges... Made from high
impact ABS plastic and are color coded red Regulator CGA-510
and green. Easily installed, slip on and • H-4 Handle
tighten with one screw. Saves on gauge • H-12 Hose
repair and downtime. • T-3 Tip
Stock No. Description • T-5 Tip
K-F SR-250G Green Gauge Guard
• Soft solders to
K-F SR-250R Red Gauge Guard
4” (100mm)
Stock No. Description
K-F SR-450G Green Gauge Guard
• Silver brazes to
K-F SR-450R Red Gauge Guard 2” (50mm)
• Instruction Manual

HARD HAT
GAUGE AND REGULATOR GUARDS LP-3 KIT
Stock No. VIC LP-3
Components:
• R-LP Adjustable
Regulator CGA-510
• H-4 Handle
• H-12 Hose
• T-4 Tip
SMI H195 SMI H190 • T-5 Tip
• Soft solders to
Protect regulators from costly gauge replacement. Made from
rugged steel. Bright yellow baked enamel finish. Quickly and easily 2-1/2” (60mm)
attaches to smith regulators. • Silver brazes to
Stock No. Description 1-1/4” (30mm)
SMI HB190 Gauge guard for 1500 Series Regulators
SMI H195 Gauge guard for 1700 & 1900 Series Regulators
• Instruction Manual

TURBOTORCH TIPS
Swirl Propane & MAPP® Tips/Components
Count on total performance from TurboTorch MAPP® & Propane tips. Varying size tips help you get the job done - quick and easy!

Tip Size Gas Flow Copper Tubing Size Capacity Copper Tubing Size Capacity
Propane Gas MAPP® Gas
Stock No.
IN. MM. @24 PSI @36 PSI Soft Solder Silver Solder Soft Solder Silver Solder
LBS/HR LBS/HR IN. MM. IN. MM. IN. MM. IN. MM.
VIC T-2 5/16 8.0 .14 .17 1/8-1/4 3-10 1/16-1/4 1-6 1/8-1/4 3-12 1/8-1/4 3-10
VIC T-3 7/16 11.1 .20 .25 1/4-1 6-25 1/8-1/2 3-10 1/4-1 1/2 10-40 1/4-1/2 6-15
VIC T-4 1/2 12.7 .39 .48 1/4-1 1/2 10-40 1/4-3/4 6-15 1/4-2 1/2 10-60 1/4-1 1/4 6-35
VIC T-5 3/4 19.0 1.10 1.3 1 1/2-2 1/2 25-60 1/2-1 1/4 15-35 1-4 25-100 1/2-2 15-50
VIC T-6 1 25.4 2.10 2.5 1 1/2-4 40-100 3/4-2 20-50 1 1/2-6 25-150 3/4-4 20-100

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


38 T URBO T ORCH

SWIRL AIR HAND TORCH TIPS


ACETYLENE KITS
Stock No. VIC X4B
Stock No. VIC X5B
Higher capacity kit brazes me-
dium/heavy gauge steel.
Components: Copper Tubing Size Capacity with MAPP® Gas
• AR-B (CGA 520) Regulator Stock No. Soft Solder Silver Solder
• G-4 Handle IN. MM. IN. MM.
VIC ST-1 1/8-1/2 3-12 1/2-3/8 10-12
• AH-12 Hose
VIC ST-3 3/8-2 1/2 10-60 1/4-1 3/8 6-35
• A-5 Tip VIC ST-4 1 3/8-2 1/2 35-60 1/4-1 3/8 6-35
• A-14 Tip VIC ST-5 1/8-1/2 3-12 1/2-3/8 10-12
• Soft solders to 3-1/2” (90mm)
• Silver brazes to 2” (50mm)
• “B” Tank Connection
• Instruction Manual REGULATOR
HANDLES
SWIRL AIR Stock No. VIC AR-B

ACETYLENE TIPS

Stock No. VIC G-4

Tip Size Gas Flow Copper Tubing Size Capacity


Stock No.
IN. MM. @14 PSI (0.9 BAR) Soft Solder Silver Solder
FT3/HR M3/HR IN. MM. IN. MM.
VIC A-2 1/8 4.8 2.0 .17 1/8-1/2 3-15 1/8-1/4 3-10
VIC A-3 3/16 6.4 3.6 .31 1/4-1 10-25 1/8-1/2 3-12 • Model WA400 Threaded Tip Connection.
VIC A-5 1/4 7.9 5.7 .48 3/4-1 1/2 20-40 1/4-3/4 10-20 • Quick disconnect for easy tip change.
VIC A-8 5/16 9.5 8.3 .71 1-2 25-50 1/2-1 15-25 • Ergonomically designed handle.
VIC A-11 7/16 11.1 11.0 .94 1 1/2-3 40-75 7/8-1 5/8 20-40 • Accepts all tip sizes.
VIC A-14 1/2 12.7 14.5 1.23 2-3 1/2 50-90 1-2 30-50
• No tools required for tip change.
VIC A-32 3/4 19.0 33.2 2.82 4-6 100-150 1 1/2-4 40-100
• Tip swivels 360° for ease of positioning.

HAND TORCHES Awisco Carries a Complete


& COMPONENTS line of Soft and Silver Solders
Stock No. VIC STK-9 KIT
plus Fluxes, Brushes and Tools
for Fitting and Joining Copper
and Stainless Steel Tubing.
Components:
Check the Index or Ask Your
• STK-R Pressure Regulator CGA-600
• ST-3 Tip Customer Service
• Easy to change orifice
• Swivels 360° Representative.
• Instruction Manual Propane & MAPP®

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING M ACHINES 39

BASIC GUIDELINES
TO SELECTING A POWER SOURCE
Electric Welding Machines

If you’re not familiar with welding basics, the following information can make choosing a
machine easier. For interactive, highly informative assistance, go to www.millerwelds.com.
Pick Your Process Select the process that matches the metals you want to weld or cut
Metal Type Stick MIG FCAW SAW AC-TIG DC-TIG Resistance Spot CAC-A AC CAC-ADC Plasma
Steel • • • • • • • •
Stainless Steel • • • • • • • •
Aluminum • • • •
Cast Iron • • •
Copper, Brass • • • •
Titanium • •
Magnesium Alloys • •
All Electrically Conductive •
Skill Level Moderate Low Low Moderate High High Low Moderate Moderate Low
Key: • Recommended Welding Process Cutting Process

Understand Process Advantages


Unfortunately, there is no single welding or cutting process suitable for all applications. For this reason, it is
necessary to consider the advantage of one process over another.

Welding Process
Stick (SMAW) • Excellent mechanical properties for high-quality code and
• Better suited for windy, outdoor conditions X-ray requirements
• More forgiving when welding on dirty or rusty metal • Improves welding operator comfort and appeal arc is be
low a bed of flux
MIG (GMAW)
• Easiest process to learn TIG (GTAW)
• High welding speeds possible • Provides highest quality and most precise welds
• Provides better control on thinner metals • Highly aesthetic weld beads
• Cleaner welds possible with no slag to clean • Allows adjustment of heat input while welding by use of
• Same equipment can be used for Flux Cored welding a remote control

Pulsed MIG (GMAW-P) Pulse TIG (GTAW-P)


• Flexibility and productivity - nearly all metals can be • More control on thin metals
welded in all positions • Less heat distortion on thin metals
• Larger diameter electrode wires
• Virtually no spatter
• Welds thin to thick metals
Cutting Process
Plasma Arc Cutting and Gouging (PAC)
Flux Cored (FCAW) • Use with any electrically conductive metals
• Works as well as stick on dirty or rusty material • Small and precise cut
• Out - of - position welding • Small heat-affected zone which helps prevent warping
• Deep penetration for welding thick sections or paint damage
• Increased metal deposition rate
Air Carbon Arc Cutting and Gouging (CAC-A)
Resistance Spot • Wide variety of metals
• Portable, easy - to - operate welder for light industrial • Removes discontinuities or inferior welds
applications.
DUE TO SPACE LIMITATIONS, AWISCO CANNOT LIST
Resistance Spot
• Portable, easy - to - operate welder for light industrial ALL OF THE WELDING POWER SOURCES AVAILABLE
applications. FROM MILLER ELECTRIC. PLEASE VISIT THE
MILLER WEBSITE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Submerged Arc (SAW) www.MillerWelds.com OR CALL AWISCO FOR A FULL
• High deposition rates can enhance weld speed LINE MILLER CATALOG.
and production.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


40 W ELDING M ACHINES

Pick Your Power and Portability Needs


What should I know about duty cycle? Generator power
Duty cycle is the amount of time during a 10-minute period Out in the field, you may need an engine-driven welding gen-
that the welder can continuously operate at its rated output erator to supply 120 or 240 VAC power to run tools, lights and
without causing heat damage to the system. For example, a to start motors. Miller’s engine drives are packed with power
Millermatic 251 has 60% duty cycle at 200 amps of DC output. and the larger units even offer option packages that add 10 to
It can weld for six minutes out of 10 and then needs to cool for 20 kW of generator power.
the remaining four minutes.
For applications requiring extensive arc-on time and/or weld- What kind of input power do I have available?
ing at high amperages, choose a welder with a higher duty To select the right product, you need to know the type of pri-
cycle, such as a Deltaweld 452 with 450 amps of DC output at mary power available.
100% duty cycle. If a welder is operated below its rated out-
put, the duty cycle typically increases. Single phase products require single-phase input power, typi-
cally found in homes and garages
How much welding or cutting output power do I need?
• Light Industrial Products are suitable for the home hobby- Three-phase products require three-phase input power which
ist or occasional user. Designed to be easy to operate, is common in industrial settings, but shops can be specially
wired to supply three-phase, industrial power.
affordably priced and typically have a 20% duty cycle and rated
output, of 230 amps or lower.
For locations where an electrical hook-up is not practical, con-
sider a gas or diesel-powered, engine-driven welding genera-
• Industrial products are suitable for applications that do not
tor to supply welding and generator power.
require high-volume production and typically have a 40 - 60%
duty cycle and / or rated output of 300 amps or lower. Appro-
Is portability needed?
priate choice for professional welders.
Can you bring the work to the machine, or does the machine
need to go to the work? Check the Product Guide pages for
• Heavy Industrial products typically have a duty cycle of 60
types of portability:
- 100% and a rated output of at least 300 amps, making them
• Shoulder strap, handles, running gear, carts, etc.
suited to high - volume production and / or welding of thicker • Many engine-driven welding generators fit in the back of a
materials. Designed with the arc characteristics and product pick-up truck, enabling them to drive to wherever the welding
features professional welders demand for code - quality work. is needed. Heavy-duty trailers are also available for engine drives.

Glossary of Miller Exclusive Technology and Commonly Used Terms


Auto-Line™
Automatically “links” to any primary input voltage from 208 to 575 when the electrode lead is connected to a positive terminal and
volts, single- or three-phase, 50 or 60 Hz. Also adjust for voltage the work lead is connected to a negative terminal to a DC welding
spikes within the entire range. machine. Also called direct current, reverse polarity (DCRP).

Auto-Link ® Duty Cycle


Internal inverter power source circuit that automatically links the The number of minutes out of a 10-minute time period an arc
power source to the primary voltage being applied (230 V or 460 welding machine can be operated at maximum rated output. An
V), without the need for manually linking primary voltage termi- example would be 60% duty cycle at 300 amps. This would mean
nals. that at 300 amps the welding machine can be used for 6 minutes
and then must be allowed to cool with the fan motor running for 4
Constant Voltage (CV), Constant Potential (CP) Welding Ma-
minutes. (Some manufacturers rate machines on a 5 minute
chine
cycle).
“Potential” and “Voltage” are basically the same in meaning. This
type of welding machine output maintains a relatively stable, con-
Lift-Arc™
sistent voltage regardless of the amperage output. It results in a
This feature allows TIG arc starting without high frequency. Starts
relatively flat volt-amp curve as opposed to the drooping volt-amp
curve of a typical Stick (SMAW) welding machine. the arc at any amperage without contaminating the weld with tung-
sten.
Direct Current Electrode Negative (DCEN)
The specific direction of current flow through a welding circuit Open-Circuit Voltage (OCV)
when the electrode lead is connected to the negative terminal As the name implies, no current is flowing in the circuit because
and the work lead is connected to the positive terminal of a DC the circuit is open. The voltage is impressed upon the circuit,
welding machine. Also called direct current, straight polarity however, so that when the circuit is completed, the current will
(DCSP). flow immediately. For example, a welding machine that is turned
on but not being used for welding at the moment will have an
Direct Current Electrode Positive (DCEP) open-circuit voltage applied to the cables attached to the output
The specific direction of current flow through a welding circuit terminals of the welding machine.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING M ACHINES 41

Welding Machine Selection Guide


Which is the right machine for me? The following “rule of thumb” guidelines give you suggestions based on the type
of metal you are welding and the electrode type and diameter. Before making a decision, take into account the power
requirements and whether or not you have sufficient electrical service (single or three phase and primary input amps.)
Process Metal Electrode Min Amps and/or Volts
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 3/32” 6010/11/13 40-90 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 3/32” 7018 60-100 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 1/8” 6010/10/13 75-125 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 1/8” 7018 110-165 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 5/32” 6010/11/13 110-180 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 5/32” 7018 150-220 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 3/16” 6010/11/13 140-230 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 3/16” 7018 200-275 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Stainless 3/32” 308 or 316 55-90 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Stainless 1/8” 308 or 316 100-150 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Stainless 5/32” 308 or 316 135-195 Amps
Copper and Aluminum Based Stick Electrodes use About 25% More Current Than Mild Steel.
GMAW (Mig) Mild Steel Solid .030” 70S 17-23 Volts/50-200 Amps
GMAW (Mig) Mild Steel Solid .035” 70S 18-25 Volts/50-225 Amps
GMAW (Mig) Mild Steel Solid .045” 70S 18-34 Volts/85-355 Amps
GMAW (Mig) Mild Steel Solid 1/16” 70S 26-40 Volts/250-600 Amps
Stainless will use about 10% less aluminum and copper based alloys about 25% more current than mild steel.
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) .045” 71T-1 15-36 Volts/105-340 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) .052” 71T-1 15-36 Volts/105-430 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) 1/16” 71T-1 15-40 Volts/140-480 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) 5/64” 71T-1 23-33 Volts/250-510 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) .035” 71T-GS 14-20 Volts/50-120 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) .045” 71T-GS 13-20 Volts/80-220 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) 1/16” 71T-GS 14-22 Volts/145-325 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) 5/64” 71T-GS 16-35 Volts/200-345 Amps

Process Tungsten Type Diameter Amp Range


GTAW (Tig) 2% 1/6” 50-140
GTAW (Tig) 2% 3/32” 125-200
GTAW (Tig) 2% 1/8” 150-325
GTAW (Tig) Pure 1/16” 60-90
GTAW (Tig) Pure 3/32” 125-160
GTAW (Tig) Pure 1/8” 190-240

Plasma Cutting Metal Thickness Amp (Minimum)*


PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1/8” 12
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 3/8” 27
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1/2” 40
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 7/8” 55
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1” 80
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1-1/4” 100
PAC Aluminum 1/16” 12
PAC Aluminum 1/4” 27
PAC Aluminum 3/8” 40
PAC Aluminum 1/2” 55
PAC Aluminum 5/8” 80
PAC Aluminum 1” 100
* (This rating is based on quality cut with hand held torch at average speed)
All machines are rated at a specific output at a given duty cycle. Duty cycle means the number of minutes (out of a ten minute
period) that you can run the machine at rated output. For example, if a machine is rated 60% duty cycle for a given output, you
can use that output for 6 consecutive minutes without stopping before the machine would need to cool down for four minutes.
A machine rated at 200 amps, 60% duty cycle would be able to put out 200 amps for six consecutive minutes without having to
stop. If you only needed 150 amps, based on the duty cycle curve shown on machine literature, you would be operating at
100% duty cycle and never have to pause. Obviously, there are starts and stops while welding so buy the machine that will give
you the duty cycle you really need. Generally, duty cycle is broken down by the class of the machine:
Home hobby to light industrial –20% duty cycle
Industrial machines—40-60% duty cycle
Your AWISCO representative can help you select
Heavy industrial machines – 60-100% duty cycle the right machine for your needs and budget.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


42 W ELDING M ACHINES

Basic Trouble Shooting For Welding Machines


The following guidelines are for basic trouble shooting and offered as suggestions to trained and
experienced equipment operators, familiar with safety procedures. This is not intended as a
substitute for factory trained service technicians. AWISCO has the best trained service staff in the
business. If these tips don’t solve the problem, let our staff fix your machines right, the first time.
General Tips:
Every new machine comes with an owner’s manual. The first copper left to carry the high frequency “spark” but not the weld-
thing you should do when unpacking that shiny new machine is ing current. If you experience this, try switching the torch (or
to find the manual, record the model number, serial number and cable).
date of purchase on the cover, and store it in a safe place. This
will be your “good book” for trouble shooting as well as prompt
and accurate parts ordering and service. Any time you call with a MIG Trouble Shooting:
service or parts question on the machine, have your owner’s Mig guns are great tools when the consumables are fresh and
manual with model number and serial number handy. the wire being fed is clean. Worn tips, clogged nozzles and
House keeping is the “Golden Rule” of all equipment. A little diffusers, and worn or clogged liners are common reasons for
cleaning goes a long, long way. Follow the cleaning sugges- poor quality wire feeding or welds. Inspect the external compo-
tions in your owner’s manual. Most important is to keep dust nents for signs of wear. Clean dirty nozzles with a reamer or
and dirt from building up on and in your machine. Your routine comparable tool. Change worn tips (where the hole is wearing
maintenance schedule should include cleaning, including dis- to one side) and make sure the tips are not loose. Change lin-
connecting the machines from power, opening the cases and ers when you begin to “feel” drag or the feeding is erratic. (This
blowing them out with clean, dry air. may also be an indication of worn, misaligned or incorrect size
NOTE: Use only dry compressed air or nitrogen. drive rolls which should also be checked, adjusted or replaced
If your machine is to be placed in storage for any length of time, when needed.) Use wire cleaning and lube pads to keep the
clean it and cover it with clean dry tarps or canvas covers. feed path clean. “Tip Dip” and anti-spatter sprays will also help
AWISCO carries a full supply of tarps and fitted covers for most to keep the front end of the gun clean. AWISCO carries a full
machines. When storing gas engine driven machines, change line of consumable parts and accessories to keep your mig gun
the oil and filter. Add a small bottle of fuel stabilizer to the gas in tip-top shape.
and let it run to coat the rings and valves. This will also keep the
gas from jelling during cold storage.
Plasma Trouble Shooting:
Specific Tips: The most common problems with plasma cutting machines have
For Electrically Powered Stick/Tig/Mig Machines to do with worn consumables, improperly installed consumables
and incorrect air pressure. Most plasma machines have air pres-
The number one external problem with electric welding machines
sure sensing switches in them that disable the machine if the air
is improper primary power connections. All owners’ manuals have
pressure is too low or too high. Check your owners’ manual for
instructions for the proper connection of machines including volt-
the correct pressure and make sure you have the right size com-
age and phases, fusing and primary cable size requirements. If
pressor for the job. Dry air will extend your consumable life.
a new machine is not operating, chances are the power is not
AWISCO carries external filters to dry the air before it enters the
correctly set up. Have a qualified electrician or technician check
machine.
your connections. The newer generations of “inverter” type ma-
Make sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for replacing
chines automatically read and set themselves up for the power
consumables and keep a good supply of electrodes, nozzles,
that’s connected. But if the power/fusing/connection is not good,
shields and diffusers on hand to change when they wear out.
the smartest machine will not function.
If the power is good, the machine is “on” and you are not getting
any output, the next thing to check is your panel switches and Gas Drive Machines
controls. Your owner’s manual will detail the function of each Most current model engine driven welding machines are now
switch and show the proper positions for each process. One equipped with a low oil pressure cut off switch. If the oil is too
very common error is to set the machine for “remote” control and low or thin, the machine may start and then immediately shut
then try to use it manually. down. Repeatedly doing this will result in engine damage. If
After checking power and switch/control settings, the next thing you find that your machine starts and then shuts down, check
to check is your secondary (welding lead) connections. With the your oil. Add or change the oil and filter immediately to resolve
power off, make sure that all connections are tight, that there are this problem. Keep a maintenance record so that you know
no breaks in the cables and that lugs, holders, ground clamps,
when to change oil and oil, air and fuel filters. Remember oil
torches and guns are properly fastened and connected. Here’s
and filters are cheap…engines and downtime are expensive. If
a little trick: Occasionally, the joint where the ground clamp or
holder is attached to the cable may look good, but the cable may you haven’t got time to maintain your machines, AWISCO’s fac-
be coming apart internally so that only a few strands of copper tory trained repair department can do it for you.
are actually carrying the current. With the power off, give the Dirty gas can also wreak havoc with your welder. Always use
holder or ground clamp a good tug and twist while holding the fresh gas dispensed from a dedicated safety gas can. Never
cable in your other hand. Also, make sure that the ground clamp use paint cans or other vessels that may contain contaminants.
is connected to a clean, bare spot on the metal. Following these simple tips and suggestions will help you re-
Tig power cables, especially the water cooled type, are notorious solve many machine problems and keep your equipment up
for thinning and breaking down inside. There may be enough and running and ready to work.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


P LASMA M ACHINES 43

Plasma Cutters

SPECTRUM
Stock No. 907149
®
125C SINGLE-PHASE 115 VAC, 60 HZ
• Process: Air Plasma Cutting • Built-in, Heavy-duty industrial piston-
• Portable for all your applications. driven compressor provides long life and
Spectrum® 125C comes complete with built- superior airflow.
in heavy-duty compressor and only weighs • Constant output cutting power. The solid-
44 lb, offering the operator a high level of state, constant-current design offers a con-
portability and convenience. sistent 12 amp cutting arc for continuous
• LVC™ Line Voltage Compensation pro- quality cutting up to 3/16 in steel.
vides peak performance power under vari- • Can be powered by any Miller engine
able input voltage conditions (98 to 132 volts) drive with generator power output of 2 kW
for steady and cleaner ending cuts. or more, such as the Bobcat or Trailblazer,
or equivalent competitive equipment.
• 35% duty cycle is tested at 40° C (104° F)
• ICE-12C 20 ft (6.1 m) torch with patented
to give you the cutting power whenever you
trigger safety guard, is ergonomically built
need it. and includes drag tips for convenient cutting
• Heavy-duty work clamp. on all metals.
• No high-frequency starts that can inter- • In-Rush Current Control Circuit protects
fere with or damage controls or computers. the unit in case of wrong voltage hook-up or
• Constant Pilot Arc Control Helps the op- voltage overload.
erator maximize tip life by eliminating the • Cutting Capability
need to restart the arc at the beginning of Rated: 1/8 in (3.2 mm)
each new cut. Quality: 3/16 in (4.2 mm)
Comes Complete With: 20 ft (6.1 m) torch, 20 ft (6.1 m) work cable with clamp, and 10 ft (3 m) power cord.
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Model Rated Output Dimensions Net Weight
Circuit Voltage 120 V KVA KW
H: 16 in (406 mm)
115 V, 60 Hz 12 A at 110 VDC 325 VDC 20 2.4 2.0 W: 8 1/2 in (216 mm) 44 lb (20 kg)
D: 16 in (406 mm)
Note: Each Spectrum unit includes ICE-12C, 20 ft (6.1 m) hand-held torch and extra consumables (2 standard electrodes, 2 standard tips).

SPECTRUM
Stock No. 903891
®
375 CUTMATE 115 / 230V, 60HZ
• Pilot Arc Controller improves tip life and in- • Power factor correction expands operator’s
creases cutting capabilities and speeds. work area via extension cords while minimizing
• Dual input Voltage allows either 115 or 230 nuisance trips caused by voltage drops.
VAC input power and provides patented protec- • LED indicators for pressure, power, cup and
tion in case of incorrect switch position. Unit pro- temperature allow faster troubleshooting.
vides full cutting capacity when powered by most • Starts without high-frequency so it will not
engine-driven welders with 240 VAC auxiliary interfere with or damage controls or computers.
receptacles.
• Cutting Capability
• LVC™ line voltage compensation provides Rated: 3/8 in (10mm)... 5/16 in (8mm)
peak performance power under variable condi- Quality: 1/2 in (13mm) ... 3/8 in (10mm)
tions (power fluctuations up to +/-15%) for Sever: 5/8 in (16mm)... 1/2 in (13mm)
steady cuts and cleaner ending cuts.
Comes complete with: ICE-25C torch with 15 ft. cable, full 1 year warranty, 15 ft. work cable
with clamp, 10ft. power cord with 115 VAC, 20A plug, built-in gas/air filter and regulator with
extra protection. Also comes with extra consumables.
Max. Open Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz 1-Phase Plasma Gas Weight
Rated Output Dimensions
Circuit Voltage 115 V 230 V KVA KW Flow / Pressure with Torch
27 A with 115 H: 13.5 in (343 mm)
4.5 CFM (129 L/min) W: 8-1/2 in (216 mm) Net: 55 lb (25 kg)
VAC input power, 288 VDC 28 14 3.3 3.2
at 60 PSI (414 kPa) D: 16 in (406 mm) Ship: 61.5 lb (27.9 kg)
20 A input circuit

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


44 P LASMA M ACHINES

SPECTRUM® 2050
Stock No.90377712
• Auto-Line™ automatically links unit to any of airborne dust/dirt pulled through the unit.
primary voltage from 208 to 575 volts, single-
• Starts without high-frequency so it will
or three-phase, 50 or 60 Hz.
not interfere with or damage controls or com-
• Can be powered by any Miller welding puter.
generator with power output of 8 KW or
• Cutting Capability
more, such as the Bobcat™ or Trailblazer®,
Rated: 7/8 in (22mm)
or equivalent competitive equipment.
Quality: 1 in (25 mm)
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ prevents abra- Sever: 1-1/4 in (32 mm)
sive dust and particles from damaging inter- Comes complete with: ICE-55C hand-held torch with
nal components. 25 ft (7.6 m) or 50 ft (15.2 m) cable; or ICE-55CM ma-
chine-held torch with 50 ft (15.2 m) cable and remote
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only op- pendant, 20 ft (6.1m) work cable with clamp, 10 ft (3 m)
erates when needed, reducing the amount power cord, Extra
Max. Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz
Rated Plasma
Open- 208V 230V 380V 400V 415V 460V 575V KVA KW Plasma
Stock # Rated Output Cutting Gas Flow/ Dimensions Net Weight
Circuit 50/60 60 60 50 50 50 60 60 60 Gas
Cap. Pressure
Voltage Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
6.9
55 A at 110 VDC H: 17”
280 VDC 21 20 10 10 10 9 8 (7.9 6.6
Mil. 60% Duty Cycle, 6.0 CFM (432 mm)
@ 0.7 in Air or
90377712 3-Phase 575V) (18 mm) Nitrogen
(172 L/min) W: 12 1/2” 70 lbs
25 ft. at 70 PSI (318 mm) (32 kg.)
55 A at 110 VDC at 10 IPM only
Torch (483 kPA) D: 20 1/2”
50% Duty Cycle, 36 33 – – – 16 13 7.2 6.9
(521 mm)
Single-Phase
* ICE-55C hand-held torch ** ICE-55CM machine-held torch. Includes pendant control MIL 180605.

SPECTRUM® 625
Stock No. 907058
Processes: Air Plasma Cutting and gouging trips caused by voltage drops.
Cutting Capability: • Pilot Arc Controller improves tip life and
Rated: 1/2 in (13 mm) maintains uninterrupted operation when cutting
Quality: 5/8 in (16 mm) expanded metal or grating.
Sever: 7/8 in (22 mm) • LED indicators for pressure, power, cup and
temperature allow faster troubleshooting,
• LVC™ line voltage compensation provides
eliminating unnecessary downtime.
peak performance power under variable input
voltage conditions (176 – 264 V) for steady and • Gas/air filter/regulator inside the power
cleaner ending cuts. source provides added protection during
transportation. Standard air connection on back
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ prevents abrasive
panel provides easy gas or air hookup.
dust and particles from damaging internal
components. Also, the Fan-On-Demand™ • Postflow cooling circuit extends the life of the
cooling system only operates when needed. In consumables and torch by cooling them with
dirty or dusty environments, this feature reduces postflow air after the trigger is released.
the amount of airborne dust/dirt pulled through • Ergonomically designed ICE-40C handle
the unit. provides increased comfort while cutting. Safety
• Consumables storage compartment provides trigger prevents accidental starts.
convenient access to consumables and parts. • Starts without high-frequency so it will not
Comes complete with: ICE-40C hand-held • Power Factor Correction (PFC) circuitry interfere with or damage controls or computers.
torch with 25 ft (7.6 m) or 50 ft (15.2 m) cable,
draws up to 30% less amperage for the same • Compatible with engine-driven welders
20 ft (6.1 m) heavy-duty (8 AWG work cable
with clamp, Extra consumables (3 electrodes,3 cutting range as compared to the competition. capable of cutting 3/8 to 5/8 in mild steel when
tips and 1 air fitting),12 ft (3.7 m) industrial PFC expands operators work area via extension powered by a Miller engine-driven welder with a
power cord and plug. cord, while minimizing nuisance circuit breaker 240 V generator power outlet of 8 kW or more.
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz, 1-Phase Plasma Gas Weight
Rated Output Dimensions
Circuit Voltage 208 V 230 V KVA KW Flow/Pressure Net Ship
H:15-1/4” (387 mm)
40 A at 140 VDC, 40 A at 140 VDC, 6 CFM (170 L/min) 57 lb 60 lb
33 30 6.9 6.7 W: 10-3/8” (264 mm)
50% Duty Cycle 50% Duty Cycle at 75 PSI (517 kPa) D: 17-1/4” (438 mm) (25.9 kg) (27.2 kg)

* Weight Includes Torch (25 ft), work Clamp and Cord, and power Cord

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


P LASMA M ACHINES 45

® ®

DRAG-GUN® PLUS CUTMASTER™ 38


Stock No. THE 1-3835
Stock No. THE 1-3820
• Maximum Convenience,
Maximum Portability Comes complete with: Model
This durable, inverter-based SL60 Torch with 20 ft. lead.
system is built tough to
withstand the harshest Rugged Design, Like its big
environmental conditions. It brothers, CUTMASTER 51, 71 and
weights just 57 lbs. including 101, the CUTMASTER 38 is
the built-in compressor and it equipped with a rugged case and a
comes equipped with a heavy- protective roll bar to protect the
duty wraparound roll bar for power control components.
protection of the unit and easy
CUTMASTER 38 is designed to
portability.
• Powerful Performance stand up to the most demanding work conditions. Rough handling,
Auto body repair, HVAC, metal stud construction, metal building metal dust, and shop grime are all part of a day’s work for
and roofing, are just some of the applications where the DRAG- CUTMASTER 38.
GUN PLUS provides the idea cutting solution. This professional Auto pilot restart comes standard with all CUTMASTER systems
grade power source provides excellent dross-free, precise cutting for easy, quick cutting on expanded metal.
results on most metals from gauge to 1/2” thick including mild Automatic Voltage Selection, CUTMASTER 38 accepts standard
steel, stainless steel, and aluminum. It operates on 208-230V,
120V or 230V input power without hesitation and automatically
single phase 50-60 Hz input power and it provides 15-35 amps
output power. switches to link up to the available power input. No switching required
• Maximum Arc Visibility for Excellent Operator Control by the operator.
The Surelok ® PCH-42ER Torch provides excellent cut perfor- A new protective interlock circuit in addition to traditional Parts-in-
mance and cut quality, particularly on sheet metal. These are just Place circuitry disables the power supply if the torch consumable
some of the important torch features: parts are incorrectly assembled.
DRAG-GUN PLUS Air Plasma Cutting System Like all CUTMASTER systems, CUTMASTER 38 is engineered and
Cut Capacity 1/2” (12mm)
tested to the highest standards of safety and reliability for welding
Input 230V +/-10%, 1 ph, 50/60 Hz, 36A and plasma cutting equipment. CUTMASTER units are designed to
Output 15-35 Amps, Continuously Adjustable stand up to the toughest environments and continue to provide precise,
Duty Cycle 35% @ 35 Amps reliable cutting power.
Panel Indicators AC, Over Temp, Air Latch
Dimensions H: 11.0” (279mm) SPECIFICATIONS
W: 10.5” (267mm) 20-30 Amps, Adjustable
Output Current
L: 15.5” (394mm)
Input Power 120 - 230V, Single Phase,
Weight 56.6 lbs. (25.7 kg)
Ship Weight 61.1 lbs. (27.7 kg) 50/60 Hz, 29 / 17 Amps
Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with 20 Amp Plug (120V)
TORCH Cut Capacity 3/8” (9.5mm) Genuine
Stock No. Description 1/2” (12.7mm) Maximum
THE 7-4220 PCH-42ER, 70 deg., 20 ft (6.1m) Leads
5/8” (15.9mm) Severance
THE 9-6003 Shield Cup
THE 9-6501 Tip - 40A 1/4” (6.4mm) Pierce
THE 9-6542 SureLok® Electrode - 40A Duty Cycle 35% @ 30A
THE 9-6507 Gas Distributor Dimensions Length 21” (533mm)
THE 9-8442 Torch Head
Width 10” (254mm)
ACCESSORIES Height 15.75” (400mm)
Stock No. Description Weight 43 lbs. (19.5 kg)
THE 7-7501 Radius/Roller Cutting Guide Kit Gas Type Air or Nitrogen
THE 9-1260 20 ft. (6.1m) Leather Leads Cover 65 psi (4.6 bar)
Gas Pressure
Gas Flow 5 cfm (142 Ipm)
Pilot Start Cartridge
Control Hand Torch Switch
C D A B
PCH-25/38 TORCH SPARE PARTS
The Entire
Item No. Description KEY Therma Dynamics Plasma line
THE 9-6099
THE 9-6003
Tip, air, 12 amp
Shield cup - standard
A
B can be viewed at.
THE 9-6006 Electrode - air C www.thermal-dynamics.com
THE 9-6007 Gas distributor D

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


46 P LASMA M ACHINES

CUTMASTER™ 151 ®

Stock No. 1-1720-1


Comes complete with: The 1Torch SL60
with Surelok Technology. New Ergonomic SPECIFICATIONS
torch handle.
Output Current 20-40 Amps, Adjustable
• 1Torch with ATC Quick Disconnect.
Input Power 208 / 230V, Single Phase,
The CUTMASTER 51 is equipped with the
same great 1Torch introduced in 2002 as 60 Hz, 39 / 37 Amps
a universal replacement torch. We’ve Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with plug (208/230V)
added the ATC Quick Disconnect to the 6’ (2m) without plug(400V)
CUTMASTER 51 so you can easily convert 10’ (3m)
from a hand to a machine torch operation
in a matter of seconds. Cut Capacity 1/2” (12.7mm) Genuine
5/8” (15.8mm) Maximum
• Auto Pilot Restart Available on all
CUTMASTER 1Series systems, this feature is useful for cutting 3/4” (20mm) Severance
expanded metal or in any application where automatic pilot restart 3/8” (10mm) Pierce
is desirable. In Auto Pilot Restart mode, the operator has Duty Cycle 40% @ 40A
continuous operation without having to re-trigger the torch switch. Dimensions Length 22.5” (0.6mm)
• 1Series Start Technology The CUTMASTER 1Series start Width 10.8” (273mm)
technology eliminates electronic interference that can occur with Height 16.4” (416mm)
other designs. The 1Torch technology provides quick, reliable
starts, a strong pilot arc to penetrate rust and paint, and the ability Weight 58 lbs. (26.3 kg)
to cut expanded metal quickly and easily. Gas Type Air
• Rugged Case Design The CUTMASTER 51 is built for hard Gas Pressure 65 psi (4.6 bar)
outdoor use as a portable plasma cutter. The innovative case Glas Flow 5.8 cfm (165 Ipm)
design is the result of extensive stress testing and field evaluations Pilot Start Cartridge
. The wraparound roll bar protects the case from damage resulting Hand Torch Switch or
from shocks and collisions. The new powder coat finish provides Control
a harder, more resistant surface for protection against scratches Hand Pendant Control
and marks.

CUTMASTER™ 81 ®

Stock No. 1-1120-1


Comes complete with: The 1Torch SPECIFICATIONS
SL60 with Surelok Technology. New
Ergonomic torch handle. Output Current 15-60 Amps, Adjustable
• 1 Torch with ATC Quick Disconnect Input Power 208 / 230V, Single Phase,
The CUTMASTER 81 is equipped with 50/60 Hz, 57 / 52 Amps
the same great 1Torch we introduced
Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with plug (208/230V)
in 2002 as a universal replacement
torch. We’ve added the ATC Quick 10’ (3m) without plug
Disconnect to the CUTMASTER 81 so (460V)
you can easily convert from a hand to a Cut Capacity 7/8” (22.2mm) Genuine
machine torch operation in a matter of
1” (25.4mm) Maximum
seconds.
1 1/4” (31.8mm) Severance
• Auto Pilot Restart Available on all CUTMASTER 1 Series systems,
this feature is useful for cutting expanded metal or in any application 1/2” (12.7mm) Pierce
where automatic pilot restart is desirable. In Auto Pilot Restart mode, Duty Cycle 50% @ 60A, 100% @ 45A
the operator has continuous operation without having to re-trigger Dimensions Length 27.4” (0.7mm)
the torch switch.
Width 12.4” (315mm)
• 1Series Start Technology The CUTMASTER 1Series start Height 17.3” (439mm)
technology eliminates electronic interference that can occur with other
designs. The 1Torch technology provides quick, reliable starts, a Weight 83 lbs. (37.6 kg)
strong pilot arc to penetrate rust and paint, and the ability to cut Gas Type Air
expanded metal quickly and easily.
Gas Pressure 65 psi (4.6 bar)
• Rugged Case Design The CUTMASTER 81 is built for hard outdoor Gas Flow 5.8 cfm (16 Ipm)
use as a portable plasma cutter. The innovative case design is the
result of extensive stress testing and field evaluations . The Pilot Start Cartridge
wraparound roll bar protects the case from damage resulting from Control Hand Torch Switch or
shocks and collisions. The new powder coat finish provides a harder, Hand Pendant Control
more resistant surface for protection against scratches and marks.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


P LASMA M ACHINES 47

®
1TORCH SL60™ & SL100™
Stock No. THE 7-5204 Light / Medium Duty Torch 20-60 Amps
CUTMASTER 101 ™ Stock No. THE 7-5206 Medium / Heavy Duty Torch 30-100 Amps
The 1Torch™ RPT torch is the first
Stock No. 1-1320-V
plasma cutting torch that performs with
Comes complete with: The virtually all plasma cutting power
1Torch SL100 with Surelok Technol- supplies. The 1Torch works with high
ogy. New Ergonomic torch handle. frequency start systems, CD start
• 1Torch with ATC Quick systems, touch start systems and moving
Disconnect The CUTMASTER 101 parts (blow back) start systems. Install
is equipped with the same great the 1Torch on your current plasma power
1Torch we introduced in 2002 as a supply and you immediately benefit from The First
universal replacement torch. We’ve the latest in high performance torch Universal
added the ATC Quick Disconnect to technology available today. Plasma Torch!
the CUTMASTER 101 so you can IMPORTANT FEATURES INCLUDE:
easily convert from a hand to a
machine torch operation in a matter • New Ergonomic Torch Handle With a new, innovative, easy-to use torch
trigger release, encapsulated protected torch head and precisely engineered
of seconds. grip, the 1Torch RPT torch is both easy and comfortable to use.
• Auto Pilot Restart Available on all CUTMASTER 1Series systems, this • Extended or Protected Consumable Parts We designed our consumable
feature is useful for cutting expanded metal or in any application where parts to adapt to your cutting style. By simply changing the shield cup, you
automatic pilot restart is desirable. In Auto Pilot Restart mode, the operator can either have:
has continuous operation without having to re-trigger the torch switch. • An Extended Tip for greater visibility and control and precision drag
• 1Series Start Technology The CUTMASTER 1Series start technology cutting at low power.
eliminates electronic interference that can occur with other designs. The • A Protected Tip for on-the-plate drag cutting at high power up to 100
1Torch technology provides quick, reliable starts, a strong pilot arc to penetrate amps.
rust and paint, and the ability to cut expanded metal quickly and easily. • New, Improved Leads 1Torch Leads are lightweight, extremely flexible
and tough – the ideal combination of durability and ease of use.
• Rugged Case Design The CUTMASTER 101 is built for hard outdoor use • ATC™ (Advanced Torch Connector) Quick Disconnect Option. Our
as a portable plasma cutter. The innovative case design is the result of new quick disconnect design brings extra flexibility to any plasma system.
extensive stress testing and field evaluations . The wraparound roll bar protects Imagine being able to change out a damaged plasma cutting torch, easily
the case from damage resulting from shocks and collisions. The new powder convert from a hand to a machine torch operation, or simply put on a different
coat finish provides a harder, more resistant surface for protection against size torch all in the matter of a few seconds and not have to use any tools to
scratches and marks. complete the task!
CONSUMABLES:
SPECIFICATIONS
Stock No. Description
Output Current 20-80 Amps, Variable
1Torch™ Plasma Cutting Torch
Input Power 208 / 230V, Single Phase, 9-8215 Electrode, MaximumLife®
50/60 Hz, 74 / 67 Amps 9-8213 Start Cartridge
Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with plug (208/230V) 9-8206 Tip, 30A, Drag
9-8210 Tip, 60A
6’ (2m) without plug (400V)
9-8231 Tip, 70A
10’ (3m) without plug (460V and 600V 9-8211 Tip, 80A
Cut Capacity 1” (25mm) Genuine 9-8212 Tip, 90/100A
9-8218 Shield Cup
1 1/4” (32mm) Maximum
ATC™ Adapter Kit ATC Receptacle Connector
1 1/2” (38mm) Severance
This receptacle adapter is required for each power sup-
3/4” (20mm) Pierce ply using an ATC torch connection. This is connected to
the torch adapter kit specific to each power supply.
Duty Cycle 40% @ 80A, 100% @ 45A 7-5207
This is used to connect both the SL60 Light/Medium
Dimensions Length 27.4” (0.7mm) Duty Torch 20-60 AMPS and also the SL100 Medium/
Heavy Duty Torch 30-100 AMPS
Width 12.4” (315mm)
It is very easy to convert your existing plasma unit to accept the new
Height 18” (457mm) ergonomic Surelok 1Torch.
Weight 83 lbs. (37.6 kg)
We have listed some of the more popular Plasma Machines and
Gas Type Air Adaptor Kit needed to convert.
Gas Pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Manufacturer Stock No.
Gas Flow 8.2 cfm (231 Ipm)
ESAB® yellow
Pilot Start Cartridge PCS-53, 80, 90 7-3435
Control Hand Torch Switch or ESP-100i 7-3426
Hand Pendant Control HOBART®
Fab Shop 7-3440
MILLER®

Many other systems available... Spectrum® 250D, 500, 750


Spectrum® 700, 1000, 1250, Plus
P-TRON®
7-3433
7-3430
VISIT THE MILLER , THERMAL DYNAMICS WEBSITES
P-Tron 75, 100 7-3437
www.millerwelds.comm THERMAL DYNAMICS®
5XT, 5XR, 6XR,7XR, 625XR,750XR 7-3446
www.thermal-dynamics.com
8XR, 10XR, 1000XR, 1250XR, Pakmaster® 75, 100 7-3434
OR CALL US AT 50XL/XLP, 75XL/XLP, 100XL/XLP, CUTMASTER 50, 75 7-3447
AWISCO PakMaster® 50 w/ Smart Torch (Q.D.)
EconoPAK® 50
7-3445
7-3449

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


48 P LASMA M ACHINES

SPECTRUM 1000
®
200-208/230/460 V, 60 HZ
Stock No. MIL 907162-01-1

• Process: Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging. mechanized operation.


• Auto-Line™ automatic links unit to any • Quick-connect torch allows easy torch
primary voltage from 208 to 575 volts, connection or removal.
single- or three-phase, 50 or 60 Hz. • Starts without high frequency so it will
• LVC™ line voltage compensation not interfere with or damage controls or
provides peak performance power under computers.
variable input voltage conditions (176-630 V) • Cutting Capability
for steady cuts and cleaner ending cuts. Rated: 1 in (25 mm)
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only Quality: 1-1/4 in (32 mm)
operates when needed, reducing the Sever: 1-1/2 in (38 mm)
amount of airborne dust/dirt pulled
Comes Complete with:
through the unit.
• ICE-80T hand-held torch with 25 ft (7.6 m)
• Wind Tunnel Technology™
cable; or ICE-80TM machine-held torch with 25
prevents abrasive dust and
ft (7.6 m) cable and remote interface cables.
particles from damaging internal
• Heavy-duty work clamp with 25 ft (7.6 m) or
components.
• CNC/robotic machine interface is 50 ft (15.2 m) cable.
standard on all units, allowing automated • 12 ft (3.7 m) power cord
control and rapid changeover to • Extra consumables
25 ft (7.6 m) Torch
Rated Output Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz Plasma Gas Net Weight
Input Power Duty Cycle Dimensions
at 104° F (40° C) 208V 230V 400V 460V 575V KVA KW Flow/Pressure with Torch
3-Phase 230-575 V: 60% 7.8 CFM H: 17 in (432 mm)
41 36 21 18 14 14.6 13.7 92 lb.
208 V: 50% (220 L/min) W: 12 1/2 in (318 mm)
80 A at 150 VDC (41.7 kg)
208 V: 40% 69 62 — — — 14.3 14.4 at 70 PSI D: 20 1/2 in (521 mm)
1-Phase (483 kPa)
230 V: 50%

Accessories
LEATHER LEADS COVER MULTI-PURPOSE CART
Rugged and durable leather cover is 1-1/4" Stock No. 7-8888
diameter and held in place with snaps. Fits
all TDC torches from PCH-10 through PCH/ Rugged steel cart with large rubber
M-102. Available in four lengths. wheels, swivel casters, and extra shelf
Ordering Information: 15 ft. length 9-1258, to maximize system portability
20 ft. length 9-1260, 25 ft. length 9-1270, 50
ft. length 9-1280.

STRAIGHT LINE CUTTING GUIDE EXTRACTOR / DRYER


Stock No. 7-8911 • Cuts vertical, 90°, or bevel cuts. Stock No. LAM 520B
• Versatile, straight line cutter for hand •
Easy to install and maintain without removal
held systems.

Lightweight aluminum housing
• Magnetic mounts ensure placement
and ease of use. •
Immediate cost savings from decreased downtime
• Produce more efficient straight line •
Standard inlet and outlet NPT sizes
cuts with the Trakka. •
Improve equipment performance and product quality
• 4 ft. rail is standard, 4 ft. extension •
Standard 5 micron rating
and joiner is available. (lower microns available)
• Lightweight, minimum set up time • DP Gauge for rust and dirt particles
and no power required.
The patented Extractor/Dryer® is a two-stage filter with a light-
weight anodized aluminum housing. Designed primarily for the final
CUTTING GUIDE KIT usage of air, it will remove water, oil and other contaminants from
compressed air lines. Developed for air devices, tools, paint spray-
Stock No. 7-8910 ing, manufacturing equipment or any compressed air equipment to
The Cutting Guide Kit has been upgraded so that any produce clean, dry, compressed air. In return you receive extended
new kit will now adapt to the PCH-62 torch used with equipment life, improved product quality, reduced down time and
the CutMaster™ 50 system as well as with the PCH- savings on costly repairs to damaged equipment. These advantages
10, 25, 26, 28, 35, 40, 60, 75, 76, 80, 100XL, and RPT- will pay for themselves in a matter of weeks.
102 torches. Now one kit offers cutting guide ease of NPT SCFM MAX PSI Service Kit #
operation on all standard hand held torches from 12
1/4” 15 250 Stock No. 015SK
amps to 100 amps.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES 49

Stick Welding Machines

THUNDERBOLT® XL 225 AC
Stock No. 903641
• Exclusive patented Accu-Set™ amperage quickly select AC, DCEP or DCEN without
indicator provides accurate heat control with adjusting the output leads.
infinite amperage control. DC output adds • Forced-draft cooling fan ensures a cooler
better control on thin work and easier out-of- running product, extending the life of the
position welding, as well as fewer arc out- power source. Thunderbolt XL 225/150 AC
ages, less sticking and spatter. certified by Canadian Standards to both the
• Unit allows higher duty cycle when am- Canadian and U.S. Standards.
perage decreases, unlike some competitive
products in market. Comes Complete with: 15 ft (4.5 m) No. 4 elec-
• Infinite current control allows precise weld trode cable with heavy-duty electrode holder, 10 ft (3
output adjustment; get the exact heat you m) work cable with clamp, 225 model includes power
need to produce a better weld. cord with plug, 300/200 AC/DC model includes power
• Output selector switch allows you to cord (no plug).
ACCESSORIES
Stock No. Description
MIL 043927 Thunderbolt XL Running Gear. Includes two wheels, two feet and a handle.

Rated Output at 20% Rated Output at Welding Amperage Range Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Stock # Dimensions
Duty Cycle, 60 Hz 100% Duty Cycle Low High Circuit Voltage 220 V 230 V 400 V Weight
H: 18 3/4 in
Thunderbolt (476mm)
225 A at 25 VAC (15%) W: 12 3/4 in 85 lb
XL 225 AC 100 A 30-150 40-235 80 - 47.5 -
Duty Cycle, 50 Hz) (323 mm) (39 kg)
# 903 641 D: 17 1/2 in
(445mm)

THUNDERBOLT® XL
225/150 AC/DC & 300/200 AC/DC
• Exclusive patented Accu-Set™ amper- heat you need to produce a better weld.
age indicator provides accurate heat con- • Output selector switch allows you to
trol with infinite amperage control. quickly select low or high range without ad-
• Unit allows higher duty cycle when am- justing the output leads.
perage decreases, unlike some competi- • Forced-draft cooling fan ensures a cooler
tive products in market. running product, extending the life of the
• Thunderbolt XL 225 AC certified by Cana- power source.
dian Standards to both the Canadian and Comes Complete with: 15 ft (4.5 m) No. 4 elec-
U.S. Standards. trode cable with heavy-duty electrode holder,
10 ft (3 m) work cable with clamp, 230 V model
• Infinite current control allows precise includes power cord with plug, 300/200 AC/DC
weld output adjustment; get the exact model includes power cord (no plug).
ACCESSORIES
Stock No. Description
MIL 043927 Thunderbolt XL Running Gear. Includes two wheels, two feet and a handle.

Rated Output at 20% Rated Output at Welding Amperage Range Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Stock # Duty Cycle, 60 Hz 100% Duty Cycle Circuit Voltage Dimensions Weight
Low High 220 V 230 V 400 V
Thunderbolt AC 225 at 25 V 100 A 80
30-150 40-235
XL 225/150 (15% Duty Cycle, 50 Hz) H: 18 3/4 in 104 lb
- 47.5 -
AC/DC DC 150 A at 25 V 65 A 80 (476mm) (47 kg)
30-160
# 903 642 (15% Duty Cycle, 50 Hz) W: 12 3/4 in
Thunderbolt 130 A 80 (323 mm)
AC 300 A at 30 V 40-200 65-300
XL 300/200 D: 17 1/2 in 134 lb
70 67 39
AC/DC 90 A 80 (445mm) (61 kg)
DC 200 A at 25 V 30-200
# 903 686

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


50 S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES

DIALARC® 250 AC/DC


Stock No. MIL 907 017

Process: Stick (SMAW) ing performance offers wide range of


• Single-dial infinite current control electrode versatility; welds difficult-to-
simplifies and allows precise weld out- weld materials.
put adjustment; you always get exact • High output and duty cycle allow unit
heat needed to produce a better weld. to handle nearly all Stick welding needs.
• Two weld ranges for both AC and
• Optional Power Factor Correction
DC welding allow greater control of weld
with Dialarc 250 P for lower primary am-
performance for changes in welding con-
ditions. perage demand.
• Forced-draft cooling fan ensures • Optional remote weld output con-
cooler running product, extending life of trol provides current control without go-
power source. ing back to power source - saving time
• Superior 6010 and 7018 Stick weld- and effort.

Welding Amperage Rated Output Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Ranges Circuit Voltage Dimensions Weight
220 V 230 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
Low: 35-165 250 A at 30 VAC,
AC 70 103 90 45 36 20.7 11.8 H: 24 1/4 in (616mm)
High: 105-300 30% Duty Cycle 360 lb
W: 19 in (483 mm)
(163 kg)
Low: 35-155 200 A at 28 VDC, D: 28 in (711mm)
DC 79 80 70 35 28 16.1 8.2
50% Duty Cycle
High: 90-265

MAXSTAR® 150 S
Stock No. MIL 907-134

Process: Stick (SMAW) • Easy installation — Auto Line™


• Portable in the shop or at the job site— provides state-of-the-art flexibility to the
at 13.2 lb the shoulder strap allows the end user. The Auto-Line circuitry
end user to easily move from location to automatically connects to 115–230 VAC,
location. single-phase power without removing
the covers to relink the power source.
• Thermal overload protection with in-
No longer is there a concern if you have the
dicator light helps prevent machine
correct machine for the shop or job site.
damage if the duty cycle is exceeded
or airflow is blocked. • Adaptive Hot Start™ for Stick arc
starts auto-matically increases the
• Single amperage range allows
output amperage at the start of a weld
operator to accurately set amperage
should the start require it. Prevents the
on both 115 or 230 V primary power.
electrode from sticking and creating an
Comes Complete With: • Inverter-based, DC power source inclusion.
Power Source with cord, 13 ft (4m) has a simple-to-use operator interface
Stick electrode holder, 10 ft (3 m) work • Best in class Stick arc characteristics
providing only the necessary controls in
clamp, Shoulder strap. for those demanding jobs.
a compact machine.
Input Rated Output Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at KVA at KW Dimensions Weight
Power Amperage Range Circuit Voltage Rated Output Duty Cycle
50/60 Hz
115 VAC 70 A at 22.8 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 20-110 A 90 17.4 2.0 1.9 H: 9 in (229 mm)
13.2 lb
100 A at 24.0 VDC, 40% Duty Cycle 26.4 3.0 3.0
W: 5-1/2 in (140 mm)
(6.0 kg)
230 VAC 100 A 24.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 5-150 A 90 13.1 3.0 2.8
D: 13-1/4 in (337 mm)
150 A 26.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 21.6 4.9 4.7

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES 51

MAXSTAR ®
150 STL
Stock No. MIL 907 135-01-1
Stock No. MIL 907 135-01-2 (Includes the same as the 907 135-01 1 plus the Remote Control)

Process: • Inverter-based, DC power source has a


Lift-Arc™ TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) simple-to-use operator interface providing
• Portable in the shop or at the job site-at 13.7 only the necessary controls in a compact
lb the shoulder strap allows the operator to machine.
easily move from location to location. • Thermal overload protection with indica-
• Single Amperage Range allows operator to tor light helps prevent machine damage
accurately set amperage on both 115 V or if the duty cycle is exceeded or airflow is
230 V primary power. blocked.
• Built-in gas solenoid eliminates the need
• Adaptive Hot Start ™ for stick arc starts
for bulky torch with a gas valve.
Automatically increases the output amper-
Comes Complete With: Power Source with • Auto-line™ circuitry automatically connects
age at the start of a weld should the start
cord, 13 ft (4m) Stick electrode holder, 10 ft (3 to 115 - 230 VAC, single-phase power with-
m) work clamp, Shoulder strap. require it. Prevents the electrode from stick-
out removing the cover to relink the power
907 135-01-2 Includes basic machine with Stick/
source. ing and creating an inclusion.
Tig Package and Remote fingertip control

Input Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at KVA at


Power Rated Output Amperage Range Circuit Voltage Rated Output Duty Cycle KW Dimensions Weight
50/60 Hz
115 VAC 70 A at 22.8 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 17.4 2.0 1.9
20-110 A 90, 12-17 V*
Stick 100 A at 24.0 VDC, 40% Duty Cycle 26.4 3.0 3.0
115 VAC 100 A at 14.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 18.4 2.1 2.1 H: 9 in (229 mm)
5-150 A 90, 12-17 V* 13.7 lb
TIG 150 A at 16.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 28.0 3.4 3.1
230 VAC 100 A 24.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 13.1 3.0 2.8 W: 5-1/2 in (140 mm)
20-150 A 90, 12-17 V* (6.2 kg)
Stick 150 A 26.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 21.6 4.9 4.7 D: 13-1/4 in (337 mm)
230 VAC 100 A at 14.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 8.3 2.0 1.9
5-150 A 90, 12-17 V*
TIG 150 A at 16.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 14.2 3.2 3.1

CST™ 280 This model is with the Dinse style connectors


Stock No. MIL 907244
Process: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW)
• Easy voltage changeover between voltage ranges through a two position manual
switch. Conveniently located on the rear panel, It simplifies voltage change in racks.
• Simple to operate with a process selector knob which automatically sets the
proper dig setting on E6010 and E7018 electrodes providing superior stick
performance.
• Lift-Arc™ start for TIG arc starts without the use of high frequency.
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system operates only when needed providing power
efficiency and noise reduction.
• Stand-alone or rack-mounted for construction sites. Optional 4-pack racks,
commonly used in construction and shipyards, are available for multiple operator
applications. All controls including the power switch are located on the front of the
Durable yet lightweight Stick/TIG machine for easy access.
welding power source designed for • Remote amperage control provided through 14-pin receptacle on front of the
construction industry. 280 amps of
machine. This permits use of standard amperage control devices.
output is ideal for stick electrodes
up to 3/16 in and TIG welding of • Tweco or Dinse-style connectors available. The Dinse-style includes one set of
pipe and plate. male connectors; the Tweco-style does not.
Welding Amps Input at rated load output, 50/60 Hz Max. Open-
Welding Input Net
Amperage Rated Output Circuit Dimensions
Mode Power 208V 220V 230V 400V 440V 460V 575V KVA KW Weight
Range Voltage
Three- 280 A at 31.2 V, 35% Duty Cycle — 33 32 — — 17 13 15.7 10 H: 13 1/2 in
Phase 5 - 280 (343 mm)
Stick 200 A at 28 V, 100% Duty Cycle — 22 20 — — 11 8 10.3 6.4 W: 7 1/2 in 41 lb
79 VDC
(SMAW) Single- 200 A at 28 V, 50% Duty Cycle — 38 35 — — — — 9.8 6.5 (191 mm) (18.6 kg)
5 - 200 D: 18 in
Phase 150 A at 26 V, 100% Duty Cycle — 35 34 — — — — 6.9 4.4 (457 mm)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


52 S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES

GOLD STAR® 452


Stock No. MIL 903374

Process: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW), machine and excess noise in work
Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) Cutting and areas.
Gouging, Flux Cored (FCAW), MIG • Automatic thermal overload protec-
Spray Transfer (GMAW) Welding with tion with indicator light.
Voltage-Sensing Feeder • Enclosed circuit board provides
• Built-in arc control for Stick welding additional protection by eliminating
allows operators more flexibility when contaminants which cause premature
welding in tight areas where sticking failure of components.
electrodes is a problem. • Power efficient for exceptional value
• Hot Start™ makes it easy to start and return on you investment.
difficult electrodes. • Power cord strain relief.
• Simple control panel provides easy, • Optional digital voltmeter and
efficient operation. ammeter.
• Unique Fan-On-Demand™ cooling • Remote control capability allows
system operates only when needed. operators fine tuning capability at an
Reduces contaminants drawn into the extended distance.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz
Rated Output Dimensions Weight
Range Circuit Voltage 200 V 230 V 380 V 400 V 440 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
H: 30 in (762 mm)
including lift eye
300 A at 32 VDC, 352 lb
15-395 A 72 VDC 70 61 35 33 31 31 25 24.5 13.8 W: 23 in (585 mm)
60% Duty Cycle (160 kg)
D: 30-1/2 in (775 mm)
including strain relief

PRO-LITE® 250S
Stock No. THA 10-3068

This Thermal Arc ® Pro-Lite® 250S series installed to the improper voltage.
is a DC inverter arc welding power supply • Push Button Control Panel allows
with constant current (CC) output easy access to all functions and
characteristics offering the highest value controls.
and performance in a Stick welding • Dinse Twist Lock Output Terminals
source. All functions and controls are easily rugged output terminals allow for easy
set through robust, easy to use push button
polarity reversal and cable change.
switches on the front panel. Each function
• Remote Receptacle allows remote
is marked by a symbol and lighted LED
devices to be connected for controlling
that clearly marks which function is being
amperage and output contactor.
adjusted.
• Weighs less than 40 lbs. Portability,
The 250S includes a digital AMP/Volt
Meter, Hot Start, Arc Control, remote easy to carry.
control capabilities, and VRD (Voltage • Warning Code Circuitry alerts
Reduction Device) circuit as standard operator of power supply adnormalities.
features. • VRD Inside.
A tough, lightweight and compact design • VRD (Voltage Reduction Device)
makes the 250S ideal for light to medium reduces the OCV when the power
industrial applications. supply is not in use, eliminates the
• Smart Logic® Capability Eliminates need for add on voltage reducers, and
damage if the machine is accidentally has no effect on arc starting.
Input Power Rated Output @ Duty Cycle Output Range Dimensions Net Weight
250 A / 30 V @ 40% (208-230 V, 3 ph) 5 - 250 Amps (208-230 V)
14.2” x 7.1” x 16.5”
208-230/460 V 250 A / 30 V @ 40% (208-230 V, 1 ph) 39.7 lbs. (18.0 kg)
360 x 180 x 420 (mm)
250 A / 30 V @ 40% (460 V, 3 ph) 5 - 250 Amps (460 V)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES 53

THE WORKHORSE
Stock No. ACN 010300-004

• Stick welding with current 10 – 400 hydrogen electrodes, eliminating a major


Amperes in 2 ranges cause of slag inclusions in the weld.
• Single or 3-phase dual primary voltage • Inverter circuitry allows for low weight (79
240V/480V, 3-phase for the US market and lbs / 36 Kg) and rugged design.
400V 3-phase for export markets. Also • Fiberglass enclosure allows for the rough
available in single voltage 240V, 480V, handling in demanding environments like
575V and 400V construction sites, shipyards and offshore
• Easy to strike the arc oil rigs.
• Carbon arc gouging protection. (Circuit • The case has extra thick “skids” on the
design that eliminates the harmful currents bottom case as part of the design allowing
caused during arc gouging has been for the welder to be dragged on almost any
added) surface..
• Constant-arc-power characteristic means • Foldable handles and built-in grooves as
less dependence on a steady hand to well as ridges in the case, makes nesting
achieve a good weld and reduces risk for of units easy and practical.
electrode “sticking” • Units can be connected in parallel for
• Smart surge control reduces weld puddle higher current or in series for higher
agitation caused by big drops from low voltage, should there be a need for that.

Primary Rated Welding Welding Amp. Open Circuit Input Amperage at Rated Load
Output 50/60 Hz KVA KW Eff. Dimensions Weight
Input* Current (AMPS) Range Voltage
240 V 400 V 480 V 575 V Net Ship
400 amps @ 36V Range 1 H: 17.9” Approx. 85 lbs
29% Duty Cycle (45.5 cm)
20A @ 10V 80 lbs. (38.6 kg)
Three 300 amps @ 32V -180A TIG W: 10.5”
Phase 60% Duty Cycle 80 max 37 20 25 18 14.9 12.05 79.60% 36.3 kg)
10A-180A (26.7cm)
250 amps @ 28V
100% Duty Cycle Range 2 D: 19.5”
Single 200 amps @ 28V 80A-400A (49.5 cm)
Phase 100% Duty Cycle 45 NA NA NA NA NA NA

THE IRONHORSE Thir


hirddRail Welder
Rail
Stock No. ACN 010350-001

• Input power - 500 to 800 V direct current (DC)


• The fan is thermostatically controlled and does not run when welding below
100 A and stops 10 minutes after the welding has stopped.
• The welder is protected from voltage surges on the input up to 1000 Ws and
40,000 Amps.
What is unique about The Ironhorse, 300-Amp Stick/TIG welder, is its ability to run off the
DC power of the third rail or overhead catenary systems between 500 and 800 Volts DC.
The 80lb (36.3Kg) Ironhorse is ideally suited for tunnels where AC primary power is not
readily available, and provides subway and commuter systems with alternatives to using
generators, thermite, or to powering down. In addition, The Ironhorse may provide a
healthier and safer alternative to those options currently available. The Ironhorse also
Shown with optional features a “safety yellow” fiberglass case with extra thick drag skids. These are just two of
3rd Rail Clamp Assembly. the features specifically recognized by New York City Transit Authority.

Rated Welding Input Amperage at Rated Load


Primary Current (AMPS) Welding Amp.
Open Circuit Output DC KW Eff. Weight
Input* 60% Duty Cycle Range
Voltage 500 V 600 V 700 V Dimensions Net Ship
Range 1 H: 17.9” (45.5 cm) Approx. 80 lbs
DC 300 Amps 10-180 W: 10.5” (26.7cm) 75 lbs. (36.3 kg)
500 to @ 32 V
800V 80 max 28 23 20 12.05 79.60% D: 19.5” (49.5 cm) (34.0 kg)
Range 2
30-400

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


54 MIG W ELDING M ACHINES

MIG Welding Machines

HANDLER 125 MIG Package


Stock No. 500495 Includes Gas Solenoid, Regulator and 5 ft Gas Hose

Processes: MIG, Flux Cored (FCAW) Welding.


The Handler 125 is a rugged constant-voltage DC welder with built-in wire feeder, that operates off 115-volt
household current. It comes ready to weld, without shielding gas, using .030–.035 in (0.8–0.9 mm) self-
shielding flux cored wire. This is a great unit for outdoor applications when shielding gas could be blown away.
Welds up to 3/16 in steel with flux cored wire. Can also use 75% Argon /25% CO2 on gauge - 1/8” steel for a
cleaner weld with less spatter. Use Tri Mix gas and stainless wire for welding on 6 - 12 gauge stainless steel.
Use Tri-Mix gas and stainless wire for welding on 16–12 gauge stainless steel.

• Broad output range of 30 – 125 A Allows you • Primary circuit breaker Protects unit against
to weld up to 3/16 in steel with flux cored wire. current overload.
• Four output voltage settings with wire • Self-resetting thermal overload Protects
• feed speed tracking Provides a broader power transformer to ensure reliability.
Comes Complete With: Comfortable H- operating window for each wire, with quick and • Self-resetting motor protection Protects wire
9 gun, 8 ft (2.4 m) with liner for .023 – .035 easy adjustment for different thicknesses and feed system from overload, no fuses to change
in (0.6–0.9 mm) diameter wire, Three .030 joints. or circuit breaker buttons to reset.
in (0.8 mm) contact tips, Work clamp with • Built-in contactor Eases use and excellent • Convenient polarity changeover with spare
10 ft (3 m) work cable, 1 lb spool of .030 in safety feature which makes wire electrically tip holder Access makes it quick and easy to
(0.8 mm) self-shielding flux cored wire, “cold” until trigger is pulled. change polarity for solid or flux cored wire plus
Spool shaft to accommodate 4 in spools. • Durable feed head with quick-release drive convenient storage holes for spare tips.
(Optional hub kit available for 8 in spools.), roll tension lever Positive feed with adjustable • Separate “Fan Only” or “Purge” setting
Power cord with plug, Weld set-up chart, tension plus easy accessibility to thread new With gas solenoid installed, this position permits
Owner ’s manual with parts lists, wire. purging of the gas line and setting of flow rate
installation, operation, maintenance and • Dual-groove quick-change drive roll without wasting wire
wire welding guidelines, The Handler 125 Makes it easy to change from one wire size to • Hobart’s 5/3/1 Industrial Warranty Five-year
MIG also includes a gas solenoid (installed), another. One knurled groove for .030 .035 in warranty on transformers, three years on
Argon-mix regulator and 5 ft gas hose, (0.8–0.9 mm) wire, and one smooth groove for electronics (drive motors, rectifiers) and one
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) wire. year on guns.

Rated Output Current Max. Open- Wire Feed Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz, 1-Phase Dimensions Net
Range Circuit Voltage Speed Range 115 V KVA KW Weight
90 A, 19 VDC, at 0-415 IPM (0-11 MPM) H: 16-7/8 in (429 mm)
20% Duty Cycle 20 2.9 2.5 50 lb
30-125 A 29 V 0-500 IPM (0-13 MPM) W: 9-7/8 in (251 mm)
63 A, 21 VDC at 15 2.2 1.77 (22.7 kg)
20% Duty Cycle at no load D: 12-1/8 in (308 mm)

MILLERMATIC® 135
Stock No. MIL 907019
• Infinite voltage control with wire feed from solid or flux cored wires.
speed tracking provides broader operating • Built-in solid-state contactor circuit makes
range with finer control by automatically in- wire electrically “cold” until trigger is pulled.
creasing or decreasing wire feed speed when Makes unit safer, and is easier to position torch
voltage is adjusted. to work before starting weld.
• Durable cast aluminum feedhead incorpo- • Thermal overload protection shuts down
rates dual groove quick-change drive roll and the unit and activates over temperature light if
calibrated, spring-loaded tension arm designed airflow is blocked or duty cycle is exceeded.
to make setup easier and faster.
Automatically resets when fault is corrected and
• Easy access to output studs provides con- unit cools.
venient polarity change over when switching
Comes Complete with: Power source included, Power cord and plug, 10 ft (3 m), M-10 MIG gun and cable
assembly with liner for .024 - .035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) wire, 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp, Argon and AR/CO2
mix regulator/flow gauge with hose, Sample spool of .024 in (0.6 mm) solid wire, Two contact tips for .024 in
(0.6 mm) wire and two contact tips for .030 in (0.8 mm) wire, Dual groove drive roll for .024 in (0.6 mm) or .030/
.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) wire, Factory-installed contactor and gas solenoid valve, Information/settings chart.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Rated Output Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Weight
Range Circuit Voltage 115 V KVA KW
90 A, 18 VDC at 20-600 IPM
20 2.9 2.4 H: 17-1/2 in (444 mm)
20% Duty Cycle (0.5-15.2 m/min); 67 lb
30-135 A 28 W: 10-5/8 in (273 mm)
63 A, 21 VDC at 40-620 IPM at no load (30.5 kg)
15 2.2 1.8 D: 15-3/4 in (400 mm)
20% Duty Cycle, CSA (1.0-15.8 m/min)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


MIG W ELDING M ACHINES 55

MILLERMATIC® 175
Stock No. MIL 907020
• Infinite voltage control with wire feed speed tracking provides broader operating range with
finer control by automatically increasing or decreasing wire feed speed when voltage is adjusted.
• Durable cast aluminum feedhead incorporates dual groove quick-change drive roll and cali-
brated, spring-loaded tension arm designed to make setup easier and faster.
• Easy access to output studs provides convenient polarity changeover when switching from
solid or flux cored wires.
• Built-in solid-state contactor circuit makes wire electrically “cold” until trigger is pulled.
Makes unit safer, and is easier to position torch to work before starting weld.
• Thermal overload protection shuts down the unit and activates over temperature light
if airflow is blocked or duty cycle is exceeded. Automatically resets when fault is cor-
rected and unit cools.

Comes complete with: Power source included, Power cord and plug, 10 ft (3 m), M-10 MIG gun and cable assembly with liner for .024 - .035 in (0.6 - 0.9 mm)
wire, 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp, Argon and AR/CO2 mix regulator/flow gauge with hose, Sample spool of .024 in (0.6 mm) solid wire, Two contact tips for
.024 in (0.6 mm) wire and two contact tips for .030 in (0.8 mm) wire, Dual groove drive roll for .024 in (0.6 mm) or .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) wire, Factory-installed
contactor and gas solenoid valve, Information/settings chart.

Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Ship


Rated Output Range Circuit Voltage Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Weight Weight
230 V KVA KW
20-700 IPM
H: 17-1/2 in (444 mm)
130 A, 20 VDC at (0.5-17.8 m/min); 73 lb 81 lb
30-175 A 30 19.5 4.5 3.8 W: 10-5/8 in (273 mm)
30% Duty Cycle 40-720 IPM at no load (33.2 kg) (36.4 kg)
D: 15-3/4 in (400 mm)
(1.0-18.3 m/min)

MILLERMATIC® DVI™ MIG ARC WELDING POWER SOURCE,


WIRE FEEDER AND GUN PACKAGE
Stock No. MIL 907252 & 951044
Processes: MIG (GMAW) Flux Cored (FCAW) • Convenient MVP™ Adapter Storage for
• Dual Voltage: This unique system is the first plugs that are not being used.
Millermatic that allows you to connect to • M-10 MIG Gun features a durable one-piece
common 115 V or 230 V power receptacles handle, unicable outer jacket, and is trigger
without the use of any tools — there are no rated for one million cycles.
primary power jumper links to change. With • Power Switch / Circuit Breaker: This dual-
Miller’s exclusive MVP™ (multi-voltage plug) purpose power switch energizes the main
transformer and controls circuitry, while the 20
power cord adapters, just pick the MVP that
A circuit breaker protects the unit from overload.
matches the power receptacle, connect it to
• Comes Complete With:
the power cord and you are ready to weld.
• 10 ft. (3 m) power cord and MVP™ adapter
• Six taps provide welding range of 30-175 plugs for 115 V and 230 V
A with superior performance throughout its • 10 ft. (3 m) M-10 MIG gun for .030/.035 in
operating range. Welds materials 22 gauge up (0.8/0.9 mm) wire.
to 3/8 in thick on 230 VAC power, and 22 gauge • 10 ft. (3 m) work cable and clamp
Stock 907252: Basic package as shown, up to 3/16 in thick on 115 VAC. • Argon mix regulator/flow gauge with hose
Wire feeder and MIG Gun package.
• Industrial, dual-gear-driven, aluminum • .030/.035 in contact tips
Stock 951044: Includes Basic package
drive system features no-tool, quick-change • Factory-installed running gear/cylinder rack
plus, Spoolmate™ 3035, (Spool gun for
aluminum) dual cylinder rack, regulator, reversible drive rolls and easy-to-set, scaled • .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) reversible drive rolls
gas hose, and diverter valve switch kit. tension knob. • Set-up and operation video
Rated Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Weight
Output Amperage Range circuit Voltage 115 V 230 V KVA KW
68 A, 19.5 V*
20% Duty Cycle 15* — 2.27 1.85*
H: 32 in (813 mm)
30 - 135 A 50-600 IPM 168 lb.
90 A, 18 V
32 20 — 2.78 2.23 W: 19 in (483 mm)
20% Duty Cycle (1.3-15.2 m/min) (76 kg)
150 A, 23 V D: 39 in (991 mm)
30-175 A — 25 5.74 4.93
40% Duty Cycle

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


56 MIG W ELDING M ACHINES

MILLERMATIC® 210
Stock No. MIL 907046
• Seven taps provide wider welding range of 30-210 amps with superior performance
throughout its operating range.
• Industrial, dual-gear-driven, aluminum drive system features no-tool, quick-change
reversible drive rolls and easy-to-set, scaled tension knob.
• Convenient built-in dual gun/cable holder and consumable compartment.
• Easy-to-use operator interface and attached parameter chart makes it simple to set
weld parameters.
• M-25 MIG gun features durable one-piece handle, unicable outer jacket, trigger rated for
one million cycles, and steel spring coils protecting cable ends.
Comes Complete with: Industrial Power cord and plug, 12 ft (3.7m), 250 amp M-25
MIG gun for .030/.035 in wire, Factory-installed dual gas solenoids, 10 ft (3 m) work
cable and clamp, Argon mix regulator/flow gauge and hose, Extra contact tips, Fac-
tory-installed running gear/cylinder rack, .030/.035 in reversible dual groove drive
rolls, Set-up and operation video.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Rated Output Wire Type and Diameter Wire Feed Speed Dimensions
Range Circuit Voltage 200 V 230 V KVA KW Weight
Mild Steel/Stainless Steel:
160 A at H: 32 in (813 mm)
.023-.035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) 35-700 IPM 200 lb
24.5 VDC, 30-210 A 34.5 31 27 6.5 5.5 W: 19 in (483 mm)
Flux Cored: (0.9-17.8 m/min) (91 kg)
60% Duty Cycle D: 39 in (991 mm)
.030-.045 in (0.8-1.2 mm)

MILLERMATIC® 251
Stock No. MIL 903868

• Miller’s patent-pending Active Arc is shorted to work surface for more than
Stabilizer™ provides excellent starts 1 second.
proven superior to the competition! *3 Second Gas Saver - Gas is shut off if
• Adjustable run-in control is individu- arc is not detected 3 seconds after trig-
ally settable for both MIG and spool guns. ger is pressed.
Set at the front panel, this easily acces- *2 Minute Wire Saver - Wire drive is shut
sible feature allows the user to optimize off if arc is not detected 2 minutes after
starts to their application. trigger is pressed.
• Self-calibrating digital meters allow
• Industrial, dual-gear-driven, alumi-
presetting of voltage and wire feed
num drive system features no-tool,
speed. With spool gun, wire speed meter
quick-change reversible drive rolls and
displays setting - a feature not available
on competitive units. an easy-to-set, scaled tension knob.
• Easy-to-use Digital Operator Interface • Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only
and attached parameter chart makes it operates when needed reducing power
simple to set weld parameters. consumption.
• Convenient built-in gun and cable • M-25 MIG Gun features durable one-
holder and consumable compartment. piece handle, unicable outer jacket, trig-
• Exclusive internal timers: ger rated for one million cycles, and steel
*1 Second Tip Saver - Arc shuts off if tip spring coils protecting cable ends.
Comes Complete With: Power cord and plug (200/230 V model only) 12 ft (3.7 m), 200 amp M-25 MIG Gun for
.030/.035 in wire Work Cable and clamp Argon mix regulator/flow gauge and hose Factory-installed Running
Gear/Cylinder Rack Extra contact tips .030/.035 in reversible drive rolls Set-up and operation video

Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net


Rated Output Wire Type and Diameter Wire Feed Speed Dimensions
Circuit Voltage 200V 230V 400V 460V 575V KVA KW Weight

200 A at 28 VDC, Solid Steel:


60% Duty Cycle .023-.045 in (0.6-1.2 mm) H: 32 in (813 mm)
Stainless Steel: 25-700 IPM 215 lb
38 48 42 23 21 17 10 7.7 .023-.035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) W: 19 in (483 mm)
(0.64-17.8 m/min) (98 kg)
250 A at 28 VDC, Flux Cored: D: 39 in (991 mm)
40% Duty Cycle .030-.045 in (0.8-1.2 mm)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


MIG W ELDING M ACHINES 57

MILLERMATIC® 251 PUSH-PULL


Stock No. MIL 195161

• Add the optional Push-Pull Module for aluminum wire feed capability. XR™-
Edge or XR-A pistol guns can be directly connected to the Millermatic 251 with this
additional push-pull module.

• Able to utilize 12 in rolls of aluminum wire inside the Millermatic 251 for extended
aluminum welding time and reduced labor time due to changing smaller 1 lb rolls of
aluminum wire.

Order Push-Pull Module, Gun and Drive Roll and Accessory Kit separately.
Push-Pull Module Stock Number Gun XR-A Edge XR-A Pistol Drive Roll and
Accessory Kit XR-A Edge XR-A Pistol
Push-Pull Module # 195 161
15 ft (4.6 m) Cable #181 534 #198 127
Field Upgrade Kit for early Millermatic 251 # 195 203 .035 in (0.9 mm) #195 199 #195 201
units - consult the factory. 30 ft (9 m) Cable #181 535 #198 128
.047 in (1.2 mm) #195 200 #195 202
(Push-Pull Module sold separately)

MILLERMATIC® 350 208/230 V, MIG unit.


300 A at 32 VDC, 60% Duty Cycle,
Stock No. MIL 907163 1- or 3-Phase Input Power

Processes: MIG (GMAW), Pulse MIG • Fan-On-Demand cooling only operates when
(GMAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW) needed, reducing power consumption and con-
• Single- and three-phase input power with line taminants inside the unit.
voltage compensation for constant output with • Special Features:
fluctuations to the input power. • Single- or Three-Phase machine.
• Digital front panel/ user controls— makes pro- • Run-in adjustment for MIG, push-pull and
cess setup and weld parameters easy spool guns.
to adjust. • Built-in 2-minute spot/stitch timer.
• Operational information and weld param- • Pre-flow and post-flow adjustment.
eters settings along with extra storage for
• View actual welding amperage/voltage during
contact tips and drive rolls conveniently located
welding, and 5 seconds after arc has shut off.
behind flip down door.
• SharpArc® controls welding arc cone width in
• Industrial, 4-roll wire drive system features
pulse MIG welding mode.
two easy-to-set, scaled, tension adjustment and
• Inductance control customizes weld output char-
quick-change reversible drive rolls for .035 and
acteristics in MIG welding mode.
.045 wire.
• The Gun on Demand Feature allows you to keep
• Welds materials 22 gauge up to 1/2 in.
2 guns hooked up at all times.
thick.

Comes Complete With: C-4012 Roughneck ® MIG gun • Industrial power cord (without plug) for
single- or three-phase • Work cable with clamp • Factory-installed gas solenoid • Argon mix regulator/
flow meter • Factory-installed, low-mounted running gear/ cylinder rack • Drive rolls and compact tips.

Amperage Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Wire Type Net


Rated Output Wire Feed Speed Dimensions
Range 208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW and Diameter Weight
Three-Phase Solid Steel: MIG Gun: H: 34 in
300 A at 32 V, 34 30 15 12 11.6 11.5 .023-.045 in (0.6-12 mm) 50-700 IPM (863 mm)
60% Duty Cycle Stainless Steel: (1.3-18 m/min) W: 19 in 181 lb
25-400 A
Single-Phase .035-.047 in (0.9-1.2 mm) Spoolgun & Push Pull Gun: (483 mm) (82 kg)
300 A at 32 V, 69 61 30 24 13.1 11.2 Flux Cored: 50-800 IPM D: 41 in
60% Duty Cycle .030-.045 in (0.8-1.2 mm) (1.3-20 m/min) (1041mm)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


58 MIG W ELDING M ACHINES

DELTA-FAB™ SYSTEM 375 A at 35 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle,


50 or 60Hz, Three-Phase
Stock No. MIL 951022
Processes: MIG (GMAW) with mild steel, flux reputation of the Delta-Fab.
cored, stainless steel, and aluminum wires. • Four-Drive-Roll feeding system with
• Remote voltage control is standard. independent tension control handles small
Parameter adjustments can be made in weld and large diameter wires.
cell or at a remote location. • Large analog volt and ammeters for easy
• Adjustable material output studs provide the viewing.
flexibility to produce the optimal arc • 14-pin receptacle provides quick, direct
characteristics for aluminum, stainless steel and connection to wire feeders and accessories.
all other materials. • 115 VAC duplex receptacle provides 15 amps
• Solid-state weld contactor provides longevity of auxiliary power.
to match the ultra-durable and reliable • 14-pin select is easy to set up with no
external switches to put in the wrong position.
AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS
Includes the Model 24A Wire Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .045” 1/16”
Feeder (Drive Roll Kit not included). “V” Groove MIL 087132 MIL 046780 MIL 046781 MIL 046782 MIL 046784
DELTA-FAB SPECIFICATIONS “U” Groove – – MIL 044750 MIL 046785 MIL 046787
Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 60 Hz, Three-Phase
Rated Welding Output Voltage Range DC Dimensions Net Weight
230 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
H: 30 in (762 mm) (including lift eye)
375 A at 35 VDC, 69 34.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 W: 23 in (585 mm) 374 lb
10 - 45
100% Duty Cycle 4 2 1.6 1.61 0.46 D:30-1/2 in (775 mm) (including strain relief) (170 kg)
24A WIRE FEEDER SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power Electrode Wire Maximum Spool Wire Speed Remote Voltage Dimensions Net Weight
Diameter Capacity Size Capacity Control
.023 - 3/32 in 75 - 750 IPM H: 11 in (279 mm), W: 10-3/4 in 40 lb
24 VAC, 7 A, 50/60 Hz 60 lb (27.2 kg) Standard
(0.08 - 2.4 mm) (1.9 - 16.5 m/min) (273 mm), D:23-1/2 in (597 mm) (18 kg)

Drive Roll Kits for Wire Feeders and Power sources


Handler 125 ®
Millermatic 251®
Description Hobart Package Stock #s Miller Package Stock #s Description / Stock # Wire Size
Contact Tips V-Groove Drive Rolls Kits
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) MIL 087 299 (10 per package) MIL 204579 .030 & .035 in (0.8 & 0.9 mm) combination (Reversible)
.030 in (0.8 mm) MIL 000 067 (10 per package) MIL 087131 .023/.025 in (0.6 mm)
.035 in (0.9 mm) MIL 000 068 (10 per package) MIL 079594 .030 in (0.8 mm)
Nozzles HOB 196137 MIL 169715 MIL 079595 .035 in (0.9 mm)
Tip Adapter HOB 196135 MIL 169716 MIL 079596 .045 in (1.2 mm)
Liner HOB 210970R — V-Knurled Drive Rolls Kits (Flux Cored or difficult-to-feed wire)
MIL 212379 Dual Groove, one smooth groove for .023/.025 in MIL 079606 .035 in (0.9 mm)
Drive Roll Kit (0.6 mm) wire and one knurled groove for .030 - .035 in MIL 079607 .045 in (1.2 mm)
(0.8-0.9 mm) wire.

Millermatic 135® & Millermatic 175® Millermatic 350®


Description / Stock # Wire Size V-Groove U-Groove V-Knurled
Dual Groove, V-Smooth For .023/.025, .030 and .035 in MIL 087 132 MIL 044 750 MIL 046 792
MIL 202925 (0.6, 0.8 and 0.9 mm) wire. .023/.025 in (0.6 mm) .035 in (0.9 mm) .035 in (0.9 mm)
Dual Groove, V-Knurled For .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) or .045 in MIL 046 780 MIL 046 785 MIL 046 793
MIL 202926 (1.2 mm) flux cored wire. .030 in (0.8 mm) .047 in (1.2 mm) .045 in (1.2 mm)
MIL 046 781 MIL 046 786 MIL 046 794
Millermatic 210® & Millermatic DVI® .035 in (0.9 mm) .052 in (1.3 mm) .052 in (1.3 mm)
Description / Stock # Wire Size MIL 046 782 MIL 046 787 MIL 046 795
.045 in (1.2 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
V-Groove Drive Rolls Kits (solid wire) MIL 046 783
MIL 204579 .030 & .035 in (0.8 & 0.9 mm) combination (Reversible) .052 in (1.3 mm)
MIL 087131 .023/.025 in (0.6 mm) MIL 046 784
MIL 079594 .030 in (0.8 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
MIL 079595 .035 in (0.9 mm)
V-Knurled Drive Rolls Kits (Flux Cored or difficult-to-feed wire) Millermatic 210, DVI, 251 and 350: Drive roll kits include two drive rolls
MIL 079606 .035 in (0.9 mm) and an inlet guide.
Delta-Fab System: Accomodates 3/64 in (.045 and .047 mm) wires.
Delta-Fab® System
Wire Size “V” Groove for hard wire “U” Groove “V” Knurled “U” Gogged
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) MIL 087 132 for Soft wire or soft-shelled for hard-shelled for extremely soft wire or
.030 in (0.8 mm) MIL 046 780 cored wires cored wires soft-shelled cored wires
.035 in (0.9 mm) MIL 046 781 MIL 044 750 MIL 046 792
.040 in (1.0 mm) MIL 191 917
.045 in (1.1/1.2 mm) MIL 046 782 MIL 046 785 MIL 046 793 MIL 083 319
.052 in (1.3/1.4 mm) MIL 046 783 MIL 046 786 MIL 046 794 MIL 083 320
1/16 in (1.6 mm) MIL 046 784 MIL 046 787 MIL 046 795 MIL 046 800
.068/.072 in (1.8 mm) MIL 089 985
5/64 in (2.0 mm) MIL 046 788 MIL 046 796 MIL 046 801
3/32 in (2.4 mm) MIL 046 789 MIL 046 797 MIL 046 802

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


MIG S POOL G UNS AND C ONTROLS 59

SPOOLMATIC® 15A / 30A


Stock No. MIL 195156 (These guns are complete with the new
MIL 130831 PhosBronze liner and quick change FasTips)
Spoolmatic 30A Spool Gun Controls
WC-115A Weld Control
#137 546 Without contactor
#137 546-01-1 With contactor
This control operates on 115 VAC,
and is designed primarily for CC
DC power sources. It can also be WC-24 WC-115A
Weld Control Weld Control
used with CV power sources or
DC engine drives supplying 115 WC-24 Weld Control #137 549
VAC. When used with a CC Packaged in a compact,
source, the control circuit functions lightweight, nonmetallic
Industrial, well-balanced Spoolmatic 15A/ in a voltage-sensing mode. When enclosure, the WC-24 easily
30A spool gun features a built-in gas used with a CV source, it functions mounts directly on the power
valve, rotatable canister, reversible as a constant-speed circuit. source. It’s designed for use
drive roll and 15 ft (15A) or 30 ft (30A) Standard features include a wire with Miller CV power sources
cable reach. run-in control and a drive motor supplying 24 VAC and 14-pin
acceleration control which ensure receptacles. The control
optimum arc starting performance, includes a board-mounted
regardless of the type of power potentiometer which can alter
source being used. The WC 115A the drive motor acceleration
Spoolmate 15A: 9 lb (4.1 kg) with cable assembly comes with a 10 ft (3 m), wall type rate to optimize arc starting
Spoolmatic 30A: 14 lb (6.4 kg) with cable assembly plug power cord. performance.

SPOOLMATE™ 3035 SPOOLMATE™ 3545


Stock No. MIL 195016 Stock No. MIL 195015

These reliable yet economical Spoolmate spool guns provide


20 ft cable reach and accessibility, with smooth feeding of
aluminum wire.

Weight Spoolmate 3035: Spoolmate 3545:


9 lb (4.1 kg) with cable assembly 10 lb (4.5 kg) with cable assembly

CONSUMABLES
Spoolmate 3035 & 3545 Spool Gun Controls
CONSUMABLES FOR SPOOLMATE CONSUMABLES FOR SPOOLMATE
3035 3545
Contact Tips (5 per package) Contact Tips (5 per package)
#199 730 For .023 in #199 387 For .030 in
(0.6 mm) wire. (0.8 mm) wire.
#186 419 For .030 in #199 388 For .035 in
(0.8 mm) wire. (0.9 mm) wire. SGA 100 #043 856
#186 406 For .035 in #199 389 For .047 in Required to connect
(0.9 mm) wire. (1.2 mm) wire.
Spoolmate spool gun to the
Nozzle #186 405 Nozzle #199 386
Millermatic 135 or 175. Allows
Drive Roll (1) Drive Roll (1)
#199 731 For .023 in #186 413 For .030/.035 in
you to connect a Spoolmate
gun to virtually any similar MIG SGA 100C #043 857
(0.6 mm) wire. (0.8/0.9 mm) wire.
welder—Miller or other SGA with contactor required
#186 413 For .030/.035 in #199 396 For .047 in
(0.8/0.9 mm) wire. (1.2 mm) wire. brands. Includes 10 ft (3 m) to connect Spoolmate spool
Push Roll (1) Push Roll (1) 115 VAC power cable and gun to CV engine drives like
#199 732 For .023 in #186 414 For .030/.035 in plug, 6 ft (1.8 m) inter- Miller’s Bobcat™.
(0.6 mm) wire. (0.8/0.9 mm) wire. connecting cable, and 5 ft (1.5
Includes 10 ft (3 m) 115 VAC
#186 414 For .030/.035 in #199 397 For .047 in m) gas hose.
(0.8/0.9 mm) wire. (1.2 mm) wire. Note: For CV engine drives like power cable and plug, 6 ft (1.8
25 ft Extension Cable #194 99 Miller Bobcat™, use the SGA m) interconnecting cable, and
(For Spoolmate 3035 and Spoolmate 3545) 100C with contactor (#043 857). 5 ft (1.5 m) gas hose.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


60 MIG S POOL G UNS AND C ONTROLS

SELECTING A SPOOL GUN


What wire sizes
Processes: are you running?
What welding output? Recommended gun
MIG (GMAW) with aluminum and other soft alloy wires .023 - .035 in 150 A at 60% duty cycle– Spool mate 3035
Light and Heavy Industrial Applications: light industrial applications
.030 - .047 in 200 A at 60% duty cycle– Spoolmate 3545
Aluminum Fabrication Sign Manufacturing Trailers Auto light industrial applications
and Marine Repair .023 - 1/16 in 200 A at 100% duty cycle– Spoolmatic 15A / 30A
light and heavy industrial appli-
cations
SPECIFICATIONS
Model Welding Output Electrode Wire Wire Speed Max. Spool Dimensions Net Weight with
Rating Diameter Capacity Size Capacity Cable Assembly
Spoolmate 150 A at 60% .023-.035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) 115-715 IPM 4 in (102 mm) H: 11-1/2 in (291 mm) 9 lb (4.1 kg)
3035 Duty Cycle aluminum, steel and stainless steel Aluminum 1 lb W: 2-1/4 in (57 mm)
Spoolmate 200 A at 60% .030-.047 in (0.8-1.2 mm) 200-1200 IPM spool L: 8 in (203 mm) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
3545 Duty Cycle aluminum, steel and stainless steel Stainless and
Spoolamtic 70-875 IPM Steel 2 lb spool 9 lb (4.1 kg)
15A 200 A at 100% .023-1/16 in (0.6-1.6 mm) aluminum and H: 10-1/4 in (260 mm)
Spoolmatic Duty Cycle hard wires up to .045 in (1.1 mm) W: 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 14 lb (6.4 kg)
30A L: 15-1/8 in (384 mm)

CONSUMABLES FOR BOTH THE MODEL 15A AND 30A SPOOL GUNS. GUNS ARE SHIPPED WITH 1 EA .035 AND 1 EA .047 STANDARD TIPS.
Contact Tips Phos-Bronze Drive Rolls
Wire Size Stock No. Nozzle Diffuser Liner Dual Groove for All Wire Sizes
(Supplied with Gun)
.030 in Hard Wire 206176 197728 212156 136135 (use small groove)
.030 in Aluminum /.035 Steel Wire 206177 5/8” x 2 1/2 209875 212156 136135 (use small groove)
.035 in Aluminum Wire 206178 FasTip Diffuser 212156 136135 (use large groove)
.045 in Steel Wire 206179 185102 212156 136135 (use large groove)
3/64 (.047) Aluminum Wire 206180 Nozzle adapter Locking Nut 212156 136135 (use large groove)
1/16 (.068) Aluminum Wire 206182 212156 136135 (use large groove)
For older style 15A and 30A guns there is an upgrade kit which will accept the newly designed FasTips... For Guns with serial number LC344601 and
prior – Kit No. is Mil 210646 – – For Guns with serial number after LC344601 – Kit No. Mil 209875.

MIGMATIC™ M-SERIES
Process: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW)
• M-Series welding guns are an ideal match for Miller integrated MIG packages or
other Miller wire feeders.
M-40 • Three-piece nozzle construction extends nozzle life by reducing wear and helps
prevent rocking of nozzle on contact tip adapter.
• Interchangeable contact tips help reduce parts inventory.
• Brass contact tip adapter helps prevent galling, sticking and stripping of threads.
M-25 • Single-piece high-impact handle is almost indestructible with ergonomic design.
• Steel spring strain relief protects power cable from wear and helps prevent liner from
kinking, allowing better wire feedability. (Not available on M-10).
M-15 • 360-degree rotatable gooseneck permits trigger activation with either the finger or
thumb.
• Interchangeable monocoil liners help reduce parts inventory and are available in
most wire sizes.
• Optional adapter kits are also available that enable M-Series guns to adapt to other
M-10
brands of welding equipment.

Model Stock No. Cable Length Rated Output Duty Cycle Standard Wire Size Weight
M-10 195605 10 ft (3 m) 100 A 100% with CO2 gas, 60% with mixed gas .030-.035 in (0.8-0.9 mm) 3.2 lb (1.5 kg)
M-15 169591 12 ft (3.7 m) 150 A 100% with CO2 gas, 60% with mixed gas .030-.035 in (0.8-0.9 mm) 4.7 lb (2.1 kg)
M-25 169598 15 ft (4.6 m) 250 A 100% with CO2 gas, 60% with mixed gas .030-.035 in (0.8-0.9 mm) 7.2 lb (3.3 kg)
M-40 169606 15 ft (4.6 m) 400 A 100% with CO2 gas, 60% with mixed gas .035-.045 in (0.9-1.2 mm) 10.9 lb (4.9 kg)
M-15 and M-40 available in other lengths. Call Awisco for details.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


MIG S POOL G UNS AND C ONTROLS 61

CONSUMABLES ACCESSORIES
Contact Tips M-10/15 M-25 M-40 M-10/15 GUN CONVENIENCE KIT #193 973
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) 087299 087299 087299 3 – .023/.025 in (0.6 mm) contact tips (#087 399)
.030 in (0.8 mm) 000067 000067 000067
.035 in (0.9 mm) 000068 000068 5 – .030 in (0.8 mm) contact tips (#000 067)
000068
.045 in (1.2 mm) 000069 000069 000069 5 – .035 in (0.9 mm) contact tips (#000 068)
Contact Tip and Nozzle Adapters 1 – Contact tip/nozzle adapter (#169 716)
Contact tip/nozzle adapter 169716 – – 2 – Shock washers (#169 717)
Contact tip adapter – 169728 169728
Nozzle adapter 169729 3 – O-rings (#170 471)
– 169729
Nozzles 1 – 1/2 in (13 mm) dia. orifice nozzle (#169 715)
1/2 in (13 mm) orifice flush tip 169715 – – M-25/40 GUN CONVENIENCE KIT #193 975
(standard on M-10/15)
1/2 in (13mm) orifice – 169724 169724
5 – .035 in (0.9 mm) contact tips (#000 068)
1/8 in (3.2 mm) recessed tip 5 – .045 in (1.2 mm) contact tips (#000 069)
5/8 in (16mm) orifice – 169729 169726 2 – Contact tip adapter (#169 728)
flush tip (standard on M-40)
5/8 in (16mm) orifice
1 – Nozzle adapter (#169 729)
– 169725 169725
1/8 in (3.2 mm) recessed tip 3 – O-rings (#170 468)
5/8 in (16mm) orifice – 169727 169727 2 – Shock washers (#169 730)
1/8 in (3.2 mm) stickout tip 1 – 5/8 in (16 mm) dia. orifice nozzle (#169 726)

MIG Welding Guns

ROUGHNECK® C-SERIES
Process: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW)
• Standard aluminum jacketed goosenecks • Die-crimped power cable connections provides
increase gun durability, resist spatter, and dissipate maximum electrical conductivity and reduces heat
heat more effectively than copper alone. at power cable connection.
• 360° wrench rotatable gooseneck allows finger • Patent-pending one-turn screw-on copper and
or thumb actuation of the trigger and field replacement brass nozzles are available in a wide variety of sizes
of goosenecks. to fit most welding applications or operator
• Interchangeable goosenecks allow Rough-neck preference.
welding guns to adapt for hard to reach welds or • Heavy-duty nozzles feature patented reduced
operator preference. frontal area to decrease heat transfer for cooler
• Optional Adapter Kits allow Roughneck MIG operation.
welding guns to adapt to most major brands of • Reliable extended-life trigger is rated for 1.5+
welding equipment. million cycles and is quickly changeable if worn out.
• Steel spring strain relief protects power cable from FasTip™ contact tip features one fast turn on and
wear on both ends and helps prevent liner kinking, off. It also exhibits extended life when compared to
allowing better wire feedability. standard threaded contact tips.
Stock No. Gun Model Cable Length Rated Output Duty Cycle Standard Wire Size Weight
5.6 lb (2.5 kg)
194752 C-3012 12 ft (3.7 m) 300 Amps 100% using CO 2 (ratings with .035-.045 in
6.4 lb (2.9 kg)
194753 C-3015 15 ft (4.6 m) (0.9-1.2 mm) 7.5 lb(3.4 kg)
mixed gas are reduced by 10-50%
depending on the gas mixture and 7.5 lb (3.4 kg)
194755 C-4012 12 ft (3.7 m) 400 Amps .035-.045 in
welding parameters) 8.6 lb (3.9 kg)
(0.9-1.2 mm) 10.3 lb (4.7 kg)
CONSUMABLES
Standard Fast Tip™ Contact Tips Stock No. Screw-On Brass Nozzles Stock No.
.035 in (0.9 mm) 206177 1/2 in orifice - tapered 199610
.045 in (1.2 mm) 206179
.068 in (1.7 mm) steel and aluminum wires 206182 Roughneck® Guns are available in other Amperages and lengths.
5/64 in (2.0 mm) 206183 Call Awisco for details

IRONMATE™ SERIES
Stock No. MIL 195732 & MIL 195729
Process: Self-Shielded Flux Cored (FCAW-SS) • Two-piece liner reduces replacement liner cost.
• Ironmate Series welding guns are an ideal match for • Rugged, rotatable trigger is rated for 1,000,000 cycles
the Miller S-22P12 or Super S-32P and can be used and can be rotated to the top or bottom of the handle,
with other Miller wire feeders. allowing thumb or finger actuation.
• Replaceable cable and goose-neck liners means • Optional goosenecks and aluminum-jacketed
guns are not a throw away when the liners wear out. goosenecks allow accessibility of hard-to reach welds
Available in other Amperages and lengths. Call Awisco for details and aluminum jacket increases gun durability.
Model Stock No. Cable Length Rated Output Duty Cycle Standard Wire Size Weight
FC-1260 195732 10 ft (3 m) 350 A 60% 1/16-3/32 in (1.6-2.4 mm) 8.5 lb (3 kg)
FC-1260 195729 15 ft (4.6 m)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


62 MIG W ELDING G UNS

CONSUMABLES
Contact Tips (Qty. of 25) Stock No. Nozzle Stock No.
5/64 in (2.0 mm) Wire 198788 Insulated 198801

Awisco Stocks The most Common Guns


in both the professional and weldskill models. We are illustrating these models, other models and configura-
tions are readily available. Please check out the Tweco website www.tweco.com or call Awisco for a full catalog.

PROFESSIONAL SERIES WELDSKILL SERIES

The original Tweco Mig Gun, 60% Duty Cycle comes


complete with strain relief and cable support. Equipped The economical version of the Tweco Mig Gun, 60%
with a metal jacketed conductor tube. The professional Duty Cycle. Ergonomic handle. Three wire cable hose
series offers more quality and value than any other and fibre insulated conductor tube accepts all standard
Mig Gun on the market. Accepts all standard Tweco Tweco consumable parts.
consumable parts.

Professional Series
160 AMP MINI GUN 400 AMP MIG GUNS
• Light-duty hobby gun
60% Duty Cycle; Mixed Gases; Enhanced
• Neoprene insulated conductor tube
Direct Plug Capabilities
• Strain relief and cable support
• .035/0,9 wire 15 ft./5M Cable Stock No. Description
TWE M415-116 1/16-1,6 Wire 15ft./5M Cable
Stock No. Description
TWE M415-3545 .045/1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable
TWE 35-15 .035/0,9 Wire 15ft./5M Cable
This model has the Tweco rear connection These models have the Miller rear connection

Weldskill Series
150 AMP MIG GUNS 400 AMP MIG GUNS
• Uses standard Tweco Consumables. • Uses standard Tweco Consumables.
• Fiber insulated conductor tube. • Traditional Tweco fiber insulated conductor tube.
• New ergonomic handle design. • New ergonomic handle design.
• Standard three wire cable hose. • Three wire cable hose standard.
Stock No. Description
Stock No. Description Rear Connection
WM150M-10-3035 .035”-0,9mm Wire 10ft./3M Cable
WM400-15-3545 .045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Tweco
WM150M-12-3035 .035”-0,9mm Wire 12ft./4M Cable
WM400-15-116 1/16”-1,6mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Tweco
WM150M-15-3035 .035”-0,9mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Miller
WM400M-15-3445 .045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable
These models have the Miller rear connection Miller
WM400M-15-116 1/16”-1,6mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable

250 AMP MIG GUNS Every Tweco® Gun, both in the Professional
and Weldskill Series can be ordered with a
• Uses standard Tweco Consumables. direct rear plug connection to fit most late
• Traditional Tweco fiber insulated conductor tube.
• New ergonomic handle design. model Miller, Hobart and Lincoln Wire
• Three wire cable hose standard. Feeders... You can also order the Tweco rear
Stock No.
TWE WM250153035
Description
.045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable
Rear Connection
Tweco
connection and a Adaptor Kit. See the listing
TWEWM250M104045 .045”-1,2mm Wire 10ft./3M Cable Miller of some of the more common adaptors kits at
TWEWM250M124045 .045”-1,2mm Wire 12ft./4M Cable Miller the back of this section...
TWEWM250M154045 .045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Miller

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


MIG W ELDING G UNS 63

CONSUMABLES (Both the Professional and the Weldskill take the same consumables)

STANDARD CONTACT TIPS

TWE 11-23 TWE 11H-35 TWE 11T-35 TWE 14H-35 TWE 14AH-364 TWE 14T-35

Mini & No. 1 No. 2 & 4


Wire Size inches / Metric Standard Optional Optional Standard Optional Optional
Heavy Duty Tapered Heavy Duty Tapered
.023” 0,6 mm TWE 11-23 N/A TWE 11T-23 TWE 14-23 N/A TWE 14T-23
.030” 0,8 mm TWE 11-30 TWE 11H-30 TWE 11T-30 TWE 14-30 N/A TWE 14T-30
.035” 0,9 mm TWE 11-35 TWE 11H-35 TWE 11T-25 TWE 14-35 TWE 14H-35 TWE 14T-35
.045” 1,2 mm TWE 11-45 TWE 11H-45 TWE 11T-45 TWE 14-45 TWE 14H-45 TWE 14T-45
1/16” 1,6 mm N/A N/A N/A TWE 14-116 TWE 14H-116 TWE 14T-116
5/64” 2,0 mm N/A N/A N/A TWE 14-564 TWE 14H-564 N/A
3/32” 2,4 mm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

STANDARD NOZZLES & NOZZLE INSULATORS

TWE 21-50 TWE 21-50-F TWE 21T-37 TWE 22-50-SS TWE 22T-37-SS TWE 22-62

TWE 34A TWE 34CT TWE 24A-50 TWE 24AH-62 TWE 24A-62-SS TWE 24AT-37-SS TWE 24CT-62-S
Gun Model Nozzle Style Insulator 3/8” / 9,5 mm 1/2” /12,7 mm 5/8” /15,9 mm 3/4” /19,1 mm
bore bore bore bore
Mini-Mig-Gun (Standard) (Self-Insulated) (tip flush) N/A TWE 21-37-F TWE 21-50-F TWE 21-62-F N/A
21 SERIES

No. 1 (Standard) (Self-Insulated) (1/8” tip recess) N/A TWE 21-37 TWE 21-50 TWE 21-62 N/A
Optional (Tapered) (Self-Insulated) N/A TWE 21T-37 N/A N/A N/A
(1/8” tip recess)
(tip flush) TWE 21T-37-F
No. 2 (Standard) (adjustable) (recess to projection) 32 N/A TWE 22-50 TWE 22-62 N/A
22 SERIES

Optional (Short-Stop) (1/8” tip recess) 32 TWE 22-37-SS TWE 22-50-SS TWE 22-62-SS N/A
Optional (tapered) (tip flush) 32 TWE 22T-37-SS N/A N/A N/A
No. 4 (Standard) (Adjustable) (recess to projection) 34A N/A TWE 24A-50 TWE 24A-62 TWE 24A-75
Optional (Short Stop) (1/8” tip recess) 34A TWE 24A-37-SS TWE 24A-50-SS TWE 24A-62-SS TWE 24A-75-SS
Optional (SS Tapered) (1/8” tip recess) 34A TWE 24AT-37-SS N/A N/A N/A
24 SERIES

Optional (Heavy Duty) (Adjustable) 34A N/A TWE 24AH-50 TWE 24AH-62 TWE 24AH-75
Optional (Heavy Duty) (short stop) 34A N/A TWE 24AH-50-SS TWE 24AH-62-SS TWE 24AH-75-
Optional (Coarse Thread) (1/8” tip recess) 34CT TWE 24CT-37-S TWE 24CT-50-S 24CT-62-S SS
Optional (Coarse Thread) (tip flush) 34CT N/A TWE 24CT-50-F 24CT-62-F TWE 24CT-75-S
Optional (Coarse Thread) (1/2” tip recess) 34CT N/A N/A 24CT-62-R N/A
TWE 24CT-75-R

STANDARD DIFFUSERS STANDARD CONDUCTOR TUBES


TWE 51 TWE 52

Mini-MIG-GUN No. 1 No. 2 No. 4 TWE 35-60-60 TWE 61-60


TWE 35-50 TWE 51 TWE 52 TWE 54P
(Standard) (Standard) (Standard) (Standard)
Degree/ Mini No.1 No.2 No.4
TWE 35-50A TWE 51-23 TWE 52-23 TWE 54A
(use with AL Wire) (use with .023 wire) (use with .023 Wire) 45° TWE 35-60-45 TWE 61-45 TWE 62J-45 TWE 64J-45
TWE 52FN 60° (Standard) TWE 35-60-60 TWE 61-60 TWE 62J-60 TWE 64J-60
(use with No.4 80° TWE 35-60-80 TWE 61-80 TWE 62J-80 TWE 64J-80
nozzles) 180° TWE 35-60-180 TWE 61-180 TWE 62J-180 TWE 64J-180

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


64 MIG W ELDING G UNS

Adaptor Kits
Manufacturer Feeder Model No. Stock No.
Airco TWE TAK-35-A TWE TAK-35-A
For Mini MIG Gun and 160 Amp Guns For 180 Amp to 400 Amp Guns
Esab TWE MK35-E
This is for all guns for the most popular Esab Machines.
Hobart TWE MK35-HO
This is for all guns for the most popular Hobart Machines.
TWE TLAK7-35
Lincoln This is for all guns for the most popular Lincoln Machines.
TWE MK-35-L23
Linde This is for all guns for the most popular Linde Machines.
TWE MK-35-M TWE TMSAK-35
Miller For Mini MIG Gun and 160 Amp Guns For 180 Amp to 400 Amp Guns
All Tweco guns in both the Professional and Weldskill Series are available with the direct hook up to your existing Machine or Wire Feeder.
Give Awisco the Model No. and Serial No. of your Unit and we will order the correct gun.

MIG Welding Accessories


UNIVERSAL LUBE-MATIC WIRE
WELDING WIRE SPOOL ADAPTER UNTREATED CLEANER PADS RED
Stock No. OKI BWSUSA Stock No. OKI WAP007061
It keeps small jobs small when a large Red pads are recommended for all wires including aluminum and stain-
spool of wire is too much. less. Add Lube-Matic liquid to help feed mild steel and fabricated wire.
The universal welding wire spool adapter Color Rating Desity Tensile Packed Measure
quickly adapts most wire feeders and 6 pads,
Red SAE - 2 34.2 500 PSI
integrated MIG machines to use in a 4” 6 pressure clips
(1 lb. or 2 lbs.) spool without removing or
altering the standardized 2” spindle

NOZZLE DIP
assembly. It locates the small spool close

to the wire inlet of the wire feeder which
promotes a smoother feed of wires. The
Stock No. OKI WSRO-108-16
adapter allows the customer to use a 4”
spool for small jobs.
• Protects MIG gun nozzles, tips, fixtures and
positioners

NOZZLE CLEANER •

Nonflammable and nontoxic
Does not contain silicones or fluorocarbons
Stock No. ATL AT-NRC • Does not contain any ozone depleting chemicals
Available only in 16 oz. jar.
The Handy Mig Nozzle reamer/ cleaner uses expanding spring steel
blades to quickly remove spatter. By inserting the tool into a MIG
nozzle and turning, you will be assured of unrestricted gas flow and
cleaner, stronger welds. There is no need to wait for the nozzle to ANTI SPATTER ™

cool before cleaning. Self adjusting to fit all nozzle sizes. Stock No. OKI WSRO-1620-16
• For MIG gun nozzles and welding surfaces
• Reduces spatter build up and clean up time

LUBE-MATIC
• Heat resistant, nonflammable and paint compatible
• Does not contain silicones or fluorocarbons

WIRE CLEANER AND LUBRICANT • Does not contain any ozone depleting chemicals
Available only in a 16 oz. aerosol can.
Stock No. OKI WAP007040
Cuts rust and reduces drag. 5 oz. size.
WELPER
Stock No. WES PLPL 2012
LUBE-MATIC WIRE • Specialty multipurpose tool designed specifically for

TREATED CLEANER PADS


CO2 welding operations.
• A single pair which serves eight purposes for MIG
welding - saves time and increases productivity.
Black • Designed for hammering, wire cutting, insulation
Stock No. OKI WAP007060 bushing removal and installation and drawing out wire
Black pads are pre-treated with • Ideally suited for the removal of spatter from inside,
Lube-Matic liquid. Recommended outside and nozzle-end.
for mild steel and fabricated wires. • Perfect for removal and installation of contact tips and
nozzles.
Color Rating Desity Tensile Packed Measure
• Spring loaded for easy opening and closing
6 pads,
Black SAE - 7 26.2 250 PSI • Manufactured from high quality carbon steel for
6 pressure clips strength and durability.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


TIG W ELDING M ACHINES 65

ECONOTIG®
Stock No. MIL 903367 230 Volts Better for areas with true 230 Volt Service
Stock No. MIL 903422 200 Volts Better for most of the N. Y. City area where you do not have true 230 Volt.
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) Upgraded • Special arc starting circuitry eliminates high
circuitry gives you finer TIG output adjustment with frequency starts.
the remote foot or fingertip control. If you need more • Built-in arc assist starter for DC TIG.
output while using the remote control, simply increase • Built-in arc assist stabilizer for AC TIG on
the setting of the front panel amperage control. aluminum.
Gas • AC output for superior aluminum welding and • Process switch automatically sets machine for
Regulator DC output for mild and stainless steel. Four TIG or Stick.
position polarity and range selector switch • Unique “flow-through” shielding gas TIG torch
offers two AC current ranges, DC electrode (–) for connection allows removal of torch without tools.
TIG, and DC electrode (+) for Stick.
RFC-14
Foot Control Comes Complete with: Power source with primary cord (plug provided on 230 volt model), DB1712RDI
Gas TIG torch with backcap, ceramic gas cup, 3/32 in (2.4 mm) collet and collet body, and 2% thoriated
Hose tungsten International-style quick-connect torch, 12 ft work cable and clamp, 15 ft Stick electrode
holder, 20 ft RFCS-14 foot-operated remote control, Gas regulator, flowmeter and 12-1/2 ft shielding
gas hose, “How-To” DVD (in English and Spanish), Spanish Owner’s Manual is available upon request.
ACCESSORIES
Item No. Description
MIL 042934 Universal Cart / Cylinder Rack
Electrode Work Cable 150 Amp
Holder and Clamp TIG Torch
MIL 151086 Remote Control RCC-14
and Quick- MIL 129340 Remote Control RHC-14
Connect See ACCESSORIES at the end of this section. For additional TIG items, refer to the TIG section in this catalog.
Rated Output at Welding Amperage Range Input Amps
Max. Open-Circuit Voltage Dimensions Net Weight
20% Duty Cycle AC High AC Low DC at Rated Output
TIG: 150 A at 15 VDC TIG Welding Range 200 V 60 A
150 A at 15 VAC 50-165 20-50 30-160 230 V 52 A H: 18 in (457 mm)
78 460 V 33 A W: 13 in (330 mm) 140 lb (64 kg)
Stick: 130 A at 25 VDC Stick Welding Range
380 V 39 A D: 25-1/2 in (648 mm)
150 A at 25 VAC 35-165 20-50 25-130 415 V 36 A

SYNCROWAVE® 180SD
Stock No. MIL 907054

Processes: TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) fill capabilities required on aluminum and
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only op- magnesium.
Electrode Gas
erates when needed. Dual digital meters al- • Line voltage compensation keeps output of
Holder and Regulator low for quick and easy viewing of actual and the power source constant regardless of
Quick- preset values of amperage and voltage. fluctuations in the utility power (±10%) for
Connect
Gas • Adjustable Postflow 5 - 18 sec. 230 volts.
Hose
• Last procedure recall automatically recalls • Process switch automatically sets machine
the last procedure set-up when switching for TIG or Stick, eliminating guess work.
polarity. • Thermal overload protection circuit senses
RFCS-14 • Single-range vernier control allows finer TIG when machine is too hot, and automatically
Control with
20 ft. cord output adjustment with remote foot or fin- turns output off, protecting the machine.
150 Amp TIG
12 ft. Work Cable with Torch with gertip amperage control, providing crater
Clamp and Quick Connect 12½ ft. cord
ACCESSORIES
Comes Complete with: Power source with
primary cord 150 amp, TIG Torch with 12 Item No. Description
1/2 ft (3.8 m) cord, 12 ft (3.7 m) work cable MIL 042934 Universal Cart / Cylinder Rack
and clamp, Electrode holder and quick- MIL 151086 Remote Control RCC-14
connect RFCS-14 Foot Control with 20 ft
(6 m) cord Gas regulator and gas hose, MIL 129340 Remote Control RHC-14
Syncrowave 180 SD Runner includes all of MIL 043554 Remote Control RFCS-14
the above PLUS No. 35 Running Gear. See ACCESSORIES at the end of this section. For additional TIG items, refer to the TIG section in this catalog.
Input Rated Output at Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated KVA KW Dimensions Net Weight
Power 40% Duty Cycle Amperage Range Circuit Voltage Output, 50/60 Hz
208-230 V 150 A at 26 V DC: 10-180 A 80 54 12.3 4.5 H: 30 in (762 mm) 224 lb
460 V AC: 10-180 A 27 12.52 4.49 W: 16 in (406 mm) (102 kg)
575 V 22 12.35 4.46 D: 22 - 1/8 in (562 mm)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


66 TIG W ELDING M ACHINES

SYNCROWAVE® 250 DX
Stock No. MIL 903726 200/230/460 V, 50/60 Hz, Standard Model
Squarewave output with AC balance control features Allows for greater accuracy and repeatability in the
adjustable penetration and cleaning action while welding procedure.
increasing arc stability on various aluminum alloys, and Built-in consumable storage
helps eliminate tungsten spitting and arc rectification. drawer located on the front panel
NEW! Built-in cable hangers on both allows the operator to store and readilym access the
sides conveniently fold out of power supply to allow all needed consumables to be more productive.
weld cables to be neatly stored to prevent torch or cable Fan-On-Demand™ reduces maintenance by reducing
damage. the amount of airborne contaminants pulled through the
Last procedure recall automatically recalls the last machine.
procedure set-up when switching polarity. Prevents Lift-Arc™ for DC TIG arc starts allows TIG starting
operator confusion and reduces training time without the use of high frequency. This feature starts the
requirements. arc in DC at any amperage without contaminating the
Line voltage compensation keeps power source weld or the tungsten.
constant regardless of fluctuations in input power (±10%). Adaptive Hot Start™ for Stick arc starts
Other Models, Standard built-in preflow 0.2 – 5 seconds will purge the automatically increases the output
Including packages available... weld area prior to welding. Standard built-in postflow
0–50 seconds will protect the weld and tungsten when amperage at the start of a weld should the start require
Contact Awisco welding is completed. it. Prevents the electrode from sticking and creating an
Comes Complete With: Syncrowave 250 inclusion.
Help messages provide assistance to the operator
DX TigRunner® Package: Power Source about output status for machine circuitry. Optional built-in sequencer allows the operator to set
a start current that is higher or lower than the welding
Included, Cool Runner™ 3X, No. 32 Run- Optional built-in pulser provides a current. The final slope/ final amperage controls provide
ning Gear, Remote Foot Control, 45V11 heating and cooling effect on the weld puddle to reduce crater fill and tailout of the weld.
TIG Block, Factory Assembled. the heat input and distortion of the material. Selectable starts allows the operator to choose from
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW), Dual digital meters allow for quick and easy viewing of three different starting conditions to optimize the
actual and preset values of amperage and voltage. application.
Pulsed TIG, (GTAW-P) (Optional)
Rated Output Power Factor 60 Hz Amps Input at AC Balance, Rated Load, 1-Phase Welding
Correction 200V 230V 460V 575V KVA KW Amp Range Max OCV Dimensions Weight
200 A, 28 VAC, 88 77 38 31 17.6 8.6 H: 36-1/4 in
60% Duty Cycle, Without 5 - 310 A 80 V
3.3 2.8 1.5 1.1 .59 .29
NEMA Class I (40) 60 52 26 21 12.06 8.11 (921 mm)
With 5 - 310 A 80 V W: 22-1/2 in 389 lb
55.3 49.5 24.5 19.6 11.2 .39
110 96 48 38 21.98 11.76 (572 mm) (176 kg)
Without 5 - 310 A 80 V
250 A, 30 VAC, 3.3 2.8 1.5 1.1 .59 .29
40% Duty Cycle, D: 25 in
82 71 35 28 16.32 11.81
NEMA Class II (40) With 5 - 310 A 80 V (635 mm)
55.3 49.5 24.5 19.6 11.2 1.93

SYNCROWAVE® 350 LX
Stock No. MIL 903736011
• Squarewave output with AC balance control source constant regardless of fluctuations in in-
features adjustable penetration and cleaning ac- put power (±10%).
tion while increasing arc stability on various alu- • Built-in cable hangers on both sides conve-
minum alloys, and helps eliminate tungsten spit- niently fold out of power supply so weld cables
ting and arc rectification. can be stored to prevent torch or cable damage.
• Dual digital meters allow for quick and easy • Built-in consumable storage located on the
viewing of actual and preset values of amperage
front panel allows the operator to store and readily
and voltage.
• Last procedure recall automatically recalls the access the needed consumables to be more pro-
last procedure set-up when switching polarity. ductive.
• Built-in preflow/postflow provides 0 - 10 sec- • Optional Full-Feature Model adds start time/
onds of preflow and 0 - 50 seconds of postflow. spot time control, crater time control, sequence
• Line voltage compensation keeps power selection switch, and start/final current control
Comes Complete With: Syncrowave 350 LX TIGRunner® Package: Power source, Cool Runner™ 3X, No. 32
Running Gear, Remote foot control, 45V11 TIG block, Factory Assembled. Syncrowave 350 LX TIGRunner®
with Torch Package: Includes TIGRunner Package, 25 ft, 250 amp water-cooled DB20M25R Diamondback™
torch, Work clamp, 10 ft gas hose, Regulator/flowmeter, Cable cover, AK-4 accessory kit.
Power 50/60 Hz Amps Input at AC Balance, Rated Load, 1 Phase Welding
Factor Amp Max
Rated Output Correction 200 V 220 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 460 V 520 V 575 V KVA KW Range OCV Dimensions Weight
350 A, 34 VAC, Without 129 117 112 65 58 56 49 45 25.8 14.3 3-400 A 80 V H: 40 in 515 lb
40% Duty Cycle 5* 5* 4* 3* 2* 2* 2* 2* 1.2* 0.4* (1016 mm) (234 kg)
With 98 89 85 49 44 43 37 34 19.6 14.0 3-400 A 80 V W: 22-7/8 in
69* 63* 60* 35* 31* 30* 26* 24* 13.8 0.4* (581 mm)
300 A, 32 VAC, Without 150 137 131 75 68 66 57 53 30.5 17.7 3-400 A 80 V D: 25-1/4 in
60% Duty Cycle 5* 5* 4* 3* 2* 2* 2* 2* 1.2* 0.4* (641 mm)
With 118 107 103 59 53 52 45 41 23.6 17.7 3-400 A 80 V
69* 63* 60* 35* 31* 30* 26* 24 13.8* 0.4*
*While idling.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


TIG W ELDING M ACHINES 67

DYNASTY® 200
Stock No. MIL 907099

Process: TIG (GTAW) Pulsed TIG, Stick (SMAW) the need for add-on voltage reducers.
• AC frequency control range of 20 - 250 Hz • Inverter-based, AC/DC power source has
provides control for a focused arc, resulting in state-of-the-art operator interface allowing the user
better directional control to help produce desired extra set-up capabilities in a compact machine.
arc/weld bead characteristics. Features more precise control of output param-
• Built-in pulser reduces heat input; adds arc eters.
stability. • HF arc starting provides non-contact arc start-
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only oper- ing that eliminates tungsten or material contami-
ates when needed. nation.
• Portable in the shop or at the job site - at 45 lb • Lift-Arc™ start provides TIG arc starting with-
the unit is easily moved from location to location. out use of high frequency.
• Superior TIG/Stick arc performance on all in- • Programmable HF start parameters allows the
put voltages. Even on the difficult-to-run electrodes operator to independently set HF starting condi-
like E6010. tions based upon process or application.
• Low OCV Stick is a simple design that reduces • Extended Balance Control range (30-90% EN)
open-circuit voltage to 13 volts when power source allows precise cleaning control and prolonged
is not in use. This built-in circuit design eliminates tungsten life.

Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at AC Balance, Rated Load, 1 Phase


Welding Input Rated Net
Amperage Circuit Dimensions
Mode Power Output 120 V 230 V 400 V 460 V KVA KW Weight
Range Voltage
TIG 3-Phase 200 A at 18 V, 120 VAC 80 VDC - 13.7 8.7 6.9 5.5 5.2
(GTAW) 20% Duty Cycle 1-150 A 5-10** - 0.16* 0.24* 0.25* 0.06* 0.03*
150 A at 16 V, 200-460 VAC - 9.4 6.0 4.7 3.8 3.6
60% Duty Cycle 1-200 A - 0.16* 0.24* 0.25* 0.06* 0.03* H: 13-1/2 in (343 mm)
Stick 1-Phase 150 A at 16 V, - 15.8 - 7.9 3.6 3.6 45 lb
W: 7-1/2 in (191 mm)
(SMAW) 60% Duty Cycle - 0.23* - 0.25* 0.05* 0.02* (20.5 kg)
D: 21-1/2 in (546 mm)
140 A at 15.6 V 31.0 - - - 3.6 3.5
40% Duty Cycle 0.42* - - - 0.05* 0.03*
100 A at 14 V, 20.7 - - - 2.3 2.3
100% Duty Cycle 0.42* - - - 0.05* 0.03*
*While idling. **Sense voltage for Stick and Lift-Arc™ TIG. Note: Duty cycle limitations on units with 115 V input power are due to the input power cord supplied with the unit.

DYNASTY® 300
Stock No. MIL 903841-01-1
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Pulsed TIG (GTAW- the power source.
P) with DX and LX models, Stick (SMAW) • HF arc starting provides non-contact arc
• AC frequency control range of 20 - 250 starting that eliminates tungsten or material
Hz provides control for a focused arc, result- contamination.
ing in better directional control to help pro- • Superior Arc Performance even on diffi-
duce desired arc/weld bead characteristics. cult to run electrodes like E6010.
• Programmable HF start parameters al- • Built-in pulser reduces heat input; adds
lows the operator to independently set HF arc stability (DX model only).
starting conditions based upon process and • Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only op-
memory selection. erates when needed.
• Auto-Link® provides connection to 230 V • Memory recall stores up to 4 weld proce-
or 460 V single- or three-phase power with- dures per process (AC or DC TIG, Stick) (DX
out having to remove the covers and relink model only).
Comes Complete With: Power Source with Auxiliary Power Included Coolmate™ 3 Deluxe carrying cart/cylinder rack
Remote Foot Control Factory Assembled Dynasty 300 TIGRunner™ with Torch Package: Includes TIGRunner shown
above and 25 ft 250 amp, water-cooled DB20M25R Diamondback™ torch Work clamp 10 ft gas hose Regulator/
flowmeter Cable Cover AK-4 accessory kit
Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Rated Output at
Input Amperage Circuit Dimensions Net Weight
40% Duty Cycle 230 V 460 V KVA KW
Power Range Voltage
Three- 250 A at 30 VAC 5 - 300 A 95 VDC 26.3 17 14.2 10.5 H: 17 in (432 mm) Without Aux. Power:
Phase 200 A at 28 VDC 20.5 13.4 8.39 7.7 W: 12 - 1/2 in (318 mm) 90 lb (41 kg)
Single- 250 A at 30 VAC 63 32.2 14.8 10.4 D: 24 in (610 mm) With Aux. Power:
Phase 200 A at 28 VDC 44 25.8 11.9 8.1 106 lb (48.1 kg)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


68 TIG W ELDING M ACHINES

MAXSTAR® 200 STR


Stock No. MIL 907036

Process: TIG (GTAW), Pulsed TIG (GTAW- • Portable in shop or at job site - at 32 lb
P) with DX and LX models, Stick (SMAW) the Maxstar 200 STR is easily moved from
• Low OCV Stick is a simple design that re- location to location.
duces open-circuit voltage to 13 volts when • Adaptive Hot Start™ for Stick arc starts
power source is not in use. This built-in cir- automatically increases output amperage at
cuit design eliminates the need for add-on start of weld should the start require it. Pre-
voltage reducers. vents electrode from sticking and creating an
• Superior Stick arc performance on all in- inclusion.
put voltages. Even on the difficult to run elec- • Lift Arc™ start for TIG arc starts without
trodes like E6010. the use of high frequency.
Comes Complete with: Power source included (2) International-style connectors 35/50 are included.
Welding Input Rated Output Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz Dimensions Weight
Mode Power Amperage Circuit Voltage 120V 200V 230V 400V 440V 460V KVA KW
Range
Stick 3-Phase 150 A at 26 V, 120 VAC, 80 VDC, - 14.7 13.1 7.4 6.6 6.4 5.2 5.0
(SMAW) 60% Duty Cycle 1-90 A 9-14 VDC - 0.16 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.25 0.06 0.03
1-Phase 150 A at 26 V, 200-460 VAC, - 24.9 21.7 - - - 5.0 5.0
60% Duty Cycle 1-200 A - 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.02
125 A at 25 V, 34.1 19.6 17.2 - - - 4.0 3.8
50% Duty Cycle 0.42 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.03 H: 9 in (229 mm)
90 A at 24 V, 25.0 - - - - - 4.0 3.8 13.7 lb
100% Duty Cycle 0.42 - - - - - 0.05 0.03 W: 5-1/2 in (140 mm)
TIG 3-Phase 175 A at 17 V, 120 VAC 80 VDC - 12.1 10.5 6.0 5.3 5.2 4.2 4.0 (6.2 kg)
D: 13-1/4 in (337 mm)
(GTAW) 60% Duty Cycle 1-140 A - 0.16 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.25 0.06 0.03
1-Phase 175 A at 17 V, 200-460 VAC - 19.9 17.4 - - - 4.0 4.0
60% Duty Cycle 1-200 A - 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.02
150 A at 16 V, 29.7 17.1 14.1 - - - 3.4 3.4
70% Duty Cycle 0.42 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.03
110 A at 15 V, 20.0 - - - - - 2.0 2.0

MAXSTAR® 300 SD / DX
Stock No. MIL 903836, 903836-01-2 & 903842-01-1

Process: TIG (GTAW), Pulsed TIG (GTAW- memory selection.


P) with DX and LX models Stick (SMAW) • Superior TIG/Stick arc performance on
• Auto-Link® provides connection to 230 V all input voltages. Even on the difficult to run
or 460 V single- or three-phase power with- electrodes like E6010.
out having to remove the covers and relink • HF arc starting provides non-contact arc
the power source. starting that eliminates tungsten or material
• Programmable HF start parameters al- contamination.
lows the operator to independently set HF • Lift-Arc™ start provides TIG arc starting
starting conditions based upon process and without the use of high frequency.
Comes Complete With: Maxstar 300 DX TIGRunner® : Maxstar 300 DX w/auxilary power Coolmate™ 3
Deluxe carrying cart/cylinder rack International TIG torch adapter Remote foot control.
Maxstar 300 DX TIGRunner® with Torch: 25 ft 250 amp, water-cooled DB20M25R Diamondback™ torch
Work clamp 10 ft gas hose Regulator/flowmeter Cable cover AK-4 accessory kit

Model Stock No. Features


Maxstar 300SD 903836 Basic Controls, 230/460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Maxstar 300DX 903836-01-2 Full feature Controls 230/460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Full feature controls w/TIGRunner® and 250 A torch package
Maxstar 300DX 903842-01-1

Max. Open- Amps input at Rated Output, 60 Hz


Input Rated Output at Welding Amperage
Circuit Dimensions Net Weight
Power 60% Duty Cycle Range 230 V 460 V KVA KW
Voltage
Three- 250 A at 30 VDC 25.4 16.2 12.8 8.8 Without Aux. Power:
Phase H: 17 in (432 mm) 85 lb (39 kg)
200 A at 28 VDC 5 - 300 A 95 VDC W: 12 - 1/2 in (318 mm)
Single- 40.2 — 9.3 6.8 With Aux. Power:
D: 24 in (610 mm)
Phase 100 lb (45 kg)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES 69

The following illustrations show typical TIG torch hook-up connections for both water cooled and air cooled torches.
Awisco has all of the components necessary to complete your hook up.
Water Cooled TIG Torch-Water Circulator

Water Cooled TIG Torch-City Water Supply

Order The Tig Welding Basics Book


Item No. 324-0010
An all inclusive study of the fundamentals of this widely used process as well as concise and practical information on
techniques used to produce a good weld. This is a well illustrated comprehensive text that contains a wide range of informa-
tion on closely related subjects such as joint design, weld symbols, weld defects, troubleshooting, and safety. An in depth
glossary is included as well as numerous tables to aid in selecting parameters. 84 pages (perfect bound) - 8 1/2" x 11"

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


70 TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES

Air Cooled TIG Torch - Machine Gas Valve - 1 PC. Power Cable

Air Cooled TIG Torch - Torch Gas Valve - 1 PC. Power Cable

Air Cooled TIG Torch - Torch Gas Valve - 2 PC. Power Cable

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES 71

TIG-9, TIG-9V TIG-17 & TIG-17V


& TIG 9P 150 AMPS AIR COOLED
The “V” denotes Fingertip Gas Control
125 AMPS AIR COOLED Valve in the Head.
Versatile, Lightweight For Thin
High Capacity For Thin to Medium Gauge
Gauge Materials
Materials
Quick-release Tugsten adjustment. Op-
Compact and durable for field welding appli-
tional 2 pc. power cable assembly on
cations. Ribbed handle for comfort and cool
TIG-9. TIG 9P. Shown TIG-9V operation. Finger-tip gas control valve on TIG-
2 pc. power cable and ribbed handle are 17V model and heavy duty 2 pc. Power cable
The “V” denotes Fingertip Gas
standard on TIG-9V torch packages. is supplied as standard equipment.
Control Valve in the Head.
Parts interchange with TIG-20, TIG-20P The “P” Model is a 180° degree Parts interchange with TIG-18, TIG-26 and
SPECIFICATIONS Pencil Style straight torch. TIG-26V Models. Shown TIG-17V
TIG-9 TIG-9P SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 125 Amps Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 150 Amps
Weight (less power cable) 3 oz. Weight (less power cable) 6 oz.
Torch length 7” 6 1/2 Torch length 7 1/2”

ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION


Model Description
Model Description
TIG- 17 Torch Body with insulating gasket.
TIG-9 TIG-9P Torch Body with insulating gasket.
TIG-17VH Torch Body: with valve in head
TIG-9-12 TIG-9P-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle,
TIG-17-12 TIG-17V-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap,
medium back cap, 12 1/2” power cable. 12-1/2 ft power cable.
TIG-9V-12 TIG-9PV-12 Above package: with gas valve ‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head.
TIG-9-25 TIG-9P-25 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, TIG-17-25 TIG-25V-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap,
medium back cap, 25” power cable. 25 ft power cable.
TIG-9V-25 TIG-9PV-25 Above package: with gas valve ‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head.
TIG-9P torch does not use back caps. Power cable adapter must be ordered separately. Two-piece power cable assembly is standard equipment on TIG-17 and TIG-17V torch
Two-piece power cable assembly optional. Power cable adapter not needed with two- packages. Power cable adapter is not needed with two-piece power cable. Conventional
piece power cable. one-piece power cable is optional.
Awisco can supply this series with a Phenolic Body or a Flex Body... Awisco can supply this series with a Phenolic Body or a Flex Body...
For a Flex Body please specify when ordering. For a Flex Body please specify when ordering.
Order Accessory Kit: TIG 9, TIG 9V, TIG AK-1, TIG 9P, TIG Order Accessory Kit: TIG AK-2
9PV,TIG AK -1A

TIG-26 & TIG-26V TIG-20


200 AMPS AIR COOLED 250 AMPS WATER COOLED
The “V” denotes Fingertip Gas Control
Valve in the Head.
Maximum Capacity Air Cooled Torch For
Continuous Heavy Duty Use.
Heavy copper construction for rugged field
work. Heavy duty 2 pc. power cable and
ribbed handle are standard equipment. Lightweight, Small Durable Torch
Parts interchange with TIG-18, TIG-17 and
Compact and well-balanced for general duty
TIG-17V Models. Shown TIG-26V
SPECIFICATIONS use. Efficient around -the- head cooling for
Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 200 Amps trouble free performance and long life.
Weight (less power cable) 10 oz. Parts interchange with TIG-9 and TIG9P.
Torch length 6 1/2”

ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS


Model Description Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 250 Amps
TIG-26 Torch Body with insulating gasket. Weight (less hoses) 3 oz.
TIG-26VH Torch Body: with valve in body Torch length 7”
TIG-26-12 TIG-26VH-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap,
12-1/2 ft power cable. ORDERING INFORMATION
‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head. Model Description
TIG-26-25 TIG-26VH-25 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap, TIG-20 Torch Body with insulating gasket.
25” ft power cable. TIG-20-12 Torch Package: Torch body, medium back
‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head. cap, handle 12 1/2” power cable & hoses.
Two-piece power cable is standard equipment on TIG-26 and TIG-26V torch package. TIG-20-25 Torch Package: Torch body, medium back
Power cable adapter is not needed. Conventional one-piece power cable is optional. cap, handle 25” power cable hoses.

Order Accessory Kit: TIG AK-3 Order Accessory Kit: TIG-20, TIG AK-4

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


72 TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES

TIG-18 350 AMPS WATER COOLED


Work Horse Torch For Continuous Duty TIG-18: Heavy-duty
rugged production torch for continuous duty to 350 amps.
Parts interchange with TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-26 and TIG-26V.
SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 350 Amps
Weight (less hoses) TIG-18 7 oz.
Torch length 9 1/4”

ORDERING INFORMATION
Model Description
TIG-18 Torch Body with insulating gasket.
TIG-18-12 Torch Package: Torch body, long back
cap, handle 12 1/2” power cable & hoses.
Torch Package: Torch body, long back Power cable adapter must be ordered separately.
TIG-18-25
cap, 25” power cable & hoses. Order Accessory Kit: TIG AK-3

Alumina and Lava Nozzles


Alumina Nozzles, made from high strength alumina materials, have Lava Nozzles, made from Grade “A” lava materials, are less shock- and
very good electrical insulating properties; exceptionally high impact re- heat-resistant than alumina nozzles but will give good service for general
sistance, heat resistance and thermal conductivity; and resist splatter applications. They also perform well in confined areas where excessive
built-up. They are recommended for most welding operations except for heat is reflected back into the nozzle. Care must be taken in handling the
use in confined areas. more fragile lava nozzles.
NOTE: LAVA, AND ALUMINA NOZZLES ARE PACKED 10 NOZZLES PER BOX.
ALUMINA NOZZLES LAVA NOZZLES
Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice
Inches mm Inches mm
1-27/32” TIG-10N50 4 1/4” 6 1-27/32” TIG-105Z43 4 1/4” 6
TIG-10N49 5 5/16” 8 TIG-105Z42 5 5/16” 8
TIG-10N48 6 3/8” 10 TIG-105Z44 6 3/8” 10
TIG-10N47 7 7/16” 11 TIG-105Z45 7 7/16” 11
TIG-10N46 8 1/2” 12.5 TIG-08N78 8 1/2” 12.5
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18,
TIG-26, and TIG-26V TIG-10N45 10 5/8” 16 TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-08N79 10 5/8” 16
TIG-10N44 12 3/4” 19 TIG-26, and TIG-26V TIG-08N80 12 3/4” 19
1-5/32” TIG-13N08 4 1/4” 6 1-5/32” TIG-13N14 4 1/4” 6
TIG-13N09 5 5/16” 8 TIG-13N15 5 5/16” 8
TIG-13N10 6 3/8” 10 TIG-13N16 6 3/8” 10
TIG-13N11 7 7/16” 11 TIG-13N17 7 7/16” 11
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P TIG-13N12 8 1/2” 12.5 TIG-9,TIG-9V, TIG-9P and TIG-13N18 8 1/2” 12.5
and TIG-20 TIG-13N13 10 5/8” 16 TIG-20 TIG-13N19 10 5/8” 16
LONG ALUMINA NOZZLES LONG LAVA NOZZLES
Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice
Inches mm Inches mm
3” TIG-10N49L 5L 5/16” 8 3-7/32” TIG-12N03 4L 1/4” 6
TIG-10N48L 6L 3/8” 10 TIG-105Z60 5L 5/16” 8
TIG-10N47L 7L 7/16” 11 TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-10N02 6L 3/8” 10
TIG-54N17L 5L 5/16” 8 TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-105Z61 7L 7/16” 11
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-54N16L 6L 3/8” 10
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-54N15L 7L 7/16 11 ACCESSORY KITS
ALUMINA GAS LENS NOZZLES (ALSO ORDER INSULATOR) TIG AK-1, TIG-9 TIG AK-3, TIG-18, TIG-18V,
Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice
1. Long Back Cap TIG-26, TIG-26V
Inches mm 2. Collets .040”, 1/16” 1. Short Back Cap
1-5/8” TIG-54N18 4 1/4” 6 2. Collet Bodies .040”, 1/16” 2. Collets 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”
TIG-54N17 5 5/16” 8 3. Al Nozzles 4,5,6 2. Collet Bodies 1/16”, 3/32”,
TIG-54N16 6 3/8” 10 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% .040”, 1/8”
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-54N15 7 7/16” 11 1/16” x 7” 3. Al Nozzles 5,6,8
TIG-18V, TIG-26 TIG-54N14 8 1/2” 12.5 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% 1/
TIG AK-1A, TIG-9P
and TIG-26V 1-1/8” TIG-54N19 Short 11/16” 17 As TIG AK-1 less long Back Cap 16”,3/32”, 1/8” x 7”
1” TIG-53N58 4 1/4” 6
TIG-53N59 5 5/16” 8 TIG AK-1, TIG-9 TIG AK-4, TIG-20
TIG-53N60 6 3/8” 10 1. Short Back Cap 1. Long Back Cap
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P and
TIG-20 TIG-53N61 7 7/16” 11 3. Collets .040”, 1/16”, 3/32” 2. Collets 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”
1-7/8” TIG-57N75 6 3/8” 10 2. Collet Bodies .040”, 1/16”, 3/ 2. Collet Bodies 1/16”, 3/32”,
TIG-57N74 8 1/2” 12.5 32” 1/8”
TIG-57N88 10 5/8” 16 3. Al Nozzles 4,5,6 3. Al Nozzles 5,6,7
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-57N87 12 3/4” 19 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% 1/
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-57N89 Short 15/16” 24 .040”, 1/16”, 3/32” x 7” 16”,3/32”, 1/8”

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES 73

ACCESSORIES • SPARE PARTS GAS LENS COLLET BODIES


Accessories such as Collets, Collet bodies, different length back The gas lens virtually eliminates turbulence in the gas shield-
caps , gas lens collet bodies and nozzles, must be ordered to ing stream as it emerges from the nozzle. The result is better
complete the torch package. shielding patterns; also the long stable stream allows the elec-
These accessories may be ordered in convenient accessory kits trode to be extended farther beyond the end of the nozzle for
as shown on the previous page or you can order individual items improved visibility of the weld zone.
as shown below.
COLLETS
Torch Part. No. Size Torch Part. No. Size
Inches mm Inches mm
TIG-13N20 .020 0.5 TIG-45V41 .020 0.5
TIG-13N21 .040 1.0 TIG-45V42 .040 1.0
TIG-45V43 1/16 1.6
TIG-13N22 1/16 1.6
TIG-45V44 3/32 2.4
TIG-13N23 3/32 2.4 TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P and TIG-20 TIG-45V45 1/8 3.2
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P, and
TIG-20 TIG-13N24 1/8 3.2 TIG-45V29 .020 0.5
TIG-10N21 .020 0.5 TIG-45V30 .040 1.0
TIG-10N22 .040 1.0 TIG-45V25 1/16 1.6
TIG-10N23 1/16 1.6 TIG-45V26 3/32 2.4
TIG-17, TIG-17V, and TIG-18, TIG-45V27 1/8 3.2
TIG-10N24 3/32 2.4
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-45V28 5/32 4.0
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-10N25 1/8 3.2 TIG-45V0204 .020 - .040 0.5 - 1.0
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-54N20 5/32 4.0 TIG-45V116 1/16 1.6
TIG-45V64 3/32 2.4
COLLET BODIES TIG-17, TIG-17V, and TIG-18, TIG-995795 1/8 3.2
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-45V63 5/32 4.0
Torch Part. No. Size
Inches mm INSULATORS
TIG-13N25 .020 0.5 Torch Part. No.
TIG-13N26 .040 1.0
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-26, TIG-26V, Gas Lens TIG-54N01
TIG-13N27 1/16 1.6
Large Diameter Gas Lens (use on above torches) TIG-54N63
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P TIG-13N28 3/32 2.4 TIG-9, TIG-9P, TIG-20, TIG-26V (supplied on torch body) TIG-598882
and TIG-20 TIG-13N29 1/8 3.2
BACK CAPS
TIG-10N29 .020 0.5
Torch Part. No. Size
TIG-10N30 .040 1.0
TIG-10N31 TIG-41V33 Short
1/16 1.6
TIG-9, TIG-20 TIG-41V35 Medium
TIG-10N32 3/32 2.4
TIG-41V24 Long
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-10N28 1/8 3.2 TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18 TIG-57Y02 Long
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-406488 5/32 4.0 TIG-26, TIG-26V TIG-57Y04 Short

Replacement Hose and Cable Assemblies


SERIES 9 & SERIES 17 TORCH SERIES 26 TORCH
Description Stock No. Size Description Stock No. Size
Rubber Power Cable TIG 57Y01R 12-1/2 ft. Rubber Power Cable TIG 46V28R 12-1/2 ft.
Rubber Power Cable TIG 57Y03-R 25 ft Rubber Power Cable TIG 46V30R 25 ft
2 piece Power Cable TIG 57Y01-2 12-1/2 ft. Gas Hose TIG 40V75 12-1/2 ft.
2 piece Power Cable TIG 57Y03-2 25 ft Gas Hose TIG 41V30 25 ft
Gas Hose TIG 45V09 12-1/2 ft.
Cable assemblies provide many features that will enhance your robotic
Gas Hose TWE 45V10 25 ft
welding application.
SERIES 18 TORCH
Description Stock No. Size Power Cable Adaptors
Power Cable TIG 40V64 12-1/2 ft.
Power Cable TIG 41V29 25 ft Stock No. Stock No. Stock No.
Water Hose TIG 40V74 12-1/2 ft. TIG105Z57 TIG45V11 TIG45V62
Water Hose TIG41V32 25 ft
Gas Hose TIG 40V75 12-1/2 ft.
Gas Hose TIG 41V30 25 ft

SERIES 20 TORCH
Description Stock No. Size
Power Cable TIG 45V03 12-1/2 ft.
Power Cable TIG 45V04 25 ft
Water Hose TIG 45V07 12-1/2 ft.
Water Hose TIG 45V08 25 ft
Used with the series Used with the series Used with the series
Gas Hose TIG45V09 12-1/2 ft.
Gas Hose TIG 45V10 25 ft 9 & 17 Torch 18 & 24 Torch 20 & 26 Torch

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


74 TIG A CCESSORIES

Tungsten Electrodes
2% THORIATED RED ZIRCONIATED BROWN
2% Thoriated Tungsten contains a nominal 2 wt-% (ZIRTUNG)
or thorium oxide (thO2) that is evenly dispersed
throughout the entire length of the Tungsten. The
most common type of Tungsten used today. Pro-
vides excellent resistance from weld pool contami-
nation while at the same time offers the welder
easier arc starting capabilities and a more stable
arc. Generally used for DC Electrode negative or
straight polarity applications such as carbon & stain- Zirconiated Tungsten is excellent for AC welding due to favorable
less steels, nickel alloys and titanium. retention of balled end, high resistance to contamination, and good
Stock No. Size
arc starting. Preferred when Tungsten contamination of weld
TUN 2-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7” is intolerable.
TUN 2-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7” Stock No. Size
TUN 2-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7” TUN Z-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7”
TUN 2-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7” TUN Z-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7”
TUN Z-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7”
TUN Z-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”

1.5% LANTHANATED GOLD


1.5% Lanthanated or “rare earth” Tungsten con-
tains a nominal 1.5% Lanthanum oxide (LaO3).
PURE TUNGSTEN GREEN
This type of Tungsten is very similar to ceriated
as it too is a non-radioactive material. Lanthanated Pure Tungsten contains a minimum of 99.5wt-%
electrodes operate at a slightly different arc volt- Tungsten with no other alloying elements. This al-
age than Thoriated or Ceriated electrodes. Were lows the tip to form a clean, balled end which pro-
developed around the same time as Ceriated vides good arc stability on AC. Pure can be used
Tungsten to help combat the increasing aware- with DC but does not compare with Thoriated or
ness of the radioactivity of Thoriated Tungsten. Ceriated as far as ease of arc starting. More sus-
Generally used to weld carbon & stainless steel, ceptible to weld contamination than
nickel alloys and titanium. Thoriated. Ceriated or Lanthanated. Usually the least
Stock No. Size
TUN L-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7”
expensive of all Tungsten, Pure Tungsten is gener-
TUN L-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7” ally used in the welding of aluminum and
TUN L-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7” magnesium alloy (AC).
TUN L-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”
Stock No. Size
TUN P-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7”
TUN P-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7”

2% CERIATED ORANGE
TUN P-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7”
TUN P-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”

2% Ceriated tungsten contains a nominal


2wt-% of cerium oxide (CeO2). Ceriated is
different from Thoriated as it is not a radio-
active material. Ceriated Tungsten also TIG (GTAW) Welding Process
tends to last longer than Thoriated and can
be used proficiently with AC or DC. In
manual applications the Ceriated Tungsten • Provides highest quality and most
will provide slightly different electrical char- precise welds
acteristics than the Thoriated Tungsten but
generally no difference will be seen by the
operator. Generally used to weld carbon and
• Highly aesthetic weld beads
stainless steel, nickel alloy and Titanium.
Stock No. Size
• allows adjustment of heat input while
TUN C-1/16X7G
TUN C-3/32X7G
1/16 x 7”
3/32 x 7”
welding by use of a remote control
TUN C-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7”
TUN C-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”

Awisco can also supply all of your other TIG equipment, such as Shielding Gases,
Flowmeters, Tig welding wires for all metals, such as Stainless, Aluminum and Steel.
Give us a call, we can help...

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


TIG A CCESSORIES 75

POWER CABLE ADAPTER NOVATEX


Power cable adapters are not supplied with the torch packages. Cable Cover
This avoids cost of duplicate adapters if the new torch is pur-
chased as a replacement. Order adapters separately if needed.
Torch Adapter • 3” wide
• Protection to 90° F
TIG-18, TIG-20 TIG-45V11
• Nylon zipper
TIG-9, TIG-9P, TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-105Z57
TIG-26, TIG-26V TIG-45V62 Stock No. Size
Note: TIG-9V, TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-26, TIG-26V Torch packages TIG CC-10 10 ft.
are supplied with two piece power cable assembly . Adapters are TIG CC-20 12 ft.
required with optional one piece power cable assembly only. TIG CC-24 24 ft.

TIG WELDING CD ROM TIG WATER HOSE


Contact Awisco. ASSEMBLIES
This CD is for anyone who’s looking for a better understanding of the TIG
process. Easy to understand instruction. Proven teaching steps. Expert ad-
vice. All these factors help to create a more effective academic approach to Stock No. Description
training. Specific subject areas covered are: system components, process Single black water hose 10 ft.
fundamentals, electrical theory, safety and power source operation. OKI RH-15WH-10
length complete with fittings.
OKI RH-15WH-25 Single black water hose 25 ft.
length complete with fittings.

TIG CALCULATOR Quick Connect Systems


Stock No. 324-0935
For Use with Power Sources that have Dinse Style Connectors

TIG 2538
When you need an answer “right now” about parameters for welding, noth-
ing is faster than Miller calculators. Calculators cover all the bases, and tune
you into the thickness of material being welded.
Calculators are handy references for weld para-meters, electrode/wire type, Stock No. TIG 2538
basic techniques, and process information for TIG, Stick or MIG. 25 mm Dinse Connector with 6 ft
gas supply hose for air cooled
TIG Gloves model 9V and 17V torches with one

TILLMAN™
piece power cable... (Gas connec-
MODEL 24CL tion to flowmeter) used on the fol-
lowing machines: Esab Miniarc 90,
Tig Gloves 140 & 150, Miller Maxstar 140,
Stock No. TIL 24CL Thermadyne P-Wee 130.

Kidskin, 4” cuff. Sewn with DINSE ADAPTER


35MM W/HOSE
Kevlar®. Size: Large.

Stock No. MIL 195378


MODEL 25A TILLMAN™ 35 mm connector with 6 ft gas
supply hose for air cooled model
Tig Gloves 9V and 17V torches with one piece
Stock Nos. power cable... (Gas connection to flowmeter) used on the
following machines : Esab Model 161, Lincoln Invertec V275 & V350,
Miller Dynasty 200 & 300, Maxstar 150, 200 & 300, Thermadyne Pro
TIL 25AM (Medium) Plus 400, Pro Wave 185, 300 & 400.
TIL 25AL (Large)
TIL 25AXL (Extra Large)
Pearl Deerskin, 2” cuff.
DINSE ADAPTER
35MM W/HOSE
MODEL 25B TILLMAN™ Stock No. MIL 194722
Stock Nos.
TIL 25BM (Medium) 35 mm gas thru connector for
TIL 25BL (Large) air cooled model 9 & 17
TIL 25BXL (Extra Large) torches with one piece power cable used on the following machines:
Pearl Deerskin, 4” cuff. Sewn Lincoln Onvertec V180 & V205, Squarewave 175 & 275, Miller
with Kevlar®. Econotig and Syncrowave180.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


76 M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR

Why Multiprocess?
When a workstation needs to accommodate multiple welding processes, why tolerate a workstation cluttered with two
or three ancient, inefficient power sources when a single multiprocess welder makes better sense? These machines
can do it all: Stick/TIG/MIG/Flux Cored/Gouging, as well as pulsed MIG and TIG with optional controls. Modern multiprocess
units make money fast because they’re energy efficient, save space, provide better weld quality through line voltage
compensation, lower maintenance costs and are covered by a three-year warranty. Plus they have superior arc perfor-
mance so they’re a pleasure to use.

XMT ®
SERIES
Stock No. MIL 903471
300 AMP CC OR CC/CV
208-230/460 VAC with Auto-Link® CC/CV Model
MIL 903474 208-230/460 VAC with Auto-Link® CC Model

Processes: MIG (GMAW)/Pulsed MIG (GMAW-P), Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW)/


Pulsed, TIG (GTAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW), Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A), Cutting and
Gouging
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ protects electrical components and PC boards from
contamination.
XMT 456 XMT 304
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system operates only when needed, reducing
CC/CV
noise, energy use and the amount of contaminants pulled through
machine.
• Lift-Arc™ allows TIG starting without the use of high-frequency.
Starts the arc without contaminating the weld with tungsten.
• Adaptive Hot Start™ increases the output amperage at the start
of a weld if necessary, eliminating electrode sticking.
• Inverter arc control technology provides greater puddle control
for superior 6010 Stick electrode performance.
• Line voltage compensation keeps power constant even if power
input varies by ±10%.
• Process selector switch reduces the number of control setup
combinations without reducing any features.
• Large, dual digital meters are easy to view and are presettable to ease setting
Model XMT 456 & 450 Amp weld output.
Available... Contact Awisco • Pulsed MIG capabilities with optional Optima control reduces spatter and
distortion, allows better out-of-position puddle control, and provides potential
Input Power: reduction of fume particle emission.
304: Requires 3- or 1-Phase Power • Lightweight, aerospace-grade aluminum case offers protection with the benefit
456: Requires 3-Phase Power of reduced weight.
Output Power Range:
304: 10 – 35 V, 5 – 400 A (3-Phase) XMT 304 only
10 – 35 V, 5 – 400 A (1-Phase) Auto-Link®
456: 10 – 38 V, 5 – 600 A (3-Phase) circuit automatically links the power source to primary voltage being applied (230/460 or 460/575
Weight: VAC, single- or three-phase).
304: Net: 76 lb (34.5 kg) Ultra-tough, polycarbonate blended cover for control panel protects front controls from damage.
Ship: 85 lb (38.6 kg) International-style Dinse weld disconnects provide high-quality weld cable connections. (Two
456: Net: 118 lb (53.5 kg) connectors supplied with each unit.)
Ship: 129 lb (58.5 kg)
Model Input Rated Output Voltage Amperade Max. Open- Dimensions Weight
Stock Power at 60% Range in Range in Circuit Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 60 Hz,
No. Duty Cycle CV Mode CC Mode Voltage 208 V 230 V 400 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
XMT Three- 300 A at – 5-400 A 90 VDC 33.7 30.5 17 18.9 15.2 12.2 11.6 H: 17 in (432 mm) Net: 76 lb
304 CC Phase 32 VDC W: 12-1/2 in (318 mm) (34.5 kg)
903474 Single- 225 A at – 5-400 A 90 VDC 52.4 47.4 – 24.5 – 11.3 7.6 D: 24 in (610 mm) Ship: 85 lb
Phase 29 VDC (38.6 kg)
XMT Three- 300 A at 10-35 V 5-400 A 90 VDC 33.7 30.5 17 18.9 15.2 12.2 11.6
304 Phase 32 VDC
CC/CV Single- 225 A at 10-35 V 5-400 A 90 VDC 52.4 47.4 – 24.5 – 11.3 7.6
903471 Phase 29 VDC

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR 77

INVERTER RACK
Stock No. MIL 043562 230/460 VAC
MIL 043599 460/575 VAC

Processes: MIG (GMAW)/Pulsed MIG (GMAW-P), Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW)/Pulsed


TIG (GTAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW), Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A), Cutting and Gouging.
• One easy connection allows up to six inverters to be connected with one primary
power drop.
• Circuit breakers (230/460 Rack) or fuses (460/575 Rack) provide primary power line
protection for each inverter power supply.
• Two lifting eyes provide easy transportation of the system with a crane or overhead
lifting device.
• Isolated work terminal provides a convenient connection point for common work
piece construction.
• Rugged steel skids stand up to the rugged construction environment.

Pictured with machines in place


Power Source Input Power Required Welding Rack Capacity Dimensions Weight
Used to Rack Power Source
XMT 304 230 or 460 VAC, XMT or Invision 354 MP with 1-6 welding H: 59-3/8 in (1508 mm) Empty Rack:
60 Hz, Three-Phase 230 or 460 V Input Power Power Sources W: 43 in (1092 mm) 256 lb
or Invision
460 or 575 VAC, XMT or Invision 354 MP with D: 34-3/8 in (116 kg)
354 MP 60 Hz, Three-Phase 460 or 575 V Input Power (873 mm)
Note: The Invision 354 MP Machine Is Not Included In The Awisco Catalog, For Additional Info.... Visit Miller Website at
www.millerwelds.com or Call Awisco For a Specification Sheet.

CST ®
280 AND MAXSTAR
Stock No.: CST 280 Rack: MIL 907245
®
200 RACKS
MIL 907247 Tweco-Style, Dinse-Style
Empty Rack: MIL 195051

Processes: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon Arc, Cutting and Gouging (CA-A)
(Maxstar 200: 1/8 in carbons), (Paralleled CST: CST-280s: 5/16 in carbons)
• Light Weight and small footprint for easy transportation. The low weight enables the
use of elevators to move the rack.
• Top Cover protects machines from falling debris.
• Lifting eye simplifies transportation using crane or overhead lifting device.
• Lift truck side and end fork pockets.
• One main disconnect box with fused circuit breaker switches for each machine.
• Common output ground connection (for same polarity use only).
• Optional dual rack kit connects two CST racks to form an 8 pack rack, utilizing one
input power cable and one lift.
• Optional rack running gear available for transporting the rack.

Rugged enclosure provides simple means for protecting and transporting multiple weld-
Pictured with machines in place ing power sources for construction, maintenance/repair and shipbuilding applications.
Input Power
Model / Stock No. Welding Power Source Rack Capacity Dimensions Weight
to Rack
CST 280 Rack
220-230/460-575 V, Four CST 280s linked for 460-575 V with H: 50-3/4 in (1289 mm)
MIL 907245 Tweco®-style 4 units,
60 Hz, Three-Phase Tweco- or Dinse-style connectors. 340 lb (155 kg)
MIL 907247 Dinse-style 8 units with W: 25 1/2 in (648 mm) 180 lb (82 kg)
Empty Rack 230 or 460 V, 60 Hz, Any combination of four Maxstars (STR, SD or DX). dual rack kit
D: 26 1/2 in (673 mm)
MIL 195051 Three-Phase

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


78 M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR

XMT® 350 CC/CV 208-575 VAC WITH AUTO-LINE


Stock No. MIL 907161

Processes: MIG (GMAW), Pulsed MIG • Lightweight, aerospace-grade aluminum


(GMAW-P), Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW), case offers protection with the benefit of
Pulsed TIG (GTAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW), reduced weight.
Air Carbon Arc Cutting and Gouging (CAC-A). • Inverter arc control technology provides
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ protects greater puddle control for superior 6010 Stick
electrical components and PC boards from electrode performance.
contamination. • Line Voltage compensation keeps power
• Fan on Demand™ cooling system constant even if power input varies by + 10%.
operates only when needed, reducing noise, • Process selector switch reduces the
energy use and the amount of contaminants number of control setup combinations
pulled through machine. without reducing any features.
• Lift Arc™ allows TIG starting without the • Large, dual digital meters are easy to
use of high-frequency. Starts the arc without view and are presettable to ease setting weld
contaminating the weld with tungsten. output.
• Adaptive Hot Start™ increases the output • Pulsed MIG capabilities with optional
amperage at the start of a weld if necessary, Optima Control reduces spatter and
eliminating electrode sticking. distortion, allows better out-of-position
• XMT 350 provides more welding output puddle control, and provides potential
with superior electrical efficiency and an reduction of fume particle emission.
amazing .95 power factor.
Voltage Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 60 Hz
Input Rated Output at
Range in Range in Circuit Dimensions Weight
Power 60% Duty Cycle 208 V 230 V 400 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
CV Mode CC Mode Voltage
3-Phase 350 A at 34 VDC 10-38 V 5-425 A 75 VDC 40.4 36.1 20.6 17.8 14.1 14.2 13.6 H: 17 in (432 mm) 80 lb
W: 12-1/2 in (318 mm)
1-Phase 300 A at 32 VDC 10-38 V 5-425 A 75 VDC 60.8 54.6 29.7 24.5 19.9 11.7 11.2 D: 24 in (610 mm) (36.3 kg)

DIMENSION™ SERIES 200-208/230/460 V, 60 HZ


Stock No. 903254
• DC multiprocess capability provides versatility • 14-pin receptacle provides quick, direct
and outstanding arc performance in CV (MIG) and connection to Miller 14-pin wire feeders and
CC (Stick, TIG). accessories.
• Internal digital voltage control (DVC) enables • 115 V duplex receptacle provides 15 amps of
operator to preset weld voltage in the CV mode auxiliary power.
before striking an arc. • Remote on/off capabilities allow operator to
• Built-in arc control lets you get in tight without turn power source on/off from a distance.
sticking the electrode. An electrode compensation • Remote voltage control allows operator to
circuit ensures consistent arc control performance change voltage from feeder.
regardless of the electrode size. • Power efficient for exceptional value and return
• Hot Start™ makes it easier to start difficult-to on your investment.
start Stick electrodes such as E-6010 and E-7018. • Fan-On-Demand™ operates only when needed
• Line voltage compensation ensures consistent reducing noise, power consumption, and the
weld performance by keeping output power amount of airborne contaminants pulled through
constant even if primary input power varies by the machine.
±10%. • Enclosed circuit boards provide additional
• Simple control panel features single range protection from contaminants resulting in longer
Other Amperages Available amperage/voltage adjustment. Provides easy, service life.
Contact Awisco... efficient operation. • PC board protection prevents the wire feeder
• Digital voltmeter and ammeter are easy to power or other stray voltages (less than 115 VAC)
Processes: MIG (GMAW), Stick (SMAW), read, even at 30 ft (9.2 m). from harming the power source PC board.
TIG (GTAW), Flux Cored (FCAW), Air Carbon • Thermal overload protection light indicates • Power cord strain relief provided for your
Arc (CAC-A), Cutting and Gouging, power shutdown. Helps prevent machine damage convenience at installation.
Submerged Arc (SAW) if the duty cycle is exceeded or airflow is blocked.
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 50/60 Hz
Rated Output Amperage Voltage Circuit Dimensions Net
Range Voltage 200V 230V 380V 400V 440V 460V 520V 575V KVA KW Weight
H: 30 in (762 mm) Including lift eye
65 VDC 424 lb
450 A at 38 VDC, 20-565 A in CC mode 91 79 48 46 41 39 34 31 31.4 22 W: 23 in (585 mm)
100% Duty Cycle D: 38 in (966 mm)
10-38 V in CV mode 104 90 52.5 51 46 45 38 36 35.3 22.3 Including strain relief (192 kg)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR 79

MARK VI™ 230/460/575 V, 60HZ


Stock No. 903512

• Multiple capabilities CC or CC/CV. Versatility • Adjustable arc control lets you get in tight
and outstanding arc welding performances in both without sticking the electrode. An electrode
CV (MIG) and CC (TIG and Stick). The CC/CV compensation circuit ensures arc control
module has a high quality arc for welding with performance regardless of the electrode size.
cored wires. Miller does not recommend that the • Hot Start™ makes it easy to start difficult-
CC/CV module be used for short circuit transfer start Stick electrodes, such as E-6010 and E-
MIG welding. 7018.
• Rugged and durable enclosure steel frame • Line voltage compensation keeps output
protects system. power constant even if primary input power
• Capable of four to six welding arcs, Miller’s varies by ±10%, ensuring consistent weld
unique modules are designed for easy removal performance.
and connection. • Operator identification label helps operators
• Weighs less than one ton which makes it remember who is using which module.
portable when secured on a flatbed, construction • 60 Hz models have two 115 V GFCI duplex
truck, or when moved by one-ton hoist. Fits receptacles which supply 15 amps of auxiliary
through 36 in (914 mm) door opening. power. 50 Hz models have one 220 V and one
• Optional Low OCV —MEMCO engineers have 115 V duplex receptacle.
designed a simple system that reduces the Open • 14-pin receptacle provides quick, direct
Processes: Stick (SMAW) CC, TIG Circuit Voltage on the Mark VI products to 18 volts connection to Miller wire feeders and
(GTAW) CC, Air Carbon Arc (CAC- when the welding power source is not in use. Now accessories.
A), Cutting and Gouging CC, Flux with this system built into the power source, set- • Work connections are electrically isolated
Cored (FCAW) CV, MIG Spray up and operation of the system is greatly from the frame, and service panels in chassis
Transfer (GMAW) with Voltage- simplified, with minimal impact on the arc starting provide easy access to internal parts for routine
Sensing Feeder CV performance. maintenance.
Rated Welding DC Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 50/60 Hz Dimensions Net
at 44 Volts DC Voltage Range Circuit Voltage (DC) 230 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW Weight
Single Module: 20-315 A H:65 in Mark VI:
250 A at 60% Duty Cycle 75 VDC in CC Mode (1651mm) 1725 lb
in CC Mode
Main Transformer W: 56-3/4 in (784kg)
38 VDC in CV Mode
60 Hz: 750 A at 100% Duty Cycle 10-30 V in 164 97 92 91 84 82.5 66.1 65.2 41.9 (1442mm)
with CC/CV Module Mark VI-2:
1500 A at 25% Duty Cycle CV Mode with
50 Hz: 750 A at 60% Duty Cycle 20 VDC +2 V Low D:34-1/4 in 1575 lb
CC/CV Module with OCV Modules
1160 A at 25% Duty Cycle (870mm) (718 kg)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


80 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES

POWER USAGE CHARTS

TYPICAL CONTRACTOR TOOLS POWER USAGE TYPICAL HOUSEHOLD POWER USAGE


Tool Starting Watts Running Watts Appliance Starting Watts Running Watts
Hand Drill Dishwasher
1/4 in 350 350 Cool Dry 1400 700
1/2 in 600 600 Hot Dry 1400 1450
Circular Saw Electric Range
6 1/2 in 500 500 6 in element 0 1500
8 1/4 in 1400 1400 8 in element 0 2100
Table Saw 10 in 6300 1800 Microwave Oven 625 watts 800 625
Band Saw 14 in 2500 1100 Refrigator or Freeze 2200 700
Air Compressor Automatic Washer 2300 1150
1/2 HP 3000 1000 Clothes Dryer
1 1/2 HP 8200 2200 Gas 1800 700
Electric Chain Saw Electric 1800 5750
1/2 HP, 12 in 1100 1100 Garage Door Opener
2 HP, 14 in 1100 1100 1/4 HP 1100 550
Flood Lights 1/2 HP 1400 725
HID 125 100 Furnace Fan, Gas or Fuel Oil
Metal Halide 313 250 1/8 HP 500 300
Mercury 1000 — 1/6 HP 750 500
Vapor 1250 1000 1/4 HP 1000 600
Submersible Pump 400 gph 600 200 1/3 HP 1400 700
Centrifugal Pump 900 gph 900 500 1/2 HP 2350 875
High Pressure Washer Lights 0 as indicated
1/2 HP 3150 950 Radio 0 50-200
1 HP 6100 1600 Well Pump
Wet & Dry Vac 1.7 HP 900 900 1/3 HP 1400 750
1/2 HP 2100 1000
Sump Pump
AWISCO HAS ADDED THE MULTIQUIP LINE OF GENERATORS AND
1/3 HP 1300 800
WELDERS... WE ARE ONLY SHOWING THE 2 MOST POPULAR
1/2 HP 2150 1050
MODELS, FOR ADDITIONAL INFO...
Central Air Conditioner
V I S I T T H E I R W E B S I T E 10000 BTU 2200 1500
www.multiquip.com 20000 BTU 3300 2500
24000 BTU 4950 3800
or call A WISCO For a Complete Catalog 32000 BTU 6500 5000
40000 BTU 7800 6000

6000 WATTS GENERATOR 6000 WATTS GENERATOR


Stock No. GA - 6HZ Recoil Start Stock No. GA - 6HZR Electric Start

This Honda-powered generator The GA-6HZR model is ignited by


features a silent-type muffler to re- an 11-horsepower Honda GX-340
duce noise levels and USFS-ap- engine and generates 6kW maxi-
proved spark arrestors. The GA-6HZ mum/5kW continuous power. The
also comes with a low-oil shutdown, generator is perfect for a wide vari-
fuel gauge and circuit breaker and it ety of applications. At full load, the
is built with a heavy-duty pipe frame. 201-pound (91 kg) GA-6HZR will run
The 11-horsepower Honda gasoline for 5.5 hours on a full tank. It is also
engine utilizes a recoil and electric extremely quiet, emitting only 74dBA
starting system at 23 feet.
Alternator Design Brushless Continuous Amps @ 240V 20.8
Maximum Watts 6,000 Frequency–Hz 60
Continuous Watts 5,000 Phase Single
Voltage 120/240 Full Power Switch Standard
Max. Amps @ 120 V 50 Rated Speed–RPM 3600
Continuous Amps @ 120 V 41.6 Fuel Capacity–gal. (Ltr) 5.0 (18.9)
Maximum Amps @ 240 V 25 Running Time–hrs./tank 5.5

REMEMBER MOST OF THE MILLER ENGINE DRIVEN WELDING MACHINES SHOWN HAVE GENERATORS...
SO IF YOU NEED A WELDING POWER SOURCE AND ALSO WANT LIMITED GENERATOR POWER, CHECK THESE OUT...

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES 81

CHAMPION 4500
Stock No. 500491

• Processes
AC Stick (AC SMAW)
• Generator power
4,500 watts surge power and 4,000 watts continuous power
• Briggs & Stratton Intek™ 8 HP engine
Fuel-efficient engine with 1-gallon fuel tank. 1-cylinder, 4-cycle, OHV air
cooled.
• Versatile receptacle package
Unit features two 20 A 120 VAC and two 20 A 240 VAC receptacles
with heavy duty covers
• 140 amp AC welder
Can handle AC stick electrodes up to 1/8 in diameter
• Lightweight and rugged
Portable at 190 lb (87 kg) with rollbar frame built for added protection
• Hobart’s 5/3/1 Industrial Warranty Five-year warranty on transformers, stabilizers
Comes Complete with: 10 ft (3 m) No. and generators; three years on electronics (drive motors, rectifiers); and one year
4 electrode cable with holder, 10 ft (3
on guns (MIG and plasma torches)
m) work cable and clamp.

Rated Output Amperage Range Single-Phase Generator Power Dimensions Weight

140 A, 20 V at 30% Duty Cycle 60-140 A Single-Phase, 4kVA/kW, 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz H: 20-3/4 in (527 mm) 190 lb
110 A, 25 V at 60% Duty Cycle W: 22-3/4 in (577 mm) (86 kg)
90 A, 25 V at 100% Duty Cycle D: 31-1/4 in (793 mm)

MPM 165 WELDER GENERATOR


Stock No. MOS MPM165 WITH FOUR CYCLE ENGINE

• Compact design
• Lightweight (72 lbs.), yet powerful
• Extremely quiet: 74 DBA @ 21 feet
• Digital signal processing (DSP) chopper technology produces superior
weld results
• Full electronic control
• 60% duty cycle / 150 amp
• Excellent welding characteristics. Runs 7018 electrodes
• Reliable Honda engine
• Brushless, maintenance-free alternator
• Unique DC chopped auxiliary output allows operations of virtually all standard
hand-held power tools.

Comes Complete with: 10 ft. Ground cable with Machine plug and ground clamp and 10 ft lead cable with machine plug and electrode holder.
Ave. run time
DC/CC Welding Max. Output Rated Output OCV Engine Max. RPM Dimensions Weight
per tank
150 Amp Honda (GsX-200)
40-150 Amp 150 Amp 80 VDC 4000 3.5 hrs L 18” x W 14-1/2” x 16-1/2” 72 lbs.
@ 24 VDC 7.2 HP

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


82 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES

BLUE STAR® DX SERIES


GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN WELDER/AC GENERATOR

Processes: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW) Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging with
optional Spectrum models.
• Reliable Blue Star Engine Drives are the standard for portable welder/generators.
• Large 5-Gallon Fuel Capacity (DX models)
• Standard Auto Idle (DX models) idles engine while not in use. Reduces fuel
consumption and noise.
• Compact and Portable, its small footprint uses little truck space. Optional
running gear also makes the Blue Star one-man portable.
• Reliable air-cooled OHV engines ensure consistent engine performance.
• Quick-reference parameter chart provides convenient
amperage setting guidance.
• Single-Range amperage control makes setting amperage levels
easy.
• Class-leading 6000-watt peak power (185 models) of regulated power
to extend power tool life.
• Bulletproof technology eliminates use of complicated circuit boards.
• Hour Meter provides easy tracking of run hours for maintenance intervals
(DX models)
• Receptacle Covers improve reliability by protecting receptacles from
debris.
• 240 V and 120 V Receptacles provide power for jobsite tools.
Receptacles are circuit-breaker protected (optional 120 VAC
GFCI receptacles are available).
• Class Leading Welding Output
• 145 amps at 25 volts (Blue Star 145)
• 185 amps at 25 volts (Blue Star 185)
• Strong Accu-Rated, not Inflated Generator Power
• 4500 watts peak power (Blue Star 145)
• 6000 watts peak power (Blue Star 185)
• Hour Meter (DX models)
• Compact and Portable.
ACCESSORIES
Stock No. Description
Power and reliability in a compact pack- No. 38 Hand Running Gear, compact, balanced, lightweight, wheelbarrow-style running gear designed
age. Blue Star provides class-leading MIL 195352 for easy on-site mobility.
welding and generator power and offers Protective cover blue with logo. Attractive, mildew-resistant, odor-free, water-resistant cover protects
MIL 195193 your machine’s finish and includes easy-off handles.
features to increase your productivity and
decrease your fuel cost. see ACCESSORIES at the end of this section

Model Welding Weld Output Weld Output Rated Single Phase Dimensions Dimensions
Mode Range at 104° F (40° C)* Generator Power
4500 watts Peak H:22.75 in (578 mm)
Blue Star® 145 DX CC/DC 145 A at 25 V, 20% Duty Cycle 4000 Watts Continuous W: 22.75 in (578 mm)
Stock No. 907267 (Stick / TIG) 40-145 A 100 A at 25 V, 60% Duty Cycle 20 A at 120 V, 19 A at 240 V D:31.6 in (803 mm) 295 lb. (134 kg)
Blue Star® 185 DX CC/DC 55-185 A 185 A at 25 V, 20% Duty Cycle 6000 Watts Peak H:22.75 in (578 mm) 315 lb. (143 kg)
Stock No. 907269 (Stick / TIG) 130 A at 25 V, 60% Duty Cycle 5500 Watts Continuous W: 22.75 in (578 mm)
30 A at 120 V, 25 A at 240 V D:31.6 in (803 mm)
* Rated at sea level
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (Subject to change without notice.)
Automatic Engine
Model Engine HP Type Engine Speeds Fuel Capacity Oil Capacity
Shutdown
Blue Star® 145 DX Kohler CS10 3750 RPM
Stock No. 907267 2 year warranty 10 HP at 3600 RPM 1-Cylinder, 4 Cycle, (2500 RPM at idle) 5 gal (18.9L) 1.1 qt (1.04 L)
Standard
Blue Star® 185 DX Kohler CS13 13 HP at 3600 RPM air-cooled, OHV 3750 RPM 5 gal (18.9L) 1.1 qt (1.04 L)
Stock No. 907269 2 year warranty (2500 RPM at idle)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES 83

MILLER LEGEND® 302


Stock No. MIL 907272 Kohler 20 HP, 1800/3000 RPM, 2400/3600 RPM

Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), • Premium multiprocess weld


Flux Cored (FCAW), DC TIG (GTAW), Air performance delivers four-pole, three-
Carbon Arc cutting and Gouging (CAC-A) phase arc quality with the ability to run at
(3/16 in carbons) multiple engine speeds.
• 1800 RPM generator power uses up to • Standard 14-pin receptacle for simple
50% less fuel and produces 1/4 of the connection of remote controls.
noise. Also, 120 VAC, 20 amps of power is • A perfect blend of past Legend features
available at all speeds and is independent and current Trailblazer features make
of weld output. this new legend the perfect choice for
• Multispeed weld output produces up to running large diameter wire with a voltage-
240 amps at 3000 RPMs for reduced noise sensing feeder, low-speed generator use,
and up to 3000 amps at 3600 RPMs for and almost everything in between.
large diameter wires or CAC-A
Low RPM generator power and weld speeds make this air-cooled engine drive unique. Great for service/
maintenance trucks, in-plant use , and construction (especially in residential areas)
Welding Amp / Volt Net
Process Rated Output at 104° F (40° C) Single-Phase Generator Power Dimensions
Mode Ranges Weight
Peak: 5500 watts at 1800 RPM, 60Hz
CC/DC Stick/TIG 20-300 A 280 A at 25 V, 100% Duty Cycle H: 33 in (838 mm) 580 lb.
Continuous: 5000 watts at 1800 RPM, 42/21 A,
120/240 VAC, 60 Hz W: 20 in (508 mm) (263 kg)
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 10-33 V 300 A at 25 V, 100% Duty Cycle At all Speeds: 2400 watts, 20 A, 120 V, 60-120 Hz D: 45-1/2 in (1156 mm)

BOBCAT™ 225 CC/CV,AC/DC ENGINE-DRIVEN WELDER / AC GENERATOR


Stock No. 907210
Processes: Stick (SMAW), Flux Cored cutting, Millermatics and motor starting).
(FCAW), MIG (GMAW), DC TIG (GTAW), • Smooth Power —Not Spike Power: Ten-
Non-Critical AC TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon Arc degree skewed-rotor design optimizes
(CAC-A) Cutting and Gouging (3/16 in generator performance for 10,000 watts of
carbons), Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging smoother power — not spike power found
with optional Spectrum models, Optional in other brands.
Battery Charger. • Large Fuel Capacity: Larger 12-gallon fuel
The Industry standard for reliability and tank for an extra four hours of welding and
performance. generator power, and, its exclusive Smart
• High impact protective armor with covers Fuel Tank is designed to minimize the chance
• Accu-Rated™ 10,000 watts of generator of back splash when refueling.
power • High Impact Protective Armor: Super
• Ten-degree skewed rotor Tough XENOY® protective armor with covers
• 12-gallon fuel capacity provides high impact resistance in all
• 50 - 210 amp range and multi-process temperatures. Receptacle and output stud
capabilities covers meet and exceed OSHA, CSA and
CE requirements for jobsite safety.
• Strongest Power: 10,000 watts of the
cleanest, truly usable generator power that • Multiple Process Capabilities: Only Miller
is Accu-Rated ™, not inflated. Deliver peak provides multiple process capabilities — AC
power for a minimum of 30 seconds for and DC welding on both of its Bobcats — so
maximum generator loads (like plasma you don’t have to limit yourself.

Welding Amp / Volt Weld Output Rated Sound Levels at


Single-Phase Net
Model Process at 100% Duty Cycle Rated Output, Dimensions
Mode Ranges Generator Power Weight
(at 104° F / 40° C) 7 m (23 ft)
Peak: 10,000 watts
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 19-28 V 200 A at 20 V H: 33 in (838 mm) 530 lb.
Continuous: 9500 watts 81.5 dB
Bobcat 225 CC/DC Stick / TIG 50-210 A 210 A at 25 V 120/240 VAC, W: 20 in (508 mm) (240 kg
(106.5 Lwa) D: 45-1/2 in (1156 mm) without fuel)
CC/AC Stick / TIG 50-225 A 225 A at 25 V 84/42 A, 60 Hz

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


84 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES

BOBCAT 250 CC/CV,AC/DC ENGINE-DRIVEN WELDER / AC GENERATOR


Stock No. MIL 907212


Processes: Stick (SMAW), Flux Cored generator performance for 10,000 watts for
(FCAW), MIG (GMAW), DC TIG (GTAW), smoother power — not spike power found in
other brands.
Non-Critical AC TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon
Arc (CAC-A) Cutting and Gouging (3/16 in • Most Quiet: Fully enclosed case
decreases sound levels by 1/3 over previous
carbons), Air Plasma Cutting and models and is more worker-friendly. Quietest
Gouging with optional Spectrum models, welder in its class and quieter than most
optional battery charger. engine drives in the industry!
• Fully Enclosed Case with Protective • Large Fuel Capacity: Larger 12-gallon fuel
armor: Fully enclosed case protects the tank for an extra four hours of welding and
engine and internal welding components. generator power. And its exclusive Smart
Plus, exclusive XENOY® protective armor fuel tank is designed to minimize the chance
with receptacle and output stud covers of back splash when refueling.
provides a virtually indestructible barrier • Better Welds: Tri-Cor™ Technology is a
from damage with high impact resistance in redesigned stabilizer with added iron core for
all temperatures. smoother weld output, improved
• Strongest Power: 10,000 watts of the performance and decreased spatter with
cleanest, truly usable generator power that is 7018 electrodes. All without sacrificing the
Accu-Rated™, not inflated. Delivers peak already excellent performance with 6010
power for for a minimum of 30 seconds for electrodes.
maximum generator loads (like plasma Only Miller provides multiple process
cutting, Millermatics and motor starting). capabilities — AC and DC welding on both of
• Smooth Power—Not Spike Power: Ten its Bobcats — so you don’t have to limit
Onan Engine degree skewed-rotor design optimizes yourself.
Sound Levels at
Welding Amp / Volt Weld Output Rated at 100% Single-Phase Net
Process Rated Output, Dimensions
Mode Ranges Duty Dycle (at 104° F / 40° C) Generator Power Weight
7 m (23 ft)
250 A at 28 V Peak: 10,000 watts Kohler: 75.5 dB
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 17-28 V (275 A at 25 V, 60% Duty Cycle H: 33 in (838 mm) 560 lb
Continuous: 9500 watts (100.5 Lwa)
CC/DC Stick / TIG 40-250 A 250 A at 25 V W: 20 in (508 mm) (254 kg)
120/240 VAC Onan by Robin:
CC/AC Stick / Stick 40-250 A D: 45-1/2 in (1156 mm) without fuel
250 A at 25 V 84/42 A, 60 Hz 76.5 dB (101.5 Lwa)

BIG BLUE 400/500 CC


®
OR CC/CV
Stock No. 907071
Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored to oil level check, oil fill, oil filter, fuel filter and air cleaner.
(FCAW), DC TIG (GTAW), Submerged Arc (SAW), Remote toolless oil drain allows oil to be drained
Stud Welding, Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) without getting under the engine and reduces the
400: (Rated) 5/16 in (8 mm) Carbons (Capable) 3/8 in chance of oil spillage.
(9.5 mm) Carbons Heavy duty industrial engine choices designed, built
500: (Rated) 3/8 in (9.5 mm) Carbons and proven to operate over 10,000 hours before the
Engine gauges standard on all models indicate engine first basic overhaul.
oil pressure, coolant temperature. Arc-Drive makes welding easy. Automatically
Designed for fleet owners that demand the ultimate enhances Stick welding, especially on pipe, by focusing
in reliability and performance. the arc and preventing the electrode from going out.
Industrial-grade, sealed marine ignition switch with Hot Start™ provides positive Stick electrode starts
starter interlock prevents the starter from engaging making it easy to start all types of electrodes and it
while the engine is running. Protects ring gear and also works great for bead tie-ins.
starter from abuse. Weatherproof Lexan® nameplate resists cracking
Enclosed robust case design protects internal and fading, and is color-coded for ease of operation.
components from impact and allows air flow to cool GFCI receptacle as required on most job sites to
and prolong the life of the engine. Also reduces sound protect operators from electrical hazards.
levels. CSA, IEC and NEMA compliant for welders. Degree
Quick and easy maintenance with single-side access of protection provided by enclosure IP23.
Weld Max. Open-
Welding Weld Output Rated at Generator Output Weight
Model Output Circuit Dimensions
Mode 104° F (40° C) Rated at 104° F (40° C) (without fuel)
Range Voltage
400 A at 36 V (14.4 kW), Perkins: 1545 lb (701 kg)
Big Blue 400 C CC/DC 55-500 A
100% Duty Cycle Peak: 5500 watts Deutz: 1655 lb (751 kg)
500 A at 40 V (20 kW), Continuous: 4000 watts, 34/17 A, 120/ Perkins: 1565 lb (710 kg)
Big Blue 500 CC 65-600 A H: 43 in Deutz F3L912: 1785 lb (810 kg)
100% Duty Cycle 240 VAC
95 (1092 mm) Deutz F4L: 1695 lb (769 kg)
CC/DC 20-55 A 400 A at 36 V (14.4 kW), Peak: 5500 watts
Big Blue 400 CC/CV W: 28-1/2 in Perkins: 1545 lb (701 kg)
CV/DC 14-40 V 100% Duty Cycle Continuous: 4000 watts, 34/17 A, 120/
240 VAC (724 mm) Deutz: 1655 lb (751 kg)
20-600 A 500 A at 40 V (20 kW), D: 64-7/16 in Perkins: 1565 lb (710 kg)
Big Blue 500 CC/CV Deluxe Model Generator Power
14-40 V 100% Duty Cycle Deutz F3L912: 1785 lb (810 kg)
Single-Phase: 12,000 watts, 50 A, 120/ (1637 mm)
240 VAC, 60 Hz; or Three-Phase: (400) Deutz F4L: 1695 lb (769 kg)
15,000 watts, 36 A, 240 VAC, 60 Hz;
(500) 20,000 watts, 48 A, 240 VAC, 60
Hz while not welding.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES 85

PRO 300
Stock No. 907144

• Industrial Applications: Pipe Welding, • Simple-to-set controls require no


Structural, General Fabrication. elaborate procedure — just select
• The PRO 300 is ideal for the process and weld!
independent rig owner or fleet • Lift-Arc starts provide DC TIG arc
manager who values reliability, starting without the use of high
multiprocess, excellent arc quality, frequency.
portability, and economy.
• Caterpillar Industrial Engine
• Dual digital weld ammeter and
voltmeter are standard. Amps and • Low-speed industrial diesel engine
volts can be set using the weld meter. (1800 RPM) offers long service
intervals, long engine life and low
• Tailored Arc Control (DIG) allows the operating expenses.
arc characteristics to be changed for
specific applications and electrodes. • Quiet at only 74 dba (94 Lwa) at
• Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG
maximum output. Improves work site
(GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW), Lift-Arc Smooth running 7018 or stiffer, more
DC TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon Arc penetrating 6010 electrodes. communication and safety.
(CAC-A) thru 1/4 in (6.4 mm) carbons.
Weld Output Weld Output Rated Max. Open- Generator Power Output
Weld Mode Dimensions Net Weight
Range at 104° F (40° C) Circuit Voltage Rated at 104° F (40° C)
CC/DC 20-410 A 400 A, 23 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 12,000 Watts Peak
H: 32 in (813 mm)
10,000 Watts Continuous Net: 1100 lb (499 kg)
CV/DC 14-40 V 300 A, 32 VDC, 60% Duty Cycle 41 W: 26 in (660 mm)
Single-phase, 120/240 VAC, Ship: 1150 lb (522 kg)
300 A, 25 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle D: 56 in (1422 mm)
83/42 A 60 Hz

Engine Fuel Oil Coolant Automatic Engine


Engine Brand Features HP Type
Speeds Capacity Capacity Capacity Shutdown
EPA Tier 2 indirect-injected liquid-cooled engine.
74 dB @ 13 ft (94 Lwa) full load (66 dB when idle). 1850 RPM Oil pressure
CATERPILLAR 3-cylinder, industrial 11.5 gal. 6 qt 6 qt
3013C Right side service access with intervals of 250 hrs for 22 liquid-cooled, diesel (1250 RPM (43.5 L) (5.7 L) (5.7 L)
Coolant
oil and filters. when idle) Temperature

TRAILBLAZER® 302 DIESEL KUBOTA


Stock No. 907218
• Processes: Stick (SMAW). MIG • Superior arc performance
(GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW) AC/DC TIG • Four preset DIG settings (Stick)
(GTAW), Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) Cutting • Adaptive Hot Start™ (Stick)
and gouging (Rated: 3/16 in carbons,
• Lift-Arc™/Scratch Start TIG with auto-
Capable: 1/4 in carbons), Air Plasma
stop™
Cutting and Gouging with optional
spectrum models. • MIG/FCAW arc starts
• Increased Fuel Capacity to 12 Gallons • Digital meters with Sunvision™
means many hours of run time before technology are easy to read in direct
refueling. sunlight or shade.
• Accu-Rated™ 10,000 watts of usable • Fully enclosed case provides reduced
peak power cranks out enough power for sound levels, fully protected engine, and
most applications: job site, farm/ranch, or utilizes the same hole mounting pattern
home. 9500 watts of continuous power. as past models.

Weld Amp/Volt Weld Output Rated at Single-Phase Sound Levels at Rated Net
Process Dimensions
Mode Ranges 25 V (104° F/40° C)* Generator Power Ouput, 7 m (23 ft) Weight
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 15-35 V 300 A, 100% Duty Cycle Peak: 10,000 watts H: 34-1/4 in (870 mm)
80.5 dB 720 lb.
CC/DC Stick/TIG 20-300 V 280 A, 100% Duty Cycle Continuous: 9500 watts W: 20 in (508 mm)
(105.5 Lwa) (327 kg)
CC/AC TIG/Stick 30-225 A 200 A at 60% Duty Cycle 120/240 VAC, 84/42 A, 60 Hz D: 52 in (1321 mm)
Certified to both Canadian and U.S. Standards for welding equipment. Rated at sea level.

Horsepower Fuel Oil Standard


Engine Brand/Warranty Type Weld Speed Idle Speed
(HP) capacity capacity Shutdowns
Kubota: 2-year limited 19 HP at 3-Cylinder, industrial 12 gal 3.4 qt Low Oil Pressure, High Coolant
3600 RPM 2450 RPM
North American mfg. 3600 RPM liquid-cooled diesel (45 L) (3.2 L) Temperature and Low Fuel

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


86 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES

TRAILBLAZER® 302 [ONAN] GAS DRIVEN WELDER / AC GENERATOR


Stock No. 907217

Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), usable generator power that is a Accu-
Flux Cored (FCAW), AC/DC TIG (GTAW), Rated™, not inflated. Delivers peak power
Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) Cutting and for a minimum of 30 seconds for maximum
Gouging (3/16 in carbons), Air Plasma generator loads (Like plasma cutting,
Cutting and Gouging with optional Millermatics and motor starting).
Spectrum models.
• Exclusive Two-Generator System:
• Accu-Rated™ 10,000 wants of Trailblazer Series offers the ONLY two-
generator power with exclusive two- generator system — one for welding and
generator system. one for generating power — meaning no
interaction between tools and the welding
• 1/3 less noise
arc and it has the strongest generator
• 12-gallon fuel capacity power while welding.
• 20 - 300 amps; Trailblazer 302 and 20 • Superior Arc Performance: Legendary
- 275 amps; Trailblazer 275 DC. four-pole rotor and 3-Phase weld output for
• Multiprocess weld performance the smoothest, most stable and flawless
multi-process arc in their class. Trailblazers
• Multiprocess weld performance. now have LiftArc™ / Scratch start TIG with
• Fully Enclosed Case with protective Auto-Stop™ and four preset DIG settings
Armor: Fully enclosed case protects for Stick.
the engine and internal welding • Digital Meters with SunVision™: Digital
components while reducing sound Meters have SunVision™ technology for
levels by 1/3. Plus, exclusive XENOY® easy reading in direct sunlight or shade.
protective armor with receptacle covers Meters display preset amperage or voltage
The right choice for:
provide a virtually indestructible barrier while not welding. Actual amperage and
• Maintenance and Repair
• Fabrication and Structural Steel from damage with high impact resistance voltage are displayed while welding and for
• Pipe in all temperatures. 5 seconds after welding has stopped. Also,
• Sheet Metal • Strongest Power: 10,000 watts of truly features an hour meter and an oil change
interval display.
Model Welding Process Amp / Volt Weld Output Rated at 25 V Single-Phase Sound Levels at Rated Dimensions Net
Mode Ranges (at 104° F / 40° C)* Generator Power Output, 7 m (23 ft) Weight
Peak: 10,000 watts Kohler: 75.5 dB H: 33 in
CV/DC MIG / FCAW 13-35 V 300 A, 100% Duty Cycle (100.5 Lwa)
Trailblazer 302 Continuous: 9500 watts (838 mm)
CC/DC Stick / TIG 20-300 A 280 A, 100% Duty Cycle 120/240 VAC, Onam by Robin: 76.5 dB 580 lb.
Gasoline W: 20 in
CC/AC Stick / Stick 30-225 A 200 A, 60% Duty Cycle 84/42 A, 60 Hz (101.5 Lwa) (263 kg)
(508 mm) without fuel
Trailblazer 302 75.5 dB D: 45-1/2 in
Derate Trailblazer 302 outputs up to 5% when using LP fuel.
LP (100.5 Lwa) (1156 mm)

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (Engine warranted separated by the Engine Manufacturer.)


Engine Brand/ Horsepower Type Weld Speed Idle Speed Fuel Oil Low Oil Pressure
Warranty (HP) Capacity Capacity Shutdown
Onam by Robin: 22 HP at Twin-cylinder, 4-cycle overhead valve, 12 gal 1.6 qt (1.5 L),
3600 RPM 2300 RPM Standard
3 year mfg. 3600 RPM industrial air-cooled gasoline or LP (45 L) 1.8 qt (1.75 L) with filter

After World War II, Miller Electric developed the AEA 200
engine driven welder, the forer unner to today’s
popular Bobcat™ and Trailblazer™. Other engine drives on
the market were massive and awkward. The AEA 200 had
just as much power, but in a much smaller package. Once
again, a Miller product had filled a customer need.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES 87

RAIDER® 10,000 PRO


Stock No. THA 11-1021
®
Processes: MIG, Flux Cored, Stick, Lift TIG, Car- Raider 10,000 Pro is designed to deliver the best
bon Arc Gouging. available welds / auxiliary power for contractors,
The Raider® is a multiple process machine with owner-operators and welding professionals.
capacity of high quality welding. Its heavy-duty de- • Excellent E6010 and E7018 Performance
sign, built to fit on a truck or trailer, provides perfor- • One Turn Welding Control Knob
mance on Stick / Lift Start TIG / MIG and Carbon • Idle Automatically Adjust to Amperage Draw
Arc Gouging at 100% Duty Cycle @ 250 Amps weld • 115/230/460V Auxiliary Power Available While
®
output. The unique Power-Plus patented alterna- Welding
tor delivers a smooth weld output. Its brushless • Idle Automatically Adjusts for current Draw,
design increases efficiency reducing maintenance Saves Fuel and Reduces Noise
and extending the life of the machine. Separate
• Dinse Twist Lock Output Terminals
windings are used for welding and auxiliary power,
offering the highest quality auxiliary power. A rug- • Rugged, Stainless Steel 10 ga. Fuel Tank
ged 20 HP, 2-cylinder, gas fueled, air-cooled Honda • Rugged, Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Full Canopy
engine, powers the generator. Design
Standard features include HF protection, warning • Engine Warning System and low oil Shut Down
systems, muffler and rain cap, low oil level shut- • 14 Pin Receptacle Configured for 24V & 115V
down, and its idle automatically adjusts for amper- Feeders & Remote Devices
age draw and efficient fuel consumption. The • Honda Gas Engine 2-cylinder, 20 HP, Air-Cooled
12 V Electric Start Easy Start, Low Noise Engine
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
HP & Welding
Engine Type Idle Speed Fuel Tank Oil Capacity
Speed
Honda 2-Cylinder 20 HP @
2,400 RPM 10 Gal. / 38 L .42 Gal. / 1.5 L
GX620K1VX Air Cooled Gas 3,600 RPM

Rated Output @ Duty Cycle Output Range Dimensions Net Weight


250 A / 25 V @ 100% (CC) 15 - 270 Amps 27.9” x 20.9” x 42.5”
542 lbs. (246 kg)
225 A / 25 V @ 100% (CV) 16 - 30 Volts 710 x 530 x 1080 (mm)

BIG BLUE® AIR PAK™


Stock No. 907062

Process: AC* /DC Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), • Quiet - at only 70 db (95 Lwa) when idle, 79 db
Flux Cored (FCAW), AC TIG (GTAW) * DC TIG (104 Lwa) at maximum output. Improves work site
(DC GTAW), Stud Welding Air Carbon Arc (CAC- communications.
A) thru 1/2" carbons Air Plasma Cutting and Goug- • Hot Start™ provides positive stick electrode starts
ing (PAC) with Optional Spectrum Models Battery to make it easy to start all types of electrodes.
Charging/Jump-Starting* Air Compressor * Deluxe • Arc-Drive makes welding easy. Automatically en-
Model Only hances Stick welding, especially on pipe, by fo-
• Ingersoll-Rand ultra-reliable industrial rotary cusing the arc and preventing the electrode from
screw air compressor. Belt-driven with automatic going out.
belt tensioner with a life expectancy of 30,000 • Optional AC/DC/battery charge/jump-start for
hours. AC TIG welding and 12 or 24 volt batteries. Sim-
• Independent compressor controls include an ply select the battery voltage and connect cables
on/off switch for applications not requiring com- to the separate battery output studs. Note: High-
pressed air. At idle speed, the Air Pak will pro- frequency control required for AC TIG welding.
duce 100 PSI at 40 CFM. • Meets NEMA and IEC output ratings.
Welding Mode Weld Output Weld Output Rated at 104° F (40° C) Max. Open- Generator Power at Dimensions Weight
Range NEMA Amperage and Voltage Circuit Voltage 104° F (40° C)
CC/DC 20-750 A 600 A at 44 V (26.4 kW), 40% Duty Cycle 95 Peak:5500 watts
550 A at 42 V (23.1 kW), 60% Duty Cycle Continuous: 4000 watts, H: 43 in
500 A at 40 V (20 kW), 100% Duty Cycle 34/17 A, 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz (1092 mm) Net: 1931 lb
CV/DC 14-40 V 500 A at 40 V (20 kW),100% Duty Cycle 56 while welding W: 28 1/2 in (876 kg)
Battery Charge 12/24 V 750 A, 12 V, Jump-Start 14/28 Optional Generator Power (724 mm) Ship: 1982 lb
Jump-Start 750 A, 24 V, Jump-Start 3-Phase, 20 kW, 36 A, 240 VAC D: 67 1/2 in (899 kg)
(Deluxe Model Only) 1-Phase, 12 kW, 50 A, (1715 mm)
120/240 VAC while not welding

Working Automatic
Free Air Delivery Free Air Delivery Duty Oil
Air Compressor Features Pressure Compressor
at 1850 RPM at 1235 RPM Cycle Capacity
Constant Shutdowns
Rotary screw with electric clutch for on/off.
40 cfm 100 psig 5 qt Oil
Ingersoll-Rand CE55 G1 Oil change intervals 500 hours (same as 60 cfm (1.70m3/min) 100%
(1.13m3/min) Idle 7 bar (4.7 L) Temperature
engine). Life expectancy 30,000 hours

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


88 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES

R-115 UNIVERSAL FEEDER


Stock No. 193164

The R-115 constant speed semi-automatic wire feeder utilizes 115 VAC input power. The R-115 offers
easy connection to older Miller and competitive welding power sources supplying 115 VAC power. Not
shipped with an interconnecting cord. An optional cord is required.
The R-115 will work on the following power sources: Older style Miller with Hubbell connectors,
Hobart, Lincoln, Thermal Arc, Airco, L-Tech and other power sources supplying 115V.
• Processes: MIG (GMAW) and Flux Cored • Wire feed range of 75-750 IPM allows the machine to
(FCAW) Welding cover a wide variety of wire sizes (.030 - 3/32).
• Industrial 4 drive roll system. • Optional Cords.
• Convenient terminal block allows the machine to easily • Drive Rolls, 4 for V groove and 3 for U groove.
adapt to existing feeder interconnecting cords. • Miller True Blue® Warranty.
AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS
Wire Size .030 in (0.8 mm) .035 in (0.8 mm) .045 in (0.8 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
“V” Groove MIL 046780 MIL 046781 MIL 046782 MIL 046784
“U” Groove – MIL 044750 MIL 046785 MIL 046787
Input Power Electrode Wire Diameter Capacity Wire Speed Dimensions Net Weight
L: 23½” (597 mm)
115 VAC, 2A,
.030 - 3/32 in (0.8-2.4mm) 75-750 IPM (1.9 - 19m/min) W: 10¾” (273 mm) 40 lbs. (18 kg)
50/60 Hz
H: 11” (279 mm)

Feeder to Power Source Control Cords – All Cords are 10 ft (3m) in length.
Stock # 193387 Old Style Miller and Airco power source with two
Stock # 193386 Airco power source with straight blade 115 volt
and three prong (Hubbell style) twistlock connectors
wall type plug and two prong twistlock.
Stock # 193383 Hobart power Source with 115 volt wall type
plug and 5-pin plug. Stock # 193381 Hobart power Source with 19-pin plug.
Stock # 193385 Lincoln power source with five wire terminal Stock # 193384 Lincoln power source with 14-pin connector.
Stock # 193379 L-tec power source with 7-pin connector. Stock # 193382 L-tec power source with 19-pin connector.

22A 24 VOLT, CONSTANT-SPEED WIRE FEEDER


Stock No. Mil 193066, 193066-01-1 & 193066-02-2
Process: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW) ( Gas and Self-shielded)
Simple to use but with all the features needed for the industrial manufacturing and fabricating markets. Built
with the strength and flexibility to handle strenuous work loads, the 22A delivers proven reliability and economy.
This wire feeder is ideal for most high-duty-cycle applications requiring day-in day-out trouble-free operation.
FEATURES BENEFITS
• Increased wire-feed-speed range variety of power sources. This helps to ensure
The 22A wire-feed-speed range is 75 – 750! This positive arc starting performance.
offers a wider operating range than the competition. • 16 gauge sheet metal housing
• Trigger hold control Robust in rough service applications. Less prone to
Allow operator to make long extended welds without damage.
having to hold gun trigger. • Optional presettable voltage and wire feed speed
• Gear-driven drive rolls
Allows voltage and wire feed speed to be preset and
Offers smooth, positive and accurate wire feed with
monitored. Does not require a volt sense lead.
long, uninterrupted service life.
• On-board burnback and motor ramp control • Miller’s True Blue® Warranty
Unmatched starting and stopping performance on a Wire feeder is warranted for 3 years—parts and labor.
Stock No. Description
MIL 193066
MIL 193066-01-1 With run-in control
MIL 193066-02-2 With Digital and Voltage Control

Input Power Electrode Wire Diameter Capacity Wire Speed Dimensions Net Weight
24 VAC, 7 A, 75-750 IPM H: 11” x W: 10-3/4” x D: 23-1/2” 36 lbs
.023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm)
50/60 Hz (1.9-19m/min) H: 279mm x W: 273mm x D: 597mm (15.4 kg)
AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS
Wire Size .030 in (0.8 mm) .035 in (0.8 mm) .045 in (0.8 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
“V” Groove For hard Wire Stock # 046780 Stock # 046781 Stock # 046782 Stock # 046784
“U” Groove For soft Wire or soft- – Stock # 044750 Stock # 046785 Stock # 046787
shelled cored wires

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS 89

S-32S AND S-32L


Stock No. MIL 088816 & 109294

• Processes: Flux Cored (FCAW) - gas and self-shielded) and MIG (GMAW)
• Solid-state speed control and brake circuit for exceptional control and service life
• High-torque, two drive roll system delivers consistent performance
• Operates on either straight or reverse polarity
• Quick-change drive rolls (ordered separately) and quick connect feature for Miller guns-no
tools required
• Voltage-sensing control circuit with CC/CV switch
AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS
Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .045” 1/16”
“V” Groove MIL 087131 MIL 079594 MIL 079595 MIL 079596 MIL 079598
“U” Groove — — MIL 044749 MIL 079599 MIL 079601

Electrode Wire
Stock # Input Power Maximum Spool Size Capacity Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Net Weight
Diameter Capacity
S-32S Operates on 50-700 IPM L: 22 1/2” (572 mm)
(MIL 088816) .023-5/64” (0.6-2.0 mm) 33 lbs.
open circuit 60 lbs. (27 kg) Coil (1.3-18m/min)
W: 10 3/4” (273 mm) (15 kg)
S-32SL voltage and arc 25-325 IPM
5/64-7/64” (2.0-2.8 mm) H: 10” (254 mm)
(MIL 109294) voltage 15-100 V (0.6-8.2 m/min)

SUITCASE™ X-TREME™ 12VS


Stock No. 195500 VOLTAGE-SENSING WIRE FEEDER

• Polypropylene case with built-in slide rails and the ability to open the door to
change wire with feeder in vertical position.
• Digital Meters with SunVision™ technology are standard for voltage and wire
speed, and can also display amperage if desired. Meters can be seen clearly even in
direct sunlight.
• Coated and Sprayed main printed circuit board for the harshest environments
adds exceptional reliability. Board has full-trigger isolation so a shorted gun trigger
will not affect feeder operation.
• Improved contactor and overall duty cycle for high-amperage applications (425
A at 60%).
• Trigger hold, wire jog, and gas purge are all standard and located on front panel.
• Wider voltage range for small and large wires with no contactor chatter or arc
outages.
• Double-filtered gas valve helps keep dirt from clogging and affecting gas flow.
• Excellent starts and improved superior arc performance for all types and
sizes of wires whether using CV or CC power supply. Best low-end CC arc in the
industry.
AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS
Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .040” .045” .052” 1/16” .068 /.072” 5/64”
“V” Groove MIL 087131 MIL 079594 MIL 079595 MIL 161189 MIL 079596 MIL 079597 MIL 079598 — —
“U” Groove — — MIL 044749 — MIL 079599 MIL 079600 MIL 079601 — MIL 079602
“V” knurled — — MIL 079606 — MIL 079607 MIL 079608 MIL 079609 MIL 089984 MIL 079610
“U” cogged — — — — MIL 083318 MIL 083317 MIL 079614 — MIL 079615

Input Power Welding Power Input Welding Electrode Wire Maximum Spool Wire Speed Dimensions Net Weight
Source Type Circuit Rating Diameter Capacity Size Capacity
Open-Circuit Constant Voltage 330 A at 60% Duty 50-700 IPM (1.3-18 m/ H: 16 in (406 mm)
Solid Wire:.023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm) 12 in (305 mm) Up to 28.5 lb.
Arc Voltage 15- (CV) or constant Cycle w/ Secondary min) dependent on arc W: 7-1/4 in (184 mm)
Flux Cored:.030-5/64 in (0.8-2.0 mm) 44 lb (20 kg) (12.9 kg)
100 VDC Current (CC) DC Contactor voltage D: 20 in (508 mm)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


90 W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS

SUITCASE™ 8RC & 12RC


Stock No. MIL 194938 & 194940

Processes: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW) • Drive roll accessibility makes it easy to
• Remote voltage control — standard. install wire, adjust tension and change drive
Standard gas solenoid controlling gas flow. rolls.
• Totally enclosed, impact resistant, • Versatile feeders can run wire diameters up
flame-retardant case provides to 5/64 in (2.0 mm).
strength and durability, protecting
• Gas purge purges gas line without feeding
components and weld wire from
moisture, dust and contaminants. wire, or energizing weld wire with OCV.
• Component assembly is easily • Thermal overload protection protects motor
removed for servicing. and control circuit against possible damage due
• Quick-change drive rolls are to overloading conditions, or loose cable
easy to change — no tools required. connections.

ACCESSORIES
Stock No. MIL 122973 MIL 122974 MIL 122975
Remote Extension Cords 25 ft (7.6 m) 50 ft (15.2 m) 75 ft (22.9 m)
(One Required)

AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS


Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .045” 1/16”
“V” Groove MIL 087131 MIL 079594 MIL 079595 MIL 079596 MIL 079598
“U” Groove — — MIL 044749 MIL 079599 MIL 079601
Welding Maximum
Model Input Input Welding Electrode Wire Net
Power Spool Size Wire Speed Dimensions
Stock No. Power Circuit Rating Diameter Capacity Weight
Source Type Capacity
8RC 24 VAC, Solid Wire: .023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm) 8 in (203 mm) H:14-1/2” (368mm) 22 lb
with Remote Voltage 7 A, Constant 500 A at Flux Cored: .030-5/64 in (0.8-2.0 mm) 14 lb (6.4 kg) 75-700 IPM W:6-1/2” (165mm) (9.9 kg)
194938 50/60 Hz Voltage 100% D:15-5/8” (397mm)
(1.9-17.7
12RC 24 VAC, (CV) Duty Cycle Solid Wire: .023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm) 12 in (305 mm) m/min) H:16” (406mm) 25.5 lb
with Remote Voltage 10 A, Flux Cored: .030-5/64 in (0.8-2.0 mm) Up to 44 lb W:7-1/4” (184mm) (11.6 kg)
194940 50/60 Hz (20 kg) D:20” (508mm)

75 SERIES WIRE FEED SYSTEM S-75S


Stock No. MIL 300-114
Flawless Wire Feeding For All Manufacturing and Fabrication Applications:
• Accu-Mate™ eliminates unreliable wire feeder / gun connections.
• Eliminates feeding problems in even the most difficult applications.
• Improves arc quality and eliminates arc start failures.
• Saves time and money on set-ups and consumables
Patent-pending Accu-Mate™ eliminates unreliable feeder/gun connections and gaps:
• Mechanially engages and solidly locks gun into the feeder.
• Properly “seats” the gun for optimal feeding.
• Uses brass components to avoid corrosion and wear-out.
Eliminate downtime and costs associated with wire bucking, kinking, and
birdnesting.
The 75 series Wire Feed System
is the right Choice for: Miller offers a unique full-wire capture and support system that eliminates feeding
problems with both hard-drawn and soft-shelled small diameter wires, as well as
• Manufacturing / Production
steel wires:
facilities.
• MIG stainless and aluminum • New PD drive rolls allow for a supportive structure along the entire wire.
applications. • PD guides between the rolls eliminate unsupported gaps.
• Fabrications Shops. • Preset pressure positions can be set quickly and consistently.
• Aluminum Fabrication. • Superior gun liner design reduces resistance for uninterrupted feeding.
Input Power Wire Speed Wire Diameter Capacity Maximum Spool Dimensions Weight
Size Capacity
H: 14 in
24 VAC, 10 A, Standard-Speed Motor: Standard-Speed Motor: Standard-Speed Motor:
60 lb. coil W: 12-1/2 in
50/60 Hz 50-1400 IPM .023-5/64 in 43 lb.
D: 27 in

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS 91

XR™- CONTROL This is the basic model with digital display. Must be
Stock No. MIL 181538 used with CC, CV or CC/CV DC welding power source

• Digital display indicates wire feed speed rolls and head tube or performing routine
or weld voltage. maintenance without disassembly of gun.
• Push-pull design feeder motor provides • Trigger hold reduces fatigue by allowing
continuous push force to the wire while the operator to weld without holding trigger.
gun motor controls wire feed speed at the • Wire jog control allows wire to be threaded
arc, together providing accurate and positive through gun cable without
wire feed speed. • energizing weld output.
• Master/gun wire feed speed control • Adjustable gun barrel allows operator to
improves resolution by limiting speed range easily vary contact tip to nozzle position.
available at the gun, making it easier to fine- • Patented quick-change, single-turn
tune arc conditions. contact tip provides excellent performance
• Unique arc starting control can be and ease of replacement.
adjusted to tune arc starting, reducing wire • Select from either an XR-Pistol gun or
stubbing or arc flaring which can result in an XR-Edge gooseneck-style gun. Both
burnbacks to the contact tip. feature a quick-connect to the Control and
• Gear-driven, smooth groove drive are available in air- and water-cooled
rolls reduce deformation of the wire and versions with 15 or 30 ft cable lengths. XR-
provide positive feeding performance Edge gun also available in 50 ft.
by having both rolls driving the wire, • The XR-Pistol and XR-Edge guns have a
helping to reduce burnbacks and patented gas delivery that reduces weld
enhancing arc starts. cleanup and repair by improving gas
Processes: MIG (GMAW) Welding • Replaceable feed cable liner reduces shielding coverage through reduction of
• Unique solid-state control parts cost and service time by allowing a atmospheric contamination.
permits XR systems to work with simple means of removing and replacing liner • The XR-Edge gun also features a toolless
most CC, CV, or CC/CV, DC welding and not the complete feed cable. 360 degree rotating head tube that reduces
power sources. • Easy access to drive assembly and operator fatigue by providing a simple means
removable head tube reduces service time of positioning gun comfortably for various
by allowing a simple means of changing drive welding positions.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power Wire Speed Maximum Spool Size Capacity Dimensions Net Weight
24 VAC, 50/60 or 100Hz 70-875 IPM 12 in (305 mm) H: 16” W: 9-1/4” D: 21-1/4” 38 lb (17.2 kg)
(1.8-22.2 m/min) H:406 mm W: 235 mm D: 540
mm
Need Power source, XR Control, Gun and Fast Tip Drive Rolls
GUN SELECTOR CHART DRIVE ROLL KITS
Stock No. Description Stock No. Description
XR-Edge Gun 181534 15 ft (4.6 m) cable XR-Edge Gun 195208 .030 in (0.8 mm)
(Air Cooled) 181535 30 ft (9 m) cable 195207 .035 in (0.9 mm)
FastTip™/Drive
181537 50 ft (15.2 m) cable 195206 .040 in (1.0 mm)
Stock No. Description Roll Kits 195205 .047 in (1.2 mm)
195204 .062 in (1.6 mm)
XR-W Edge Gun 181531 15 ft (4.6 m) cable
181532 30 ft (9 m) cable Stock No. Description
(Water Cooled)
181533 50 ft (15.2 m) cable XR-Pistol Gun 195213 .030 in (0.8 mm)
195212 .035 in (0.9 mm)
XR-A Pistol Gun Stock No. Description FastTip™/Drive
195211 .040 in (1.0 mm)
198127 15 ft (4.6 m) cable Roll Kits 195210 .047 in (1.2 mm)
(Air Cooled) 198128 30 ft (9 m) cable 195209 .062 in (1.6 mm)
XR-W Pistol Gun Stock No. Description Call us for additional accessories for this machine.
198129 15 ft (4.6 m) cable
(Water Cooled) 198130 30 ft (9 m) cable

XR-EDGE GUN
XR-PISTOL GRIP GUN
Model XR-A Edge Gun XR-W Edge Gun Model XR-A Gun XR-W Gun
Welding Output Air: 250 A at Water: 400 A at 100% Welding Output Air: 250 A at Water: 400 A at 100%
Range 100% Duty Cycle Duty Cycle Range 100% Duty Cycle Duty Cycle
Electrode Wire .030-.062 in (0.8-1.6 mm) Electrode Wire .030-.062 in (0.8-1.6 mm)
Diameter Capacity Aluminum Wire Diameter Capacity Aluminum Wire
Wire Speed 70-875 IPM (1.8-22.2 m/min) Wire Speed 70-875 IPM (1.8-22.2 m/min)
H: 5” W: 2-1/2” D: 17” H: 7-3/8” W: 1-7/8” D: 10-5/8”
Dimensions Dimensions
H:127 mm W:64 mm D: 432 mm H:187 mm W:48 mm D:270 mm
Net Weight 2.5 lb (1.1 kg) Net Weight 2.4 lb (1.1 kg) 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


92 W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS / S POT W ELDERS

HEFTY® CC/CV
Stock No. THA 100035-001

The Thermal Arc Hefty® CC/CV is a portable, The variable speed motor handles the fast
solid state, CC and CV suitcase wire feeder speed demands of smaller wire as well as the
designed for gas metal arc welding (GMAW) low speed high torque demands for larger di-
and flux-cored arc welding (FCAW).The front ameter wire. The quick torch connector is
panel features larger knobs for easier adjust- standard and easily fits most TWECO MIG
ment and large more visible meters. It has an guns. The suitcase feeder protects 10, 15, 20,
insulated top carrying handle and front and 30, 45 lb. wire spools and 14 lb. coils of wire.
rear recessed handles. The rugged, high-im- • A truly portable wire feeder
pacted molded polymer case makes it durable • Built-in contactor
enough to take anywhere. And the control • Powerful permanent magnet motor
panel is recessed, to protect the knobs with a • Dynamic braking system
plastic, flame-retardant suitcase housing. • Laydown type carrying handle
Standard features include contactor, gas • 50 to 600 IPM (127 to 1520 CPM)
AVAILABLE FEED ROLL KITS valve, on/off switch, CC/CV selector switch. wire speed
Wire Size .024” .030”, .035 .035” .045” .035”, .045” .052” 1/16” .030”, .035” .052”, 1/16”, .068”
Wire Type Hard Hard Hard Hard & Tubular Hard Hard Hard & Tubular Hard Hard & Tubular
Stock No. 171435-001 171435-002 171435-003 171435-004 171435-005 171435-006 171435-007 – –

Input Voltage Max. input Maximum Wire Welding Feed


Range Current Spool Capacity Current Rolls Wire Speed Range Wire Size Range Dimensions Net Weight
12” (304.8 mm) 330A at 60% 50-700 (IPM) .024” - 5/64” 14.8” x 9.1” x 23.2”
15-100VDC 8 Amps 2 29 lbs. (13.2 kg)
30 lbs. (13.6 kg) Duty Cycle 1.3 - 17.8 (m/min) 0.6 - 2.0 (mm) 375 x 230 x 587 (mm)

MSW & LMSW SERIES


Process: Resistance Spot Welding. Models weld up to 3/16 in (4.8 mm) total
These lightweight, air-cooled units are portable, material thickness or two pieces of 16 gauge
easy to operate, and provide a quick and (3 mm) galvanized metal.
effective means for spot welding mild, “T” Models include a Timer Panel with a 0 to 5
galvanized or stainless materials. These units second weld timer and power on/off switch, and
are an excellent choice for maintenance work, Features
and for spot welding applications that require • Accommodates a wide variety of tongs and tips
portability and lower amperage welding. • Hand lever locks tongs firmly on material,
The MSW Models weld up to 1/8 in (3.2 mm) • ensures positive, accurate fit-up
total material thickness or two pieces of 20 • Quick and easy adjustment for material thickness
gauge (1.8 mm) galvanized metal. The LMSW • Reversible for left- or right-hand operation
Work Capacity Rated Output (Calibrated Max.
Model Input Rated w i t h s ta n d a r d - t y p e t o n g s )
(Combined Thickness Open- Net
Stock 50/60Hz Output at 50% Dimensions
uncoated mild steel using 6 in 12 in 18 in Circuit Weight
No. Amps Duty Cycle
6 in [152 mm] tongs) (152mm) (305mm) (457mm) Voltage
MSW-41 H: 6” W: 3 1/4” D:16” 26 lbs
110 VAC 30 1/8 in (3.2 mm) 1.5 kVA 5550 A 4500 A 3600 A 1.6
900371 152mmx83mmx330mm (12 kg)
LMSW-52 H: 6” W: 3 1/4” D:13” 33 lbs
220 VAC 30 3/16 in (4.7 mm) 2.5 kVA 6750 A 5800 A 4850 A 2.5
900377 152mmx83mmx406mm (15 kg)
Models do not include tongs or tips. For information and availability of tongs and tips for use with this machine, please refer
to the bottom of this page.

TIPS AND TONGS FOR MSW AND LMSW SERIES SPOT WELDERS
One set of tips is supplied with each set of tongs.
TONGS
Stock No. Description
MIL 040197 6 in (152 mm) Standard Tip Flat Tip
3½ in (89mm)
MIL 040198 12 in (305 mm)
MIL 040199 18 in (457 mm)
TIPS
ACCESSORIES
Stock No. Description
Model Stock No. Description MIL 040211 Standard Tip
Tip Dresser 040 228 For use with pointed tips. MIL 040212 Flat Tip

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C OOLANT S YSTEMS 93

TORCH & GUN COOLERS


Coolmate COOLMATE™ 3 115 VAC, 50/60 HZ
Stock No. MIL 043007
For use with water-cooled torches rated up to 600 amps. Unique paddle-wheel indicator,
external filter and easy-fill Spout.

Coolmate 4
COOLMATE™ V3
Coolmate 3 Stock No. MIL 043009
For use with water-cooled torches rated up to 500 amps. Vertical Design conveniently
mounts to Miller Cylinder rack in place of one cylinder.

COOLMATE™ 4 115 VAC


Stock No. MIL 042288
The best performer in its design class. The tough, one-piece case is portable and
rustproof. A carrying handle and filler spout are molded into the case. Cools torches
and guns rated up to 600 amps.
Model Motor Input Amps Input Full Load Max. Cooling Capacity Tank Dimensions Net Weight
Voltage 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 60Hz Capacity
Coolmate 3 115 VAC 5.9 A 4.7 A 14,000 BTU/hr at 3 gal H: 13-1/4 in (337 mm) 39 lb
Stock No. 043007 230 VAC 2.5 A 3.0 A 1.3 qt/min (1.25 L/min) (11.4 L) W: 12-1/4 in (311 mm) (18 kg)
D: 23-1/4 in (584 mm)
Coolmate V3 115 VAC 5.9 A 4.7 A 14,000 BTU/hr at 3 gal H: 33 in (838 mm) 50 lb
Stock No. 043009 1.3 qt/min (1.25 L/min) (11.4 L) W: 9-1/4 in (235 mm) (23 kg)
D: 9-1/4 in (235 mm)
Coolmate 4 H: 16-1/4 in (413 mm)
115 VAC 5.9 A 4.7 A 15,000 BTU/hr at 4 gal W: 15-1/4 in (387 mm) 44 lb
Stock No. 042288 1.3 qt/min (1.25 L/min) (15.0 L) (20 kg)
D: 18-3/4 in (476 mm)

WATER COOLER
Stock No. TWE TC900-G
• Designed for MIG guns up to 800 amps • Both style pumps equipped with a by pass
and TIG torches up to 500 amps. to eliminate excessive pump wear.
• Stainless steel construction eliminates • All coolant passes through radiator for
coolant contamination due to electrolyte more efficient cooling.
and chemical reactions.
• High efficiency radiator design pulls out- Specifications
side air through radiator.
• 2.5 Gallon reservoir.
• Reservoir equipment with filter, which en-
hances pump life. • 115 or 230 Volt single phase 50/60 Hz.
• Large water flow/level indicator makes it • 18” L x 9-1/4” W x 12-3/8” H
easy to monitor cooler operation from • 5/8” left-hand standard inert gas fittings.
a distance.
• All major components are easily acces- • 8 ft power cord.
sible for fast easy maintenance. • Net Weight 42 lbs.

LOW CONDUCTIVITY
ANTIFREEZE / COOLANT
Item No. MIL 043810
Primarily used in TIG (high-frequency) applications, but can also be used in MIG systems where alumi-
num is not in the water path. 1 gallon recyclable plastic bottles. Miller coolants contain a base of
ethylene glycol and deionized water to protect against freezing to -37°F (-38°C) or boiling to 227°F
(108°C). Also contains a compound that resists algae growth.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


94 P OWER SOURCE A CCESSORIES

CARRYING CART NO. 29 RUNNING GEAR


Stock No. MIL 056301 Stock No. MIL 043998
Height: 34” x Width: 30” x Depth: 17” Includes two 8 in (203 mm) wheels, two 4 in (102 mm) cast-
(864 x 762 x 432 mm). ers and handle. Two compartments have been integrated for
Used for: Maxstar and MXT filler materials and will accommodate gas cylinders up to 48
in (122 cm) high measuring 7 in (17.8 cm) in diameter.

CYLINDER RACK Used for: Syncrowave 180SD

Stock No. MIL 043040


Consists of base tray with bottle bracket, and vertical
support rack with safety chain.
NO. 4B RUNNING GEAR
Note: Cannot be used with LP Tank Mounting Bracket.
Stock No. MIL 041930
Used for: Bobcat Two rear wheels with 480/400 x 8 pneumatic tires. Two 8
in (203 mm) solid rubber tired front wheels and 30 in
(762 mm) towing handle.
DELUXE CARRYING CART Used for: Bobcat and Trailblazer

AND CYLINDER RACK


Stock No. MIL 043867 RUNNING GEAR /
CYLINDER RACK
Accomodates Inverter power source, cooler, and one gas
cylinder. Includes bottom drawer for miscellaneous items.
Used for: Maxstar 300, Dynasty and Syncrowave 180SD Stock No. MIL 770187
Heavy-duty construction. For gas Cylinders no larger than 7
DUAL CYLINDER RACK in (178 mm) diameter, maximum weight 100 lb (45 kg)

Stock No. MIL 042758 Used for: MM135 and MM175


Converts single to a dual Cylinder Rack.
Used for: MM210, MM251 and MM300
SMALL RUNNING GEAR /
CYLINDER RACK
MIGRUNNER CART Stock No. MIL 194776
INVERTER Durable construction. For gas cylinders no larger than
7 in (178 mm) diameter, maximum weight 75 lb (34 kg).
Stock No. MIL 195445
Small footprint easily maneuverable, with cylinder rack Used for: MM 135 and MM 175
low enough that you don’t have to lift bottles. Durable,

STANDARD CYLINDER
HD ergonomic handles are designed for comfort.
Used for: XMT

RACK
NO. 22 RUNNING GEAR Stock No. MIL 042887
Stock No. MIL 042258 Installs on standard running gear (#042886) only.
Includes two 10 in (254 mm) wheels, two 5 in (127 mm)
casters and a two-compartment rack for gas cylinder(s) or Used for: DeltaFab and Dimension
Coolmate V3 coolant system
Used for: Syncrowave 250
STANDARD RUNNING
NO. 24H1 HAND GEAR
Stock No. MIL 042886
RUNNING GEAR The large 10 in (254 mm) rear wheels and 5 in (127
mm) front casters on this running gear provide excel-
Stock No. MIL 043720 lent mobility on the shop floor, making it easier to
Compact, lightweight wheelbarrow-style running move the power source. Very easy to install. Handles
gear designed for easy onsite mobility. double as cable holder.
Used for: Blue Star 3500 & 6000 Used for: DeltaFab, Goldstar and Dimension

NO. 27 HAND UNIVERSAL CART


RUNNING GEAR AND CYLINDER RACK
Stock No. MIL 043014 Stock No. MIL 042934
Rugged, lightweight design provides maximum maneuver-
ability. Comes with standard handle, two large 480/400 x 8 Accommodates gas cylinder up to 56 in (142.2 cm)
pneumatic tires, two 5 in rubber swivel casters, adjustable high measuring 6 to 9 in (15.2 to 22.8 cm) in diameter.
axle and easy-to-read instructions. Shown with optional LP Provides storage for auxiliary items such as Electrodes,
tank mounting bracket. Helmets, Gloves, etc.
Used for: Bobcat and Trailblazer Used for: Econotig,Maxstar 300, XMT and Syncrowave 180

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


P OWER SOURCE A CCESSORIES 95

XMT CYLINDER CART RCCS-14 REMOTE


Stock No. MIL 042537
Has adjustable handles and is slanted for convenient CONTRACTOR AND CURRENT
access to power source front panel controls. Carries
two 160 lb (72.6 kg) gas Cylinders, or one gas Cylin-
CONTROL
Stock No. MIL 043688
der and a Coolmate V3 for TIG (GTAW) welding.
Up/Down rotary-motion fingertip control fastens to
Feeder Mounted to tray above power source. TIG torch using Velcro® straps. Includes 26.5 ft con-
Used for: Maxstar 300 and XMT trol cord. Great for applications that require finer
amperage control. Uses 14 pin plug.

HWY-224 TRAILER
Used for: Maxstar 200, Maxstar 300, CST 250, Dynasty 200,
Syncrowave 180 and Mark VI
Stock No. MIL 043805

RFCS-14 HD FOOT CONTROL


A 2650 lb (1202 kg) capacity highway trailer. Welded
steel tubing frame, heavy-duty axle with roller bearing
hubs and leaf-spring suspension. The Hwy-224 comes Stock No. MIL 194744
with jack stand, 2 in (50 mm) ball hitch, fenders and lights. New Design increases stability with a larger base and a
heavy 20 ft cord that can exit the front, back or either
Used for: Big 40 Cat, Big Blue Series, Pro 300 and Air Pak side of the pedal. Provides remote current and contrac-
tor control. 14-pin plug.

OFR-224 TRAILER Used for: Maxstar 200, Maxstar 300, Dynasty


200, Syncrowave 180 and Mark VI
Stock No. MIL 043802
A 2650 lb (1202 kg) capacity off road trailer. Welded
steel tubing frame, heavy-duty axle with roller bearing RFCS-14 REMOTE
hubs and leaf-spring suspension. The OFR-224
comes with jack stand and 2 in (50 mm) ball hitch.
FOOT CONTROL
Stock No. MIL 043554
Used for: Big 40 Cat, Big Blue Series, Pro 300 and Air Pak
Foot pedal provides remote current and contractor
control. Includes 20 ft (6 m) cord and 14-pin plug.

HWY-1000 TRAILER Used for: CST 250, XMT and Mark VI


Stock No. MIL 195013
This 1000 lb capacity highway trailer with
welded steel tubing frame, heavy-duty axle
with roller bearing hubs and leaf-spring
RHC-14 HAND CONTROL
Stock No. MIL 129340
suspension comes with jack stand, 2 in Miniature hand control for remote current and
ball hitch, fenders and lights. contractor control. Dimensions: 4 x 4 x 3-1/4 in
Used for: Bobcat and Trailblazer (102 x 102 x 82 mm). Includes 20 ft (6 m) cord
and 14-pin plug.
Used for: CST 250, XMT, Pro 300, Mark VI,

HF-251D-1 HIGH FREQUENCY Trailblazer, Big Blue and Air Pak

ARC STARTER AND STABILIZER


Stock No. MIL 042388 Available for Rental Weekly or Monthly
Call Awisco for Details
RHC-3GD34A REMOTE
Portable 115 Volt, 250 amp unit, 60% duty cycle
HAND CONTROL
Stock No. MIL 041122
unit adds high-frequency to the welding circuit to
help start the arc when using the TIG process. (Re-
Remote hand amperage or voltage control.
quires Secondary Contractor and RMLS-14 Switch).
Includes 20 ft (6 m) cord and plug.

RCC-14 REMOTE
Used for: Big Blue Series

CONTRACTOR AND CURRENT


CONTROL RMLS-14 SWITCH
Stock No. MIL 129337
Stock No. MIL 151086
Side-to-side rotary motion finger control fastens Momentary- and maintained-contact rocker
switch for contactor control. Push forward for
to TIG torch with Velcro® straps. includes 26.5
maintained contact and backward for momen-
ft control cord and 14-pin plug. Great for pro- tary contact. Includes 26.5 ft (8 m) cord and
duction or contractors needing quick ramp-up. 14-pin plug.
Used for: CST 250, Syncrowave 180, XMT, ALT 304 and Mark VI Used for: XMT Series

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


96 P OWER SOURCE A CCESSORIES

Machine Covers

PROTECTIVE COVER PROTECTIVE COVER


Stock No. MIL 195144 Stock No. MIL 195142
Protective Cover, Millermatic with helmet
bag Includes detachable protective helmet
Mildew-resistant, odorfree, carrier (with window for solar charging).
waterproof cover protects your Easy-off handle/helmet bag hanger/wall
machine’s finish. hanging strap. Covers unit with weld cables
connected. Oversized storage pocket.
Used for: Millermatic 210, Millermatic
251 & Millermatic 300

Used for: Spectrum 125C & Spectrum 375 PROTECTIVE COVER


Stock No. MIL 195193
Heat-resistant blue protective cover.
PROTECTIVE COVER L:32", W:24", H:20"
Stock No. MIL 195145 Used for:
Blue Star 3500 &
Blue Star 6000

Covers unit with all cables con-


nected. Easy-off handle/ wall
hanging strap.

Used for: Spectrum 625

PROTECTIVE COVER
Stock No. MIL 195136
PROTECTIVE COVER
Stock No. MIL 195271 Engine Drive 18W x 48L x 26H heat
resistant blue protective cover with re-
inforced sleeve for exhaust pipe. Easy-
Waterproof and Mildew-resistant cover. off handles, easy-access cable cut-
Made of flame and tear-resistant wo- outs, and tie down grommets secure
ven nylon. cover for transport.
Used for: Spectrum 2050
Used for: Bobcat 225, Bobcat 250
& Trailblazer Series

PROTECTIVE COVER
Stock No. MIL 195333
PROTECTIVE COVER This is for Machines that are totally enclosed.
Stock No. MIL 195149

• Heavy-duty, water resistant


Protective Cover, Millermatic 135 & 175 Cov-
and mildew resistant.
ers unit with weld cables connected. Cutout
allows access to handle for portability. Over- • Protects and maintains the
finish of your twin-cylinder
sized storage pocket (can be used to store
welder / generator.
cables )
• Heat-resistant, reinforced
sleeve for exhaust pipe.
Used for: Millermatic 135 & Millermatic 175
Note: Not for use with protective cage or running gear.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


C UTTING S YSTEMS 97

AWISCO is showing information on the C&G Crossfire System which is the more popular system from C&G...
To see their entire line of systems, either call AWISCO for a full C&G Catalog or visit their Website at
www.cgsystems.com

C&G CROSSFIRE SYSTEM


Call Awisco for details or prices...

C&G is a manufacturer of CNC plasma and PC-based controller provides the


oxy-fuel shape cutting systems including can- sophistication to increase operator
tilever, dual side drive standard gantry, heavy productivity. The controller is powerful and
duty gantry, precision plasma gan- easy to learn. The chassis is swivel-mounted
try and single side drive and it has a user-friendly touchscreen
standard gantry sys- operation. The 12.1” active liquid crystal
tems which cover display provides clear, bright graphics that
the full range of au- can be seen at an angle or from across the
tomated shape cut- shop floor. Easy-to-use nesting software is
ting applications. included. Time is money and Crossfire saves
Precision C&G cut- both.
ting systems pro- Durability.
vide practical, eco- Crossfire is engineered to operate 24/7.
nomical shape cut- Easily capable of running for more than 100
ting solutions for ei- hours straight, the rugged Crossfire could run
ther plasma or oxy- for countless shifts without interruption. The
fuel requirements. 90# T-rails are FLAME-hardened for a longer
System options range from cantilever fixed lasting, smooth ride. The cross carriage has
table designs to single and dual-side rack and a hinged cover to keep it free of debris and
pinion drive models. protected from the environment. Crossfire is
Precision. Crossfire is more accurate than engineered for the long run.
machines costing twice as much! Our new Versatility.
cutting system maintains a positioning ac-
Crossfire is available in 6’, 8’, 10’ and 12’
curacy of better than .010 and a repeatabil-
widths and its length can be extended up to
ity of .002 in an 8’ x 8’ area as certified by an
100’. Crossfire can be equipped with as many
independent laser calibration and certifica-
as 5 cutting stations (one plasma with up to
tion company. With such capabilities,
4 oxy-fuel or two plasma with up to 3 oxy-
Crossfire is always on target.
fuel) and a marking station. The optional
Speed. wireless communication package offers the
At 900 IPM, Crossfire is faster than machines ultimate in convenience. No matter what job
costing twice as much! State-of-the-art AC it is, you can’t miss with Crossfire.
drives provide the power and the integrated

Integrated PC-Based OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

CNC Controller • Plasma Station Collision Sensor • Software Upgrades


• Marking Station, Air Scribe, Arc Writer, Plasma • Precision Plasma
• Wireless Communication Package

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
• Easy-to-use Touch Screen Operation
• Cutting Widths: 6’, 8’, 10’, 12’ • Precision Ground Linear Ways
• 12.1” Color Active Liquid Crystal Display
• Standard Length: 10’ • Helical Planetary Direct Drive Gear Boxes
• 433 MHz Processor
• Rail Extensions up to 100’ • Flame Hardened 90# T-Rail
• Windows NT-based Operating System
• Number of Cutting Stations: 5 (max.) • Band Drive Torch Positioning
• 128 Megabytes of RAM • Plasma Stations: 2 (max.) • Hinged Cover for Cross Carriage
• 4.3 Gigabytes of Hard Drive Oxy-Fuel: 4 (max.)
Storage Capacity
• • Enclosed Powertrack on all Axis and Lifter
• Markers: 1 Stations
• Diskette Drive
• Integrated PC-Based CNC Controller • Touch Pad Controls for Oxy-fuel and
• Auxiliary Dual 115V Outlet Plasma Torch
• Drive Package 900 IPM
• Swivel Base and Utility Desk • Height Control
• AC Brushless Motors
• AC 1,000 Watt Brushless Drives • Nesting Software Included

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


98 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES

WELDING PR OCESSES
PROCESSES

THE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE ( CD ) STUD WELDING PROCESS

1. Stud against work 2. Stored energy dis- 3. Stud forced into molten 4. Metal solidifies and
charged through special metal weld is completed in mil-
weld “timing” tip and stud liseconds
starts downward.

Capacitor Discharge (CD) Stud Welding involves the same basic principles and metallurgical aspects as any other arc
welding procedure. When the weld gun is activated, a special precision weld tip initiates a controlled electric arc from the
welder capacitor bank which melts the end of the stud and a portion of the base metal. The stud is held in place as the
molten metal solidifies instantly accomplishing a high quality fusion weld.
CD Stud Welding is generally used to weld smaller diameter studs to thin base metals, especially where reverse side
marking is not permissible. Since the entire weld cycle is completed in milliseconds, welds can be made to thin material
without pronounced distortion, burn-through or reverse side discoloration. As long as one end of stud is designed for CD
welding, CD studs can be manufactured in almost any shape.
CD Stud Welding is compatible with just about any weldable material, and permits the welding of dissimilar metals.

THE ARC STUD WELDING PROCESS

1. Stud and ceramic fer- 2. Stud lifts and arc is 3. Control times out and 4. Metal solidifies and
rule against the work drawn stud plunges into molten weld is completed in mil-
plate steel liseconds

Arc Stud Welding involves the same basic principles and metallurgical aspects as any other arc welding procedure. The
weld gun lifts the stud a short distance from the base metal and initiates a controlled electric arc from the power source
which melts the end of the stud and a portion of the base metal. The ceramic ferrule contains the molten metal into which
the stud is thrust automatically and a high quality fusion weld is accomplished.
Arc Stud Welding is generally used to weld larger diameter studs to thick base metals. ARC studs may be almost any
shape and there are literally hundreds; however, they must have one end of the stud designed for ARC welding and must
be made of weldable materials. Mild steel, stainless steel, and aluminum are applicable materials for arc stud welding.

AWISCO HAS HAD EXTENSIVE EXPERIENCE IN STUD WELDING APPLICATIONS AND PROCESSES. WE
OFFER THE CD AND THE ARC STUD WELDING EQUIPMENT AS A PURCHASE OR ON A RENTAL BASIS.

GIVE US A CALL AND WE WILL ANSWER ANY OF YOUR QUESTIONS...


We are showing the most popular power sources, Both for CD and Arc stud.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES 99

GUIDELINES FOR EQUIPMENT SELECTION CD VS ARC


CD A RC
Uses: Generally used to weld smaller diameter studs (14 Ga – 3/8”) to Uses: Generally used to weld larger diameter studs (10 Ga to 1-1/4”)
thin base metals, especially where reverse side marking is not permis- to thick base metals. Rule of thumb, base metal thickness should be at
sible. 3/8” can be a difficult setup if surface preparations are not fol- least 1/3 of stud diameter. An Arc weld is a penetrating weld. Equip-
lowed. A CD weld is a surface weld. Equip is more portable. ment tends to be less portable than CD.
Surface Preparation: Must be free of all rust, scale, oil, paint, Surface Preparation: Surface must be relatively free of all rust,
and any foreign substances. Wire brush cleaning of surface with Oil, paint, plating, and any foreign substances. Wire brush clean-
light rust may be necessary. If surface has oil, scale, paint, plat- ing of surface will usually be adequate. Cannot weld through hot
ing, etc. call to see if you can use CD welding. dipped galvanize without extensive grinding and wire brushing
Welding location must be free of pits. Center punching can not with S/S brush. Rolled galvanized is slightly better. Weld can trans-
be used to mark location. fer heat & cause a heat affected area.
Typical Material Combinations: You cannot weld to hot rolled Typical Material Combinations: Can weld to hot rolled steel
steel quenched in oil or scale material. Studs of Mild Steel (1008, quenched in oil and scale material. Studs of Mild Steel, Stainless
1010), Stainless (304, 305), and Brass (70-3-,65-35) can be welded Steel Series 300 (except 303) can be welded with good to excel-
with good to excellent results to base metals of Mild Steel (1006 lent results to base metals of Mild Steel (1006 - 1025) and Stain-
- 1030) Medium Carbon Steel (1030 - 1050), Galvanized sheet less Steel Series 300 (except 303). Studs of Aluminum 5086 can
duct or decking, Stainless Steel (405, 410 430, and 330 series be welded to 5000 Series aluminum but requires use of gas.
except 303), Lead Free Brass, Electrolytic Copper, Lead-Free
Power Requirements:
Rolled Copper, and Die-Cast Zinc alloys. Studs of Aluminum 1100,
AC Unit:: 230/460 VAC (208/575 also avail. as specials) single
6061 can be welded to most aluminum alloys of the 1100,3000,
phase or three phase (depending on unit). Fusing based on volts
5000, and 6000 series.
and specific unit.
Power Requirements: 110 VAC/ (220 VAC avail. on some mod- DC Unit: 60 VDC constant. DC amps required will depend on
els or as special), 20 Amps. stud diameter.

CAPACITOR DISCHARGE MACHINE


Stock No. SWC CD-212P

The CD-212P is a state-of-the-art solid state Features:


capacitor discharge stud/pin welder. Its lightweight • Designed and built in U.S.A.
design increases portability but with the power to weld • Light Weight Aluminum Cabinet
1/4” diameter flanged studs. • Powder Coated
The extremely short weld time of capacitor • Safety Fault Shut Down
discharge process allows studs to be welded to • Recessed Control Panel
material as thin as .015 without burn-through.
• Circuit Breaker Protection
The unit is capable of welding mild steel, stainless
and aluminum studs as well as cuphead pins. • 3 Year Warranty on PCB
Input Power Weld Rate Capacitance Stud Range Mode Dimensions Weight
110 VAC, 60Hz 20 Amps 12 Studs / min. 66,000 MFD 14 Ga. - 1/4” Contact H: 8 - 1/2” W: 9” D: 11 - 3/4” 26 lbs

ARC STUD WELDER MACHINE


Stock No. SWC ARC-3000
The ARC-3000 is a fully regulated stud welding to printed circuit boards. The ARC-3000 system
power supply that is available in a single or dual is capable of welding studs from 1/4” diameter to
gun version. Both versions have the constant 1-1/4” diameter with preciseness and repeatability.
output feature that allows the unit to be used as a Features:
power source that can operate external stud • Designed and built in U.S.A.
welding control units. An added feature in the ARC- • Constant current output
3000 is the ability to dial in the desired weld time • Single or dual gun systems
and weld current before even making a weld. By • Independent gun controls
selecting the setup mode, the weld time and • Precise weld time and weld current adjustments
current can be adjusted and displayed on the front
• Digital display of actual weld time and
panel digital meters.
weld current
A specially designed electronic gun control
circuit has been incorporated into the system. If a
• Diagnostic L.E.D.’s
fault condition occurs due to a shorted gun • State of the art gun control circuitry
solenoid or a faulty control cable, the circuit will • Built in chuck saver
prevent gun retriggering and eliminate damage • Auto safety shutdown

Input Power Optional Input Output Duty Cycle Fusing Dimensions Weight
1/4 - 3/8 Unlimited H: 36”
1/2” 60/min 5/8” 30 min. 400/200/180 Delay Type
230/460/575 VAC 380/415/440 VAC - 50Hz 3000 Amps @ 44 VDC W: 28” 950 lbs
3/4” 20/min 7/8” 15/min. 3 Phase / 60 cycle
1” 10/min. D: 40”

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


100 W ELDING M ACHINES

DC POWER SOURCES
• Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) is a high quality, very high deposition welding process. Submerged
Arc Welding is a high deposition rate welding process commonly used to join plate.
• Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) shields the weld arc using a granular flux fed into the weld
zone forming a thick layer that completely covers the molten zone and prevents spatter and
sparks. It also acts as a thermal insulator, permitting deeper heat penetration.
• The process is obviously limited to welding in a horizontal position and is widely used for
relatively high speed sheet or plate steel welding in either automatic or semi automatic
configurations. The Flux can be recovered, treated, and reused.
• Submerged Arc Welding provides very high welding productivity... 4 - 10 times as much as
the Shielded Metal Arc Welding process.
LAF365 LAF1000 LAF1250 LAF1600
Stock No. 457350880 456321881 456323880 456324880
Input Voltage, 3 ph, 60 Hz 400/440 400/440/550 400/440/550 400/440/550
Maximum 100% Duty Cycle A/V 630/44 800/44 1250/44 1600/44
Load @ 80% Duty Cycle A/V 700/44 – – –
60% Duty Cycle A/V 800/44 1000/44 – –
Setting Range A/V MIG 50/17-635/44 50/17-1000/45 60/17-1250/44 –
SubArc 30/21 40/22-1000/45 40/22-1250/44 40/22-1600/46
800/44
Open Circuit Voltage, V 54 52 51 54
Open Circuit Power, W 150 145 220 220
Power Factor Correction 0.90 0.95 0.92 0.87
Efficiency 0.84 0.84 0.87 0.88
Dimensions: 26 X 19 X 36 26 x 22 x 43 31 x 24 x 49 31 x 24 x 49
LxWxH, in. (mm) (661 X 483 X 915) (646 x 552 x 1090) (774 x 598 x 1228) (774 x 598 x 1228)
Weight, lbs (kg) 572 (260) 726 (330) 1078 (490) 1287 (585)

AWISCO NY Corporation has been involved with ESAB in introducing Sub Arc to many users with tremendous success. There are
many variations of Power Sources, Tracks, Wires and Fluxes... We are showing some of the Power Sources and Tracks Systems. We
are only showing the Wire and Flux that has been the most popular in this area. For additional information you can request a full Sub
Arc Catalog from Awisco or you can visit the ESAB’s Website at www.esab.com

A6 MASTERTRAC
• Self-propelled, four-wheel drive for stable and • Optional automatic GMD or joystick controlled
accurate operation. joint tracking system.
• Capacity for heavy production welding using • Optional OPC Flux recovery system.
up to 1/4 in. (6 mm) wire with 1500 amps DC, • 2.6 gal (10 L) aluminum flux hopper is
and/or Ac power source. standard.
• Available in Single, Parallel or Tandem. • The Mastertrac can be delivered in Subarc or
• Horizontal, Vertical, and rotary slides allow to MIG versions.
quickly adjust the nozzle in numerous positions. • Simple and quick adjustment for Fillet/Butt
• PEH Processor Controller has capability of welding.
storing ten presettable welding parameters. • Several options available including Guide
Digital display of weld current, volts, travel or Wheel Bogie, Guide Rail, Pilot Lamp.
wire feed speed and heat input to work piece. • Option of Remote start/stop.
• Comes fully assembled for easy installation. Two-year warranty.
Stock No. Model Description
456486880 A6 Mastertrac for Subarc Single Wire application Includes Flux Feed System, Manual Slides, Flux Hopper, Busbar and PEH Control
456485880 A6 Mastertrac for MIG Single Wire application Includes Wire Feed System, Manual Slides, and PEH Control.
334191882 A6 Mastertrac for Tandem application

Single Wire SAW MIG Single Wire Parallel SAW Tandem Sub Arc
Current Capacity, amps 1500 600 1500 2 x 1500
Wire Diameter, in. (mm) 1/8 - 1/4 (3 - 6) 0.035 - 1/8 (1 - 3.2) 2 x 5/64 - 1/8 (2 x 2 - 3) 2 x 1/8 - 1/4 (2 x 3 - 6)
Wire Feed, Speed, in/min (m/min) 8 - 150 (0.2 - 4) 8 - 653 (0.2 - 166) 8 - 157 (0.2 - 4) 8 - 157 (0.2 - 4)
Travel Speed, in/min (m/min) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2)
Control Voltage, volts 42 42 42 42
Wire Reel Capacity, lbs (kg) 66 (30) 66 (30) 2 x 66 (2 x 30) 2 x 66 (2 x 30)
Flux Capacity, gal (liter) 2.6 (10) – 2.6 (10) 2.6 (10)
Weight excl. wire and Flux, lbs (kg) 240 (110) 220 (110) 240 (110) 350 (158)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


W ELDING M ACHINES 101

SPOOLARC 81
• Medium manganese and silicon wire - nominal rust and mill scale tolerance.
• usable with “active” or “neutral” fluxes.
• Developed for general purpose welding on low and medium carbon steels.
• Applications include structural steels, medium strength pressure vessels, ship, barge and
offshore oil rig fabrication.
• Usable with Unionmelt 50, 60, 80, 585, 429, 439, 429M, 231, 350, 350M, 651VF, and 656
fluxes.
• Wire diameters: 1/16” (1.6 mm), 5/64” (2.0 mm) 3/32” (2.4 mm), 1/8” (3.2 mm), 5/32” (4.0
mm) & 3/16” (4.8 mm).

UNIONMELT 429
Stock No. ARC 8424F09 Standard package is a 50 lb bag.

Unionmelt 429 is a neutral, bonded flux intended for butt and fillet welding of a
carbon and low alloy steel plate. It combines good as welded and stress relieved
mechanical properties with excellent performance. Its slag is generally self peeling,
even in tight, narrow groove butt welds. It provides moderate tolerance of rust and
mill scale. Unionmelt 429 is used in offshore oil rig, bridge, ship, pressure vessel,
and structural fabrication. It will operate with DC and AC, single and multiwire systems
at currents up to 1000 amps.

Plate Thickness Electrode Diameter Travel Speed


Weld Type Amps Volts Comments
in. (mm) in. (mm) ipm (cm/min)
Multipass V-Butt >1 (25) 5/32 (4.0) 650 30 - 32 16 - 18 (41 - 46) Fill Passes
Flat or Horizontal Fillet 1/4 (6.4) 1/8 (3.2) 450 - 550 26 - 29 20 - 30 (51 - 76)
Multipass V-Butt >1 (25) two 5/32 (4.0) 650 Lead (DC) 28 - 31 lead 24 (61) Fill Passes
3/8 (9.5) 5/32 (4.0) 650 Trail (AC) 30 - 32 trail
Square Butt 500-first side 32 30 (76) Back gouge second side
650-2nd side 32 28 (71)

Aftek manufactures a full line of multiple operator power supplies suitable for use with all brands of multiple operator systems.
This line of machines is widely used in the power plants when under construction or while they are having a plant shutdown.
Aftek has a full line of multiple operator power supplies, multiple operator resistor controls (grids) for Stick, TIG, MIG &
FCAW welding process. These are available in packaged system or as individual components. These units use the demand
pulse MIG process which permits low current welding very similar to short ARC but with demand pulse, the metal transfer
occurs above the weld pool, thus eliminating one of the most common defects associated with short ARC the Cold Lap.
We are showing a few of their models... If you want additional information, Please contact Awisco.

AFTEK MV-1000MO MOG295-80 “Standard”


Power Supply
AFTEK Manufactures a full line of Resistor Control Stations (GRIDS),
AFTEK Manufactures a full line of 60 suitable for use with ALL brands of Multiple Operator Systems, including:
volt Multiple Operator Power

MINI-TIG
Supplies. AFTEK builds 60 volt
Multiple Operator Rated Power
supplies in sizes ranging from 500
One Hander
amperes at 60 VDC to 2000 amps at
60 VDC. Power supplies are also
available for ACS systems designed
for 60 OCV operation. These
Aftek also manufactures a
machines are designed to be used superlite model we call the
as stand-alone power for MO Grids individually, or in “packs” of 2, 4, MiniTig (One Hander) 195
6, 8 or more arcs. Most effective when used with a closed loop of amps, weighs 30 pounds.
secondary power.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


102 S PECIAL M ULTIPLE O PERATOR U NITS / F UME E XTRACTION

MOG
4 pack
250/250DPM
AFTEK can build grid frames to match most “standard” brands, if you
want to install in an existing “pack” frame, such as a MOG-PAK. Just
send us a sample, or a drawing with enough detail for manufacture.
AFTEK Resistor Control Stations are built using exclusive Edge-
Wound Ressitors, using a propietary alloy of iron and aluminum. In
normal use, the resistors are rust-resistant, and run cooler than most.
Switches are the heaviest duty we can obtain, and nothing is spared
to furnish you with the highest quality product of this kind.
Stainless Four-Pack of 250/250 Twin Welding Controls, designed to
be stacked to conserve space. Modules can be sized to interchange
with most grids. AFTEK grids are available in 195 to 395 amp sizes,
dual and single. Single Operator Dual Operator
These units are fitted with the patented Pipeliner Control, and have 195 Single or Dual Polarity 195390 Single or Dual Polarity
the Soft-Start TIG Control built-in. Units may be paralleled for 500 245 Single or Dual Polarity 245/490 Single or Dual Polarity
amps output from one side of the control. Like All AFTEK “Grids”, 295 Single or Dual Polarity 295/590 Single or Dual Polarity
these can be outfitted with the patented Demand Pulse MIG Control. 345 Single or Dual polarity 345/690 Single or Dual polarity

All except the Minitig can be fitted with the patented “pipeliner” Control, which allows the use of 6010 downhill root passes,
or the Demand Pulse MIG Control, which allows the use of small diameter solid wires in a mode similar to “Short-Arc”. A
voltage sensing wire feeder capable of low-voltage operation is recommended. Both the Pipeliner and Demand Pulse are
excellent choices for running out of position fluxcored wire. DPM-III model is excellent for Inconel overlay of the membrane
or waterwall in power boilers.

MULTIFUME ®
Stock No. PLY MFC-302
CARRY PORTABLE MECHANICAL FILTER
The Complete, Portable, extraction equipment for service and temporary work points

Simple and quick to set up, when the job is complete wind the cable around the handle
and carry the filter away. Its light weight makes it perfect for work in the field. the filter can be
complemented with a nozzle, for use at the source of fumes and lighter dust. Perfect for the
mobile contractor or service workshop complementing PlymoVent’s permanent at source
extraction systems.
It has all the features of the MFC-300 but is additionally equipped with a filter monitor that
illuminates a red warning lamp when the filter cassette needs to be changed.

• The fine-filter can be replaced in a few minutes


• The fine-filter is enclosed in new environmentally friendly
cassette for safer handling.
• The filter has a large capacity, 4,5 m2 filter surface.
• Filter monitoring.
• Low sound level -<70 dBa.
• Compact and light weight.
• By-pass motor, providing extended life.
• High filtering efficiency, up to 99%. (EU9)
• No installating costs.
• Spare easily to replace carbon brushes are included
ESSENTIALS FACTS

The MFC-302 is compact and light weight making it easier to take it with you everywhere.
The nozzles (accessories are fitted with magnetic feet to give precise positioning at the source of extraction. Particles are filtered by
the pleated fine-filter. A spark guard at the inlet prevents large particles being drawn into the large capacity fine-filter.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


F UME E XTRACTION 103

MECHANICAL MOBILE FILTER


Stock No. PLY MFC-1200/3

Mechanical mobile filter that fulfills your


requirements for a better and safer work-
ing environment during welding opera- Stage 1
tions. A mobile fume extractor is perfect Spark Arrestor
in applications that require flexibility: Easy
to move and can always be used near the
Stage 2
process where fumes are generated. With
a Plymovent MultiFume® Caddie, fumes Pre-Filter Aluminum
and dust from welding source and within an Prod No: PF-INL-AL
area of 0,5 - 1,0 m. The captured fumes are cassette.
filtered and re-circulated within the premises.
This eliminates problems with heat loss with-
out disturbing existing ventilation systems.
The MultiFume® Caddie is designed to ex-
tract and filter fumes generated during the
welding operation. It is the perfect solution
for light engeneering and repair work. The Stage 3
unit has a built in high efficiency filtering sys-
Filter Elements
tem with spark arrestor, pre filter and a weld-
ing filter surface area of 35 m2. This gives a Standard: Basic Welding Filter: BIA G, F8
high separation efficiency and whilst EuroVent, 35 m2 / 376 ft2
maintaning powerful extraction rates ann Prod No: CLMF
ensures long filter life. Compact design and Optional: Glass Fibre Filter: BIA C, EuroVent
a alow centre of gravity (the unit is only 1m / F9, 25 m2 /270 ft2
TECHNICAL DATA 3 ft high) makes the unit very easy to move. Prod No: GFMF
Housing Housing Unit Air Extraction Extraction Area of Filter Noise Net Power
Material finish Dimensions Volume Arm Arm Rotation Reach Monitoring Level Weight Supply
PlymoVent type
Epoxy H: 39” EA 3 m 10 ft. 10 ft, both Yes - red Filter unit 231 lbs. 1,1 kW
Galvanized 700
Powder W: 27 Other lengths and 360° vertical and light when <70dB EA Arm 3m 31 lbs. 120 V - 60
Steel CFM
Coat D: 30 5/16 PlymoVent KUA horizontal filter is full (A) Total Weight 262 lbs. hz v 1 ph
arm are optional

ECONOMY ARM EXTRACTION ARM


The Affordable Choice

A quality Choice at a Price Anyone Can Afford


Our new value for money, extraction arm. The Economy Arm is in the low price range but gives
performance and features that previously only more expensive arms can offer. A free wall bracket,
ball bearing suspension, hood collar and hood are from the well known KUA arm.
Features and Benefits
The EconomyArm is a ball-bearing suspended extraction arm that comes in 7 ft., 10 ft. or 14
ft. length, Ø 6”. The spring balanced support mechanism and the friction brakes provides an
extraction arm with smooth operation within the whole working radius. The standard comple-
mentary free wall bracket (EA-2,-3 and -4) has a Ø 6” duct connection included but can also
hold a PlymoVent FUA fan directly without any special brackets. Ball bearing suspension is
standard. The support mechanism is surrounded by a high quality extraction hose. Safety
mesh and ratchet air control damper in the removable hood. The hood can also be fitted with
ACCESSORIES a 20 watt halogen working light. The EconomyArm also comes in a standing model that fits
Halogen Light Kit PLY HL-20/24 directly to all PlymoVent mobile units. The standing model can also be used in applications
Transformer 115/24 V: TR-24/75 with low ceiling heights where a low mounting position is needed. For the standing model an
optional wall bracket can be supplied for easy installation.
PA-110 (1,1m/3.6’)
Extension Columns:
PA-220 (2,2m/7.2’) Stock No. Working Radius Weight Tube Hose Diameter Rec. airvolume
500538 Note! PLY EA-2 7’ 37.4 lbs.
Wall Bracket Standard on EA-2, PLY EA-3 10’ 40.7 lbs. 6” 470-700 cfm
EA-3 and EA-4. PLY EA-4 14’ 45.1 lbs.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


104 F UME E XTRACTION

BALL-BEARING KUA EXTRACTION ARM


A superflexible extractor for small and medium sized work places

Plymovent’s “KUA” is the most flexible extraction arm on the market for fume, gases and
oilmist. All in all, the perfect solution technically, practically, economically and aestheti-
cally. Take a close look at it! The KUA is, of course, compatible with all other products in
the PlymoVent range.
Unique to the KUA is the combination of inner and outer arm of smooth aluminum tubing
connected by our unique middle joint. The external easy-to-adjust elbow joint, together
with the spring-assisted joint supported in double ball-bearings, make manoeuvering of
the arm a simple, one movement operation. When you move the arms - vertical and
horizontally - you use Plymovent’s easy-to-reach ring handle.
You position the arm exactly where you want it, when you want it! The hood can be angled
110° in any direction, which makes anything possible!
The KUA can even reach above its own mounting height, and can be turned through 360°.
It can be folded back and put to one side according to your needs. In other words, the
KUA will follow you around the workplace smoothly and faithfully.

Ball-Bearing Jointed Extraction Arms KUA


Max. Working Hose Diameter Recommended
Stock No.
Radius in ft. Inches Airflow at Hood CFM
KUA-2 7 ft.
KUA-3 10 ft. 6.25” 500-700
KUA-4 14 ft.
Offers you the Best!
(Wall bracket, arm, hose and hood with damper included)
Another important feature is the
construction of the KUA. The inner
and outer arms are made of smooth Fans for Mounting Directly to Wall Bracket
aluminum tubing. This makes the Airlow CFM Approx. Airflow at the Hood with
Stock No. Motor Hp Voltage**
freeblowing 30 ft. exhaust duct on outlet
arm more robust, allows better air-
FUA-1300 825 1/2 208/230/460/575, 3-ph. 560 CFM
flow and reduces the overall weight
FUA-1301 825 1/2 110/220, 1-ph. 560 CFM
and noise level, even with large FUA-1800 1060 3/4 208/230/460/575, 3-ph. 710 CFM
volumes of air going through. KUA FUA-2100 1300 1 208/230/460/575, 3-ph. 765 CFM
combines quality with strength and FUA-2101 1300 1 110/220, 1-ph. 765 CFM
has no equal! (Fans should be fitted with recommended motor overload)

ARC WELDING
TWECOTONG ELECTRODE HOLDERS

Features reversible top and bottom “SUPER MEL” insulators. Efficient


6-position jaw patterns and fully inulated, protected springs. Ball-point
cable connection is also featured.
Amparage Body Electrode
Stock No. Length
Capacity Alloy Capacity
TWE A-532 200 98% Copper thru 5/32” 8-1/2”
TWE A-316 250 98% Copper thru 3/16” 9-1/4”
TWE A-732 300 98% Copper thru 7/32” 10” Amparage Electrode
Stock No. Description Length
TWE A-14 350 98% Copper thru 1/4” 11” Capacity Capacity
TWE A-14-HD 400 98% Copper thru 1/4” 12” TWE WS200E 200 Amp Tong Type Holder 200 thru 5/32” 8-1/2”
TWE A-38-HD 500 98% Copper thru 3/8” 13-1/4” TWE WS250E 250 Amp Tong Type Holder 250 thru 3/16” 9-1/4”
Tweco offers economy model electrode holders... They have TWE WS300E 300 Amp Tong Type Holder 300 thru 7/32” 10”
the basic style as the above... TWE WS350E 350 Amp Tong Type Holder 350 thru 1/4” 11”

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


A RC WELDING A CCESSORIES 105

TWE 4TT
Stock No. TWE 4TT

Stock No. TWE 4TT


Description Tweco-tite Holder
Amperage Capacity 400
Electrode Capacity 1/16” thru 1/4”
Features reversible top and bottom. Efficient 6-position jaw patterns Cable Connector Capacity thru 30
and fully inulated, protected springs. Length 9”
Awisco is showing the most common electrode holders... If you need another brand or model let us know and we will get it for you.

CLAMPS
COPPER STEEL GROUND
GROUND CLAMPS CLAMPS
• Steel body with direct ground
through copper alloy jaw.
• TWE SGC-500- with copper
• 98% Copper alloy jaws. shunt. TWE SGC-300-without
• Fully insulated Spring. copper shunt.
Amp Jaw
Stock No. Length
Cap. Opening Amp Jaw
Stock No. Length
Cap. Opening
TWE GC-200 200 1” -Depth 3” 6”
TWE GC-300 300 1-1/2” -Depth 4” 8-1/2” TWE SGC-300 300 2”-Depth 1-3/4” 9”
TWE GC-500 500 2”-Depth 5-1/4” 10” TWE SGC-500 500 2”-Depth 1-3/4” 9”

FLAT JAW COPPER GROUND CLAMP


TYPE C

• 98% Copper alloy jaws.


• 200, 300 and 500 Amp. flat jaw.
Amp Jaw
Stock No. Length
Cap. Opening
TWE FGC-200 200 5/8”-Depth 2” 5” Amp Throat Throat
Stock No.
TWE FGC-300 300 1”-Depth 3-1/2” 7-1/4” Cap. Opening Depth
TWE FGC-500 500 1-1/2”-Depth 3-1/4” 9-1/4” GC-600-50 500 2-1/2” 1-5/8”

MAGNETIC GROUND TWECOLUGS®


CLAMPS CRIMP OR SOLDER
Stock No. WEE SMG-300
Stock No. WEE SMG-500

Switchable magnetic ground clamps are easy connect and easy


release magnet with on/off knob. Will not collect debris, simply Welding Size of
Stock No. Amp Rating
turn off and wipe clean. Provides an outstanding ground, close to Cable Size Stud Hole
the weld. All of the convenience of a magnetic ground without the TWE T-62 6 thru 2 150
hassle. The Rare earth magnet provides 5x the holding strength of TWE T-120 1 thru 2/0 225 17/32”
a regular magnet. TWE T-3040 3/0 and 4/0 250

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


106 A RC WELDING A CCESSORIES

CABLE CONNECTORS
WPC CABLE QUICK-TRIK
CONNECTORS CABLE CONNECTORS
Quick-Trik connectors halves have morse tapered
sections that are drawn together with a cam and locking bar, for
maximum conductivity. Available with flexible insulators, with
tapered ends that cover cable jacket and lock out moisture ,oil
and dirt.

The Tweco WPC connectors are equipped with heat oil resistant MODEL QNB-2-BP
covers. These connectors are furnished with zinc plated cover and Stock No. JAC QNB-2-BP
ball-point cable screws. These connectors are interchangeable with For cables 1/0 and 2/0.
the older style Tweco MBP connectors.
The whip cable connector is used when down sizing cable to an
electrode holder. It is a No. 2 male connector with cable hole size to MODEL QNBF2
fit No. 4, 2, 1 or 1/0 cable. This will fir any No. 2 or No. 4 female Stock No. JAC QNBF-2
connector. Female Half
Stock No.
TWE 1-WPC (complete)
Type Cable Connection Cable Capacity
MODEL QNBM2
TWE 1-WPC-P (male half) 4, 2, 1
Stock No. JAC QNBM-2
TWE 1-WPC-R (female half) Male Half
Single ball-point
TWE 2-WPC (complete)
TWE 2-WPC-P (male half) 1/0, 2/0, 3/0
TWE 1-WPC-R (female half)
INTERNATIONAL DINSE
TYPE MACHINE PLUGS
TWE 4-WPC (complete) Double ball-point 3/0 or 4/0
TWE 2-1-MPC (whip) Single ball-point 4, 2, 1, 1/0

FEMALE TERMINALS
Today more welding power sources are equipped with international
style connectors for secondary connections. Lenco now offers
international Dinse type machine plugs for use with No. 8 (10mm)
AWG size cable. Lenco offers a one-piece adapter which has a Dinse
type male (Power Source) on one end and a Lenco female (LC-40/
LC-40HD) on the other end.
Stock No. LEN LDP-25M LEN LDP-50M
For cable size No. 8 thru No. 4 Single oval point screw
Stud hole size 17/32”.
Cable connections No. 4 thru No. 1/0
Stock No. Accepts male ends
Interchangeable with the following models
TWE 1-AF (45° angle) 1-M, 1-MBP Dinse DIX SK 25 DIX SK 50
TWE 2-AF (45° angle) 2-M, 4-M, 2-MBP Esab/Airco 160360895 N/A
Kemppi 9771650 9771670
Lincoln S19301-6 N/A

REPLACEMENT Miller N/A 042-418

MACHINE PLUG
Powcon N/A 930008-001

Stock No. TWE 2-M-T


AUTO LINE CABLES
Stock No. OKI PEASK-25 Stock No. OKI PEASK-70
Dinse Plug Dinse Plug
25mm #4 - #2 Cable 50mm #1 - #2/0 Cable
Tweco Replacement Machine Plugs come in two sizes to fit Miller
made welding machines that use the long tapered plug and receptacle
for electrode and ground cables. The cable connection on these
replacement plugs is Tweco Ball-point. Tapered end molded cover
protects connection and provides good hand grip.
Taper Taper Cable Type
Length Dimension Capacity Connection
1-1/8” 21/64” to 23/64” 1/0, 2/0, 3/0 Ball-Point

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S AFETY P RODUCTS 107

WELDING HELMETS
MODEL HSL-2 MODEL 493
2” x 4-1/4” LIFT FRONT WIDE VISION LIFT FRONT
SHADOW HELMET Stock No. MOR 493
Stock No. JAC HSL-2
The 493 Welding Helmet comes in a
Narrow shell design is perfect for work large window lift-front design from
in tight spaces and the Shadow Morsafe’s “Forty Niner” series. The
helmet’s extended front increases thermoplastic shell and “Push-Ad-
throat protection against sparks, slag just-Release” positive locking,
and fumes. Plus the Shadow helmet ratchet suspension offer a durable,
can stand up to radiant heat of 350° F, yet thinner and lighter hood than or-
a minimum of 50% improvement over dinary welding helmets.
most other thermoplastic shells.
Comes complete with cover plate and
shade 10 filter plate.
MODEL 591
Stock No. MOR 591
MODEL HML-2A
2” x 4-1/4” LIFT FRONT Offers a 2” x 4¼” viewing in a flush
MIGHTY-LITE HELMET mount lift front design.
• Lightweight design molded of a
Stock No. JAC HML-2A thermoplastic resin
• Extended throat offers added
Extremely lightweight and flexible. protection from sparks, slag and
Made of durable injection-molded ther- fumes
moplastic resin and has molded-in • Come with a standard shade 10
plate holders. Snaps in and out with- filter plate
out tools, for easy replacement. Not
recommended for overhead welding.
MODEL 411P
VULCANIZED FIBER SHELL
MODEL HR-2A Stock No. KED 411P
The lightest weight helmet in the
RESPIRATOR LIFT FRONT Huntsman® line. This, the first Hunts-
Stock No. JAC HR-2A man® welding helmet design, features
the original Hunstman® shape and an
aluminum glassholder in a vulcanized
A respirator adapted helmet that allows fibre shell. This type of shell is pre-
for greater worker convenience, with ferred by many welders because of its
a bubble front that makes room for excellent resistance to heat. Featured
mask-type respirators. Includes with Zahnlok™ adjustment to make the
2” x 4¼” plastic lift-front plate holder. 411P a comfortable, cool helmet for
heavy-duty welding. Comes complete
with shade 10 filter plate and clear lens.

MODEL H2-A MODEL 430P


LIFT FRONT FIBERGLASS VULCANIZED FIBER SHELL
CURVED SHELL HELMET
Stock No. KED 430P
Stock No. JAC H2-A

Curved fiberglass shell provides excel-


lent interior clearance and is resistant Similar to the 411P, the 430P has a lift-
to molten metal. A standard viewing front glassholder and Zahnlock™
window with a convenient hinged lift headgear. Comes complete with shade
front. 2” x 4¼” plate size. 10 filter plate and clear lens.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


108 S AFETY P RODUCTS

MODEL 911P TIGERHOOD®


900 SERIES ULTRA LIGHT ULTRALITE
Stock No. KED 911P Tigerhood Ultralite helmets compact, “west coast” style shells facili-
Helmet with aluminum front and tate welding in cramped areas. Tigerhood Ultralite helmets blend tra-
Zahnlok™ headgear. Made of tough ditional shape, positive locking headgear and padded sweatband with
washable thermoplastic. Comes innovative features such as a glide control that eases the shell down
complete with shade 10 filter plate to the “work” position, a Flash Barrier® to block out “halos” of light
and clear lens. and FibreMetal’s unique easy to use glassholder retainer.

MODEL 930P
900 SERIES ULTRA LIGHT
Stock No. KED 930P
Helmet with plastic lift front and
Zahnlok™ headgear. Made of tough
washable thermoplastic. Comes com-
plete with shade 10 filter plate and
clear lens.
111 116 190
Stock No. FIB 111 Stock No. FIB 116 Stock No. FIB 190
with a 2x4-1/4” fixed with a 2x4-1/4” wide vision.
front. lift front.

MODEL 951P
900 SERIES ULTRA LIGHT
Stock No. KED 951P
SUPERGLAS®
A favorite with welders nationwide, the
Big Window® offers lightweight and Tough fiberglass provides effective welding protection shift after shift,
nearly 24 inches of view area. Using a year after year, throughout the world. A Superglas® helmet is a long
standard 5¼” x 4½” welding lens term investment in productivity. Its durable, smooth surface sheds
placed vertically to give the welder the spatter, its molded-on glassholder never loosens or needs replacing
best possible view. Made of tough and its glass reinforced shell holds its shape on any job-site.
washable thermoplastic. Includes Superglas® helmets are molded in two shell shapes: under-chin to
“contour-comfort” headgear featuring prevent rising fumes from reaching the welder’s eyes and nose;
double lock locking devices and
straight-front to protect his throat and upper chest from falling sparks
Zahnlok™ adjustment. Comes com-
and spatter. The lift-front glassholder allows frequent weld inspection
plete with shade 10 filter plate and
clear lens. and chipping. Patented lid telescopes into frame for lightproof seal.
Stationary-front glassholder is for general, production welding.

MODEL 110/110P
PIPELINER® /SUPERGLASS®
PLUS SHELLS

Compact, lightweight, molded from


special glass-reinforced formulas meet
the needs of pipeliner welders. The
Pipeliner Model 110P sports a white
outer surface and a Neoprene
headband, preferred by pipeline weld-
ers. The Model 110 comes with a
ratchet headband. 606 706 710
Stock No. FIB 606 Stock No. FIB 706 Stock No. FIB 710
Stock No. Description
with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4”
FIB 110 Ratchet Headband lift front, lift front, fixed front,
FIB 110P Electric Headband straight front. under-chin. under-chin.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S AFETY P RODUCTS 109

TIGERHOOD® MODEL 870


Tigerhood helmets are the lightest weight standard size welding hel-
LEATHER HOOD
mets in FibreMetal’s helmet line. They are molded from Noryl, a tough Stock No. FIB 870
weight-to-strength, heat resistant thermoplastic. Their universal shell
shape combines under-chin and straight-front helmet benefits to increase
welder comfort and protection. Choice of patented, telescoping lift-front,
• Made from premium side split cowhide
stationary, molded-in, or wide vision molded-in glassholder models.
• Designed to protect head and face
• Adjustable headgear
• Screen vents on top of the helmet
• 2” x 4-1/4” lift

990-HP-F/VX
AUTOMATIC DARKENING
FILTER HELMETS

906 910 990


• The Tigerhood 990’s exclusive helmet
shape combines smoke and fume pro-
Stock No. FIB 906 Stock No. FIB 910 Stock No. FIB 990 tection with extended throat protection
with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4” wide vision. • High Performance® ADFs have the high-
lift front. fixed front. est degree of optical clarity available
• Intelligent electronics provide job-proven
superior performance and reliability as
HANDSHIELDS a result of advanced electronic technol-
ogy that gives ADF the “intelligence” to
distinguish between a welding arc and
For inspectors and “occasional” welders. Heat resistant handles in-
extraneous light sources
stead of headgear. Flat or standard shaped fiberglass shells and
• Rugged construction design encases
universal thermoplastic Tigerhood® shapes. the precision electronics in a reinforced,
impact resistant and flameproof cassette to provide protection from
the harshest welding environments
• Magnifiers can be quickly and easily installed in the snap-on holder

FIB 990-HP-F
Combines the Tigerhood 990 with a
Model HP-F ADF. The Model HP-F, the
workhorse of the line, is engineered
to provide exceptional performance
across the whole spectrum of arc weld-
ing processes. Available in shades 10,

152 465 475


11 or 12.

Stock No. FIB 152 Stock No. FIB 465 Stock No. FIB 475
with a 2x4-1/4” Inspector’s handshield. Inspector’s FIB 990-HP-VX
fixed front. handshield. Combines the Tigerhood 990 with a
Model HP-VX ADF. Model HP-VX has
an extra large viewing area that is 44%
larger than most ADFs. Comes with a
selectable shade lens of shade 10, 11,
12 and 13.

SPECIFICATIONS
Stock No. FIB 990-HP-F FIB 990-HP-VX
Light Shade 3 3
Dark Shade
Fixed Shades 10, 11, 12 —
Selectable Shades — 10, 11, 12 and 13
Off (fail-safe) Shade Nominal 6 (fixed) Nominal 5 (selectable)

713 913 998


Viewing Area 3.57” x 1.68” 4.09” x 2.13”
Weight with lens 20.3 oz. 20.3 oz.
Battery Life 2,000 hours 3,000 hours
Stock No. FIB 713 Stock No. FIB 913 Stock No. FIB 998
Auto Off: turns off 30 minutes after last arc
with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4” wide vision.
fixed front. fixed front. Operating Temperature: 23° to 131° F (-5° to 55° C)

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


110 S AFETY P RODUCTS

EQC MASTER SERIES APPRENTICE


4-1/2” x 5-1/4” WIDE VISION SHADOW™ ECONOMY AUTO DARKENING HELMET
HELMET (HSL-100) WITH Stock No. JAC 3002516
EQC MASTER SERIES ADF
Stock No. JAC 0744-0660 Entry model, single shade, auto
The HSL-100’s narrow shell design is perfect for work in tight spaces dakening helmet
and the helmet’s extended front increases throat protection against
sparks, slag and fumes. Plus the HSL-100 helmet can stand up to
radiant heat of 350° F, a minimum of 50% improvement over most • Solar-powered auto-darkening lens
other thermoplastic shells. • Shade 11 lens, shade 4 clear state
Comes combined with the EQC Master Series • No batteries to change
ADF and sports the following features: • For the hobbyist

• 1.5” x 3.8” viewing area


• Sensitivity adjustment
• Low voltage indicator
• Independent, redundant light sensors SPEEDGLAS® XL
• Uses 2 “AAA” batteries AUTOMATIC DARKENING FILTER HELMET
• Solar battery life extender HSL-100 Stock No. HSI 04-0012-21
• On/off switches with auto-off feature
• Shades are adjustable from shade 9
HSI 04-0012-21SW
(This model has side windows)
to shade 12
• High transmission light state “HTLS”
(EQC Master V-HTLS) • Features 4 Auto-Darkening Shades in 1
• Dark to clear delay adjustment (EQC Filter - shades 9, 10-11, 11-12 and 13
Master V-HTLS) • Provides a 2.16” x 4.21” viewing area
• 1/25,000 second switch speed that is 45% larger than most auto-
EQC Master Series ADF
darkening filters

NEX-GEN
• Solar cells power the lens when welding
above 40 amperes
Stock No. JAC 0744-0705 • The Speeglas XL helmet weighs only 18
ounces (including lens and headband).
Made from heat and chemical resistant Speedglas XL Helmet
One superior lens-many advanced features! The Jackson NexGen™
is truly the next generation of auto-darkening for the welding special- Zytel® nylon, the big-view helmet is
ist. The NexGen offers the flexibility of digital technology with the extremely comfortable, praticularly for
stability of analog to make the smartest auto-darkening filter on the welders wearing corrective lenses
market! With Jackson’s Intellisense™ technology the NExGen can • Whether its on or off, transparent or
sense the most precise welding applications, such as plasma arc dark, the Speedglas lens always
and extreme Low Amp Tig. protects the eyes and face from
• Intellisense™ technology allows unit to detect welds less than 5 amps. damaging UV and IR radiation
Speedglas XL ADF
• Four redundant sensors in a staggered design eliminate blocked sensors
• Unit has auto shut-off after 60 minutes in torch and grine modes. LENS SPECIFICATIONS
Weld mode has a 20 minutes auto shut-off. Viewing Area
• Soft touch control panel eliminates contaminates and protects Less than 1.5 ms for transparent to dark; less
Switching Times
than 20 ms for dark to transparent.
from outside environment.
1) Solar cell panel charging from arcs
• Versatile cartridge fits most 4” x 5” vertical windows. Power Sources greater than 40 amps
• SmartView™ LCD for fingertip control information. 2) 12V, Type .5AA alkaline battery
• Low battery indicator. Operating Temperatures 23° to 131° (-5° C to + 55° C)
• 3N1™ technology allows three modes Scratch and impact resistant carbonate
of operation: weld (shades 9-13), grind 6.6mm laminate of polarizers, LCD-cells and in-
Technology terference (UV/IR) filter. Arc detection using 3
(3), or torch (5). photosensors
• Standard size outer cover plate. ANSI Z87.1 American National Standard for eye
• 9 Square inches of viewing area and and face protection. CSA Z94.3 National Standard
four sensors. of Canada for industrial eye and face protection

• Replaceable lithium batteries ACCESSORIES


• Two year warranty Stock No. Description
• Made in the USA HSI 04-0270-00 Outside Protection Plate (Sold in packages of 10 Pcs.)
HSI 04-0280-00 Inside Protection Plate (Sold in packages of 5 Pcs.)
HSI 04-0690-00 Throat Protector

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S AFETY P RODUCTS 111

Stock No.
MIL 216825
Description
XLix Auto Darkening Black Shade 9-13 MODEL 3-C
MIL 216826 XLix Series Stars and Stripes Stock No. FIB 3-C

FS SERIES Replacement headgear for all


HELMET FibreMetal welding helmets except
for models 110, 110P, 111, 116 and
Stock No. MIL 770255
190. Free floating attachment arms
absorbs impact, reduces head pres-
Lightweight, comfortable and
sures and stabilize weight. Easy to
economical, the FS #10 is the
grasp adjustment knobs.
ideal occasional-use helmet for
farm and hobbyists. It features a
Solarcell™ rechargeable lens.
Not recommended for industrial
applications as well as TIG or MODEL 170
repetitive tack welding applications.
Stock No. JAC 170
Lens Speed 1/3,600 sec
Shade Control Fixed # 10
Sensitivity Control None The Jackson 170 headgear
Viewing Field 94 x 35 mm (3.70 x 1.37 in.) has 45 head size adjustments
Number of Arc Sensors 2 and 5 crown adjustments. The
Lens Power Control Auto-on, auto-off
New Ratchet system elimi-
Low Amp TIG Rated Not recommended
Inverter Capable Not recommended nates “backing off” by the
Battery life Solar push and turn design. A lower
ratchet strap offers added
comfort and strength.
REPLACEMENT HEADGEAR
MODEL 1-CP MODEL 131
Stock No. FIB 1-CP
FACE SHIELD HEADGEAR
Stock No. JAC 131
Headgear used in the 110-P
helmet. This headgear has a
rubber strap for constant
tension.

A lightweight system that

MODEL 1-CR adjusts to clearly marked


head sizes from 6½ to 8.
Stock No. FIB 1-CR

MODEL H-40
Headgear used in the 110
helmet. This headgear has
an adjustable ratchet. Stock No. MOR H-40

The New “Push-Adjustable-Re-


lease” positive locking ratchet
MODEL 1-UL system - eliminates “backing
off” or slipping. A lower strap
Stock No. FIB 1-UL offers added comfort and
strength. The unique floating
pivot assembly provides even
Ultralight Ratchet headgear pressure distribution around
used with models 111, 116 the head for long lasting com-
and 190 helmets. fort. A positive detent mecha-
nism means that when the helmet is clicked to the up position, it
stays there until the wearer is ready to nod it down and begin to weld.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


112 S AFETY P RODUCTS

MODEL 117 MODEL F-300


Stock No. KED 117 LIGHT-DUTY FACE
Plastic headgear that fits all SHIELD HEADGEAR
Huntsman ® helmets. Our Stock No. FIB F-300
patented Zahnlok ® adjustment
system allows the wearer to
adjust the headgear in 1/16”
increments to exact head size,
simply by turning a knob. The 3” crown protector with ratchet
adjustment is automatically headgear and padded and Shown with
locked in with 50 meshing perforated sweatband. Stan- window,
teeth to ensure a snug com- dard-view window series with window is
fortable fit that won’t slip. The system is durable and long-lasting, channel-grip mounting system not included.
because the teeth are automatically disengaged while the head- for a quick, positive seal.
gear is being adjusted.

MODEL 170-SB MODEL F-400


ADJUST-O-LOK FACE MEDIUM-DUTY FACE
SHIELD HEADGEAR SHIELD HEADGEAR
Stock No. JAC 0742-0020 Stock No. FIB F-400
A comfortable system for use with
Jackson face shield windows. its
design allows for adjustment
while equipment is being worn 4”, broader, deeper crown protec-
simply by turning the rear adjust- tor includes free-floating 3-C
ment knob. headgear. Wide-view window
Shown with
series for nearly 40% more pro-
window,
tective area, with channel-grip window is

MODEL “K” mounting system. not included.

FACE SAVER®
FACE SHIELD HEADGEAR MODEL F-500
Stock No. KED K
HEAVY-DUTY FACE
The model “K” face shield headgear
provides the best comfort and
SHIELD HEADGEAR
adjustability, with wraparound foam Stock No. FIB F-500
cushioned sweatband and
Zahnlok™ size adjustment system.
The fit can be adjusted to exact 7” crown protector maximizes pro-
head size in 1/18” increments. Shown with tection from a wide range of adverse
“Turn-button” visor attachment window, environments. Includes 3-C head-
holds more securely and window is
not included.
gear and Channel-Grip mounts. Ex-
provides fast, easy attachment and Shown with
clusive wrap-around extended-view
replacement. This headgear holds window,
windows protect greatest area, do window is
a variety of Huntsman® visors not inhibit movement. not included.

MODEL K-10
FACE SHIELD HEADGEAR Safety Protection is an ever
Stock No. KED K-10 changing Market.
The model “K-10” face shield headgear
If you have seen a Safety
offers all the comfort features of the
model “K”, but uses the Pin-Hole-Lock
Product that is not in our
size adjustment system. The headgear Catalog, please contact us.
Chances are that we are stock-
is lined with wraparound foam cush-
ioned sweatband, and is plainly marked
with hat sizes. “Turnbutton” visor attach-
ment holds more securely and provides ing it or we will certainly be
fast, easy attachment and replacement.
This headgear holds a variety of Hunts- Shown with window,
able to get it for you!
man® visors. window is not included.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S AFETY P RODUCTS 113

WINDOWS SAFETY CAPS


8124 SERIES MODEL P2QRW
Huntsman® Face Shield Visors (windows) are Stock No. FIB P2QRW-RD (Red)
made of first grade cellulose acetate or poly-
carbonate. Visors are contoured to fit head- Stock No. FIB P2QRW-BL (Blue)
gears or brackets unless otherwise indicated.
Fits Huntsman® K and K-10, Glendale®, Jack- S m o o t h - d o m e d F i b r e M e ta l ®
son® and Sellstrom®. protective caps with no ribs or
KED 8124 KED 8124M KED 8124D slots that can trap impacting
Size 8” x 12” .040 objects, equipped with 3-R
medium ratchet-adjustable headbands
clear dark green
Material green that are designed to balance
acetate acetate
acetate and stabilize the added weight
Binding Aluminum of face protective equipment. FIB P2QRW-RD
This safety cap can be used in

9154 SERIES
conjunction with a FibreMetal ®
welding helmet such as the
model 706 ( FIB 4706 ) with a
Fits Huntsman® K and K-10, Glendale®, quick lok attachment that would
Fibremetal® and Jackson® headgear.. fit onto the model P2QRW
KED H9154 KED H9154M KED H9154D safety cap. This safety cap can
Size 9” x 15.5” x .040 also be used in conjunction
with a FibreMetal ® face shield Model 3-R headgear
medium (FIB 3-R)
clear dark green headgear such as the model
Material green
acetate acetate
acetate F400 ( FIB F4500 ). For visors available for this headgear, please
Binding Aluminum see the preceding section on windows. FibreMetal ® offers many
other combination cap attachments. For additional information

MODEL 4118
please call for the latest FibreMetal ® catalog.

STANDARD VIEW
V-GARD®
PROTECTIVE CAPS
®
For the Fibremetal F-300 Series.
FIB 4118CLR FIB 4118DRK
Size 8” x 11-1/4” x .060”
V-Gard ® Protective Caps from MSA consist of a polyethylene shell
Dark Green
Material Clear Visor and suspension system working together as a protection system.
Visor
This rigid shell is lightweight and balanced for all-day wearing com-
fort. The shell is one-piece injection molded of high-density poly-

MODEL 4178 ethylene and has a high dielectric strength.

WIDE VIEW
Stock No. Color
For the Fibremetal ® F-300, F-400 MSA 463942 White
and F-500 wide view series. MSA 463943 Blue
FIB4178CLR FIB4178DRK FIB4178IR/UV MSA 463944 Yellow
Size 8” x 16-1/2” x .060” MSA 463945 Orange
IR/UV visor MSA 463947 Red
provides shade MSA 463946 Green
5 protection MSA 463948 Gray
against flash
Dark Green
Material Clear Visor encountered in
Visor
Oxy-Acetylene

REPLACEMENT
welding, cutting
and brazing

SUSPENSION
operations.

FOR V-GARD® CAPS


MODEL 4199 Stock No. MSA 454230
EXTENDED VIEW

For the Fibremetal® F-300 series.


FIB 4199CLR FIB 4199DRK Standard size Staz-On suspen-
Size 9-3/4” x 19” x .060” sion (6-1/2” - 8”). Stock No.
Dark Green MSA 47332 Fas-trac (ratchet
Material Clear Visor
Visor type) standard size suspension.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


114 S AFETY P RODUCTS

CAP AND HAT ADAPTER


MODEL C UNIVERSAL CAP AND
BRIMASTER HARD HAT ADAPTOR
CAP ATTACHMENT Stock No. MSA 00458849
Stock No. KED C
The Universal Cap and Hat adapter
from MSA is a nonmetallic device
designed to fit on any of MSA’s pro-
tective caps or hats. When properly
Fits most hard caps when worn with positioned, it will securely hold face shields, visors and welding shields.
peak toward rear. A durable ring of rubber tubing holds the adapter securely on the cap
or hat. Plastic fingers lock the ring in place. Sliding clips allow for
adjustment of accessories attached to the adapter. The adapter is
nonconducting and can be worn on dielectric caps or hats without
affecting the headwear’s dielectric qualifications. Comes complete

MODEL H
with friction joints.

BRIMASTER HARD
ATTACHMENT QUICK-LOK®
Stock No. KED H 4000 SERIES

Fits most full brim hard hats.

MODEL K-4 Mounting Block Mounting Cup


Stock No. KED K-4 FIB 4002 FIB 4001
Quick-Lok® FIB 4000
The Huntsman® model “K-4”attach-
ment is held firmly on safety caps For long term combination use, Quick-Lok mounting blocks are
by heavy-duty clips and springs. screwed onto the protective cap. Welding helmets, face shields, etc.
Quickly attached or removed from Quick-Lok cups can then be securely mounted onto, and removed
most models without removing cap from , the cap - without tools.
from head. Spark guard pivot has Stock No. Color
double stops which hold the visor FIB 4000 Quick-Lok System
in down position. Accepts all FIB 4001 Mounting Cup only
Huntsman visors®. FIB 4002 Mounting BLock only

MODEL P ADJUSTABLE SPEEDY®


BRIMASTER HARD CAP 5000 SERIES
ATTACHMENT Stock No. FIB 5000
Stock No. KED P
The model “P” Brimaster allows you For frequent on/off use with pro-
to attach a variety of Huntsman vi- tective caps, welding helmets, face
sors to your hard cap. It features shields, etc. equipped with the
our famous “locking device”, which Speedy® mounting loop (5000 Se-
holds the visor securely in the down ries) are most practical. They may
or up out of the way. “Turn-button” be mounted and removed without
visor attachment holds visors se- removing the cap. No tools or
curely and provides fast, easy at- modified caps required. Does not
tachment and replacement. affect ANSI rating.

Awisco Strives to make available the latest in Safety Products.


Call us for any item that you do not see in our Catalog and we will be
able to get all of the latest information on it.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S AFETY P RODUCTS 115

GOGGLES
All Morsafe welding and cutting goggles come with

MODEL 950NH
shade No. 5 lenses or plates.

MODEL 600H RIGID FRAME WELDING AND


RIGID FRAME WELDING AND CUTTING COVER GOGGLES
CUTTING COVER GOGGLES Stock No. MOR950NH
Stock No. MOR600H

• Six hooded vents


• Cup-type frame holds • Lightweight, deep frame
50mm round lenses accomodates safety glasses
• Elastic headband • Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks
• Cannot be worn over safety glasses • 2 x 4¼ in. slide-on fixed front lens holder
• Well ventilated hard plastic eye cups • Inner hinge holds magnifying plates

MODEL 800H MODEL 1140


RIGID FRAME WELDING AND FLEXIBLE FRAME GOGGLES
CUTTING COVER GOGGLES Stock No. MOR1140
Stock No. MOR800H

• 50mm round lenses • Weighs only 2 oz.


• Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks • Replaceable polycarbonate lenses
• Six hooded vents offer excellent ventilation yet do not allow flashing • Clear perforated frame, clear lens
• Lightweight, deep frame accomodates safety glasses • Soft, flexible form-fitting vinyl frames
• Can be worn over largest prescription glasses

MODEL 850H
RIGID FRAME WELDING AND MODEL 1145G
CUTTING COVER GOGGLES FLEXIBLE FRAME GOGGLES
Stock No. MOR1145G
Stock No. MOR850H

• 50mm round lenses


• Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks
• Six hooded vents offer excellent ventilation yet do not allow flashing
• Lightweight, deep frame accomodates safety glasses • Weighs only 2 ounces
• Replaceable polycarbonate lenses
• Flip-up lens holder which affords welder extra protection when chipping
• Green perforated frame, green lens
• Soft, flexible form-fitting vinyl frames

MODEL 900H • Can be worn over largest prescription glasses

RIGID FRAME WELDING AND


CUTTING COVER GOGGLES MODEL F-4055
Stock No. MOR900H WELDING GOGGLES FOR
PROTECTIVE CAPS
Stock No. FIB F-4055

• Six hooded vents


• Inner hinge holds magnifying plates
• Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks
• Lightweight, deep frame accomodates safety glasses The model F-4055 is used with
• 2 x 4¼ in. flip-front lens holder slides on frame the Quick-Lok system.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


116 S AFETY P RODUCTS

MODEL F-5055 CLEARVIEW®


WELDING GOGGLES FOR PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
PROTECTIVE CAPS Stock No. MSA 10012847
Stock No. FIB F-5055 Designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying
particles, dust, sparks and glare. Provides excellent side and front
impact protection, as well as comfort. Complies with all applicable
test requirements of ANSI Z87.1-2003. (High Impact)

• Fitting over prescription glasses


The model F-5055 is used with • Features integrated side shields
the Speedy Loop system. • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistance lens
• Shade # 5 tinted lens

WC SERIES • Adjustable temples

NEW PERIPHERAL VISION


SAFETY GOGGLES
The peripheral vision of a spectacle, the safety of a goggle.
• Two-piece lens surrounded by foam rubber providing ultimate
in comfort
• Fits naturally to contour of
SIERRA™
face blocking out SIGHTGARD®
contaminents PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
• Side vents to increase airflow
• Meets or exceeds ANSI
Z87.1-1989 standards • Full eye protection
• Integrated side shields
Stock No. Description
• Clear, anit-fog lens
JAC 0746-0033 WC3 IRUV 3.0
JAC 0746-0034 WC5 IRUV 5.0
• Vented brow guard
JAC 0746-0035 WC3 Smoke • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistant lens
JAC 0746-0036 WC1 Clear • Adjustable temples
• Available in teal green frame or black frame
Stock No. Description

EYE PROTECTION
MSA 697505 Teal green frame
MSA 697550 Black frame

NOMADS™ TRADEWIND™
SAFETY EYEWEAR SIGHTGARD®
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
• Safety with style Stock No. MSA 697506
• Advanced UV protection
• Lightweight construction
• Meets ANSI Z87.1-1989 • Very lightweight
safety standards with or • Brow protection
without sideshields • Integrated side shields
• Frame design prevents lenses from • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch resistant lens
scratches when resting face down on surfaces • Two tone temple, light gold lens
Stock No. Description

HERITAGE™
JAC 1439-0000 Smoke Lens
JAC 1439-0002 Silver Mirror Lens
JAC 1439-0003 Metallic Rainbow Lens
SIGHTGARD®
Styles on Safety Spectacles change PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
Stock No. MSA 697511
rapidly. You can be certain that
• Proportionate frame
Awisco will have the latest style that • Very comfortable
you have seen. Give us a call, and we •

Double lens traditional look
Integral side shields
will be able to help you. • Brow protection
• Clear lens

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


S AFETY P RODUCTS 117

OPTEX™ Designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying particles,
dust, sparks and glare. Provides excellent side and front impact pro-
SIGHTGARD® tection, as well as comfort. Complies with all applicable test require-
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR ments of ANSI Z87.1-2003.

CROAKIES
• Clear or gray lens Stock No. CRO CR6DZPR3
• Side shield protection • Colorful prints
• Blue nylon frame • Sleek and functional design
• Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistant lens • Tough, washable neoprene
Stock No. Description • Keeps glasses secure
MSA 697509 Clear Lens • Adjustable comfort
MSA 697510 Gray Lens

ARCTIC™
SIGHTGARD®
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR MICRO SUITERS
Stock No. CRO SUITDZHCS

• Stylish cat’s eye look


• Washable
• Built-in side impact protection
• Adjustable slider bead
• Tuff-Stuff™ scratch resistant lens
• Keeps glasses secure
• Available with clear or gray tinted lens/frame • Made of cotton / Lycra blend allowing for stretch
Stock No. Description • Slim design is perfect for wire rim glasses as well as thin and
MSA 697514 Clear Lens lightweighted frames
MSA 697515 Gray Lens

LUXOR™ LENS CLEANING WIPES


PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR Stock No. ALG 0350
Designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying
particles, dust, sparks and glare. Provides excellent side and front
impact protection, as well as comfort. Complies with all applicable Ready-to-use disposable dispenser
test requirements of ANSI Z87.1-2003. holds 100 5” x 8” individually foil wrapped
towelettes, permeated with Magic’s
• Tuff-Stuff™ anti-fog, anti-static formula. Dispenser
scratch-resistance lens features built-in eye flap for easy
• Adjustable temples hanging. Towelettes are made for use on
• One-piece wrap protection glass, plastic or polycarbonate safety
goggles, shields, glasses and computer
• Soft nose pads
screens. Contains no silicone. Not to be
• Frameless design
used on contact lenses.
• Clear or Gray tinted lens

Stock No.
MSA 697516
Description
Clear Lens MODEL 1200
MSA 697517 Gray Lens
LARGE ECONOMY SIZE
DISPOSABLE LENS
VISITOR SPECTACLES CLEANING STATION
Stock No. ALG 0355
Stock No. MSA 697500
Each station contains 1,200 interfolded
• Fits over prescription glasses tissues (4 boxes of 300) and one 16 oz.
• Most economical model pump bottle of anti-fog, anti-static
cleaning fluid. Unit comes completely
• Integrated side shields
assembled and ready to use, with
• Clear or gray tinted pre-cut openings for easy hanging. 4
• Available in boxes of 10 in a dispenser-style container stations per box. Weighs 15 lbs.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net


118 S AFETY P RODUCTS

HEARING PROTECTION
ECONOMUFF™